ijl pij!

f1

' ! Ril

III

II

iflflil fit

« i H

i

tiiiliti"! JüiiH' Hini'!

II

Mi

! ! IV

> f f

lill

il

<;

(Mi

! 1M HUI

j i!

■

i ■ ) \i\Hilt\tlHi

i

ï'ï

tl i

il! \\ I'

I jJII

i

il l

' ■

;Wllil!

I

.

>'!irt

11

11 I

WH:1

lill lil

IlSll

> 'i

H

fitJ!

1 ilïlll'

1 1

I

i'1

il m

ü

: i

II Si
lill si

il

I

I

1 uit

I

i iiUïii

ilitili 111

m

LH
O
D

rn

SIBOGA-EXPEDITIR

Siboga-Expeditie

UITKOMSTEN

I »P

\

• I

\

9 IWII li

VERZAMELD IN"

NEDKRLANDSCI I OOST-INDE 1899— 1900

AAN BOORD H. M. S I B O G A ONDER C O M M A N D O V A X

Luitenant ter zee I kl. G. F. TYIHvMAX

UITG1 '.I \ EN DOOR

Dr. MAX WEBER

Prof. in Amsterdam, 1 .cider der Expeditie

(met medewerking van de Maatschappij b dering van het Natuurku

Onderzoek der Nederlandsche Koloniën)

: KHANDEL EN DRUKKERIJ

1 •:. .1. IUx' 1 I , I.

I.EIDl \

Siboga-Expeditie

LXII

THE

CODIACEAE OF THE SIBOGA EXPEDITION

including a Monograph of FLABELLARIEAE and UDOTEAE

BY

A. & E. S. GEPP

London

With 22 plates

late E. J BEILL

1 UllUSHERS AND PRINTERS

I.EYDEN igl I

THE CODIACEAE OF THE SIBOGA EXPEDITION

including a Monograph of FLABELLARIEAE and UDOTEAE

BY

A. & E. S. GEPP,

London.

W i t h 22 p 1 a t e s.

GENERAL INTRODUCTION.

The basis upon which this paper is founded is the collection of Codiaceae, made by
Madame Weber van Bosse duiïng the Siboga Expedition to the East Indian Archipelago in
1899 and 1900, and kindly entrusted by her to us for examination. No less than nine genera
of Codiaceae are represented in that region — namely, Chlor odesmis, Avrainvillea, Rhipilia,
Penicillus, Boodleopsis (nov. gen.), Tydemania, Udotca, Codium, Halimcda. Some of the plants
were difficult to determine, partly owing to the disappearance or inaccessibility of type specimens,
and partly because some of the genera had been built up piecemeal and thrown into confusion
by the addition of species which either did not really belong to the genus or were not easily
distinguishable from species previously existing but insufficiently defined. Where this has been
the case we have been compelled to make a complete study of the respective genera, and to
include therein our determinations of the Siboga specimens.

Thus, inter alia, have we treated Chlorodesmis, Avrainvillea, Rhipilia, Penicillus,
Tydemania and Udotea ; while Halimeda has already been monographed in a separate paper
in 1901 (Siboga-Expeditie Monogr. LX).

The Siboga collection of Codiaceae provided two new genera, Tydemania Web. v. Bosse
(Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 2e sér., vol. II, i90i,p. 139) and Boodleopsis, and nine new species
and one variety: — Rhipilia orientalis, Boodleopsis 'siphonacea, Tydemania expeditiofiisWeb.v.

SIBOGA-EXPEDITIE LXII. I

548itë

papillosa, U. suópapillata, U. explanata, Codium divari

i var. spumosa. Hie other novelties described here,

Chlorodesmis Hildebrandtii, Avrainvillea clavatiramea,

I f :.'.:, A. pacifica, .1. laceraia var. robustior, .1. tumult- lp lux

ii' iv. gen.) pe/tata, Rhipüia tomentosa f. tsonata,

tespilosa, Tydemania Gardineri, Udotea indüa, U.

identalisy I . verticillosa tuil description), U. Wilsoni.

< nus a^ Penüillus, it became necessary to take into account

long time included in Penicillus and seemed almost to link

through the species A'. oblongus. Rhipocephalus is a purely West Indian

never been recorded from tin- Eastern hemisphere; nevertheless we consider its

in the present paper t<> be indispensable as completing tin- comparative study and

: the flabelliferous members of the Udoteae, especially in relation to tin- Siboga-

mania.

We have been compelled to separate off from Udotea the Australian species U.peltata

|. Ag., which in genera] structure really comes nearer t<» Rhipilia or Avrainvillea than to

;n all these genera it is however distinguished by the possession of one remarkable

liarity, which necessitates tin- creation of a new genus for its reception. To this we have

given the name of R/tipiliopsis, and we have appended an account of this little known plant

with figures <<ï its peculiar interna! structure.

Two other s|)eci<s which wc have found reason to remove from Udotea on the ground
of their evident affinity with Chlor odesmis comosa, are the ancient and well-known i '. Desfontainii
of th< Medtterranean and the primitively developed and recentl\- discovered U. minima of

lo receive these two species we restore the genus Flaöellaria^ instituted by Lamoui

in 1813 for F. Desfontainii. F. minima is dimorphic and is particularK' interesting as retaining

rms indisputable traces of its evident derivation from a simple CAlorodesmis-like

-t"r. As wc show elsewhere (p. 48) these two green and uncalcified species are quite out

of harmony with the true species of Udotea, which are calcified and form an exceedingly

ng and connected series of developmental stages easily traceable back to the simple

flabellate species U. javensis [Rhipidosiphon of Montagne). As now arranged, Udotea

i tropical genus, whereas Flabellaria is contined to the Mediterranean and to the

esl Africa.

Turning now to tin- question of relationship between the various genera composing the

1 t hink that it is natura! to separate them into three distinct groups, the

eae and the Udoteae. The Codieae <-onsisi of two genera Codium and

which are characterised by the possession of a cortica! layer of utricles, loose

into a pseudo-parenchyma. Codium is a spongy feltwork which assumes various

the various species, and its cortica! layer consists of more or less

>ry utricles. contiguous luit not welded together into a continuous tissue. These

ze according to the species. Growth is not confined to any particular

docodium, where the principa! growth is at the apices and is continuous.

Moreover in Pseudocodium the utricles firmly cohere together into a continuous pseudocortex,
and arise directly from the medullary filaments. Pseiidocodium was described and figured by
Madame Weber van Bosse in the Journal of the Linnean Society Bot. vol. XXXII. 1896
p. 209. And Codium we have briefly treated in an Appendix, confining our attention to an
enumeration of the species represented in the Siboga collections.

The Flabellarieae are all destitute of calcification and consist of the following- o-enera -
Chlor odesmis, Avrainvillea, Rhipiliopsis, Flabellaria, Rhipilia, Cladocephalus, Rhipidodesmis,
Ca llipsygma , Bood kop sis.

The Udoteae are all calcified and are as follows : — ■ Tydematiia, Pcnicillus, Rliipoce-
phalus, Udotea, Halimeda.

Our attention in the present paper has been directed chiefly to the genera of the
Flabellarieae and Udoteae, which are much more nearly related to one another by external
habit or by peculiarities of structure than either group is to the Codieae. Some of these
peculiarities are as follows : —

1). Dichotomial branching repeated either in one and the same plane, or in alternate
planes. Where the internodes (pseudo-articuli) are short and laterally contiguous in one plane
they combine to form a flabellule. Such simple flabellules are found uncalcified in Rhipidodesmis
caespitosa apparently (see p. 62) and in Callipsygma ; they are calcified in Udotea javensis, U.
papillosa, U. glaucescens, Tydemania and Rhipocephalus. Where the internodes (pseudo-articuli)
are short and divergent, and the dichotomies lie more or less in alternate planes, they are
either laxly interwoven into a cushion as in Boodlcopsis, a laxly intricated glomerulus as in
Tydemania expcditionis, or an intricated capitulum as in Penicillus pyriformis. The pseudo-
articuli are longer, little interwoven, and form a brush in other species of Penicillus-, they are
subparallel in the uncalcified tuft of Chlorodesmis comosa, and also in the complanate frond of
Udotea conglutinata and its allies where they are cemented together by a thin calcareous deposit.

2). Trichotomial branching occurs in addition to dichotomial, in the basal part of
Chlorodesmis eomosa, in Boodleopsis, in Tydemania, in Penicillus Sibogae, in the capitulum of
P. dumetosus and in the flabellum of Udotea conglutinata and U. glaucescens.

3). Verticillate branching occurs in Tydemania expeditionis, in Boodleopsis and
in the capitulum of both species of Rhipocephalus.

4). Lateral outgrowths of the main filaments. These are of two sorts: —

a). Papillae or short prominences. Papillae are numerous in Udotea papillosa.
They are borne on the front and back surfaces of the filaments and not on their sides. They
are not calcified at their apices, and probably serve either as osmotic channels between the
cytoplasm and the seawater, or as windows in the opaque calcareous sheath. In U. indica large
truncate or peltate papillaeform prominences cover the two surfaces of the very sparingly calcified
frond, that is to say, they are borne upon the exposed sttrface only of the external filaments,
and, fitting close together, form a primitive cortex of the frond.

ö). True lateral outgrowths or stalked appendages. In U. palmetta the
frond is more calcified than in U. indica and is covered with appendages similarly situated as
in that species, but often bifurcate or even trifurcate and always pointed. The function of these

■ïil. ir but 1 ■ ute appendages occur also in U. verticillpsa, and are

1 apitate appendages are borne upon the main filaments of the

at numbers, and less numerously in U. flaóellum ;in<l Flabel-

minal swellings <>r ramifications cohere together t<> form a

ering the t\\" surfaces oi the frond, being much calcified in U. argentea

and uncalcified in Flabdlaria petiolata. \ somewhat similar cortex isprod

ition '»t' the apical ends of the lateral outgrowths which arise from
fïlaments in the stipites of Penicillus^ Rhipocephalus and all the species of Udotea,

monosiphonous species U. javensis and (', papil losa.

Pseudo-lateral branches play a similar part in the formation of the labyrinthine

the uncalcified genus Cladocephalus. Such branches are of dichotomous origin, but,

ihort, assume a lateral position and, undergoing much repeated dichotomous division,

the characteristic intricated cortex. Pseudo-lateral branches also occur in Rhipilia^ bul

a different function. The) do nol form a cortex, but bear each a terminal digitate tenaculum

rown, employed either for linking on to an adjacent filament, or perhaps for thrusting it

Pseudo-conjugating filaments occur in Rhipiliopsis, consisting of short
i arising laterally, one from each of two neighbouring fïlaments, and meeting end-on,
ne\ ng however but always remaining divided by a septum.

Habit. The habit is often characteristic of the genus. Among the different forms
med are the following: flabellate {Udoted)\ Babelliform {Avrainvillea, Flabellaria,

yathiform {Udotea cyaihi/ormis, Rhipiliopsis^ Rhipilia tenaculosa, R. orientalis,
Cladocephalus excentri apituliferous [Penicillus, Rhipocephalus) \ scopulaeform [Cladoce-

phalus scoparius ; glomeruliferous [Tydemania expeditionis) \ catenulate [Halimeda ; caespitose
'oroa

1 omparative modes of growth in different genera. Growth in length is

limited in some genera, continuous in others, and interrupted in others again. In Penicillus the

th in length of the stipes is terminated by the formation of the coma. In Rhipocephalus

wth in length is not terminated by the formation of a coma; hut both stipes (rachis)

and coma ntinuously, though slowly, added to at the apex. In Tydemania the growth

main axis is periodically interrupted during the formation of the glomeruli. In

•ral strand of filaments ceases growth for a while after the formation of each

In ■ the growth of the stipes is terminated by the formation of the flabellum ;

om< shows signs of interrupted growth at the /ones (see p, 104) and

■us.

-dichotomial constrictions an- characteristic of the Udot<

not occur in all the genera: for instance in Rhipilia and Cladocephalus

also in Udotea flabellum and U. verticillosa. When present they

the very base of the two branches emerging from the dichotomy

tl' ijority of genera: — Chlorodesmis Hildebrandtii, Avrainvillea,

•na (according to Ernst), Rhipidodesmis, Callipsygma, Boodleopsis,

Tydemania, Pcnicillus, Rhipocephalus, and half of the genus Udotea (West Indian species with
one exception).

Or (2) they occur a little way above the base of the branches and at unequal levels
(see fig. 47), as in Chlor odesmis comosa, Udotea javeusis, U. papillosa, U. glaucescens, U.
orientalis, U. indica, U. palmctta, U. argentea and Flabcllaria petiolata.

The characteristic annular ingrowths and "stoppers" of Codiaceae have been so studied
and described as to require 110 special attention here. They occur in Codium, Chlorodesmis,
Rhipilia, RMpidodesmis, Callipsygma, Espera (i. e. Penicillus), and possibly in other genera.

Calcification. All of the genera of the Udoteae are calcified. What is known of
the nature of the calcareous deposit has been summarised by Oltmanns (Morphologie und
Biologie der Algen II. 1905, p. 80). The researches of Meigen and others on calcareous algae
in general show that the calcium carbonate of the deposit may be in the form of aragonite
or of calcite, which two compounds can easily be distinguished from one another by means
of cobalt nitrate. The aragonite or calcite is never quite pure, but is mixed with magnesium
carbonate or with calcium oxalate in varying quantities, in different climates and in the different
eenera. There is need of further investieation in this direction. The calcareous matter is
deposited in the gelatinous layers of the outer wall, penetrating also into the cellulose inner
wall. Though the degree of calcification is to some extent a specific property, it also appears
to depend upon the degree of insolation to which a given plant is exposed ; for it may at
least be expected that it would be proportional to the amount of photosynthesis effected.

As shown under Udotea (p. 102) and Pe?iicilhis (p. 72) there are two modes of calcification.
In the first, the filaments of the frond or capitulum are enclosed each in a porose calcareous
sheath (as shown in fig. 1S2). These filaments are either quite free as in the capitulum of
Penicillus, and the glomeruli of Tydemania expeditionis \ or they are laterally cemented side
by side into monostromatic flabella as in Udotea javeusis, U. glaucescens, Tydemania, Rhipo-
cephalus \ or they are more or less completely conglutinated together into a thicker (pluriseriate)
flabelliform or cyathiform frond as in U. conghitinata, U. eva thi 'form is, etc.

The second mode of calcification is found in the cortex of the stipes of Udotea, Pcnicillus,
Rhipocephalus, and in the frond of the corticated species of Udotea. The apices of the simple
or branched lateral appendages of the main filaments of the stipes or frond are in this case
arranged so as to form a cortical covering to the stipes or frond, and are laterally coherent
into a continuous layer ; the laterally cohering walls are thickened by a calcareous deposit ;
and the actual apices are left free of calcification, and thus function as "windows" (see p. 103),
as in the cortical layer of the stipes of Penicillus (figs. 163, 168, 175) and Rhipocephalus
(figs. 186, 192), of the stipes and frond of Udotea faöellum and U. argentea, and of the
jointed thallus of Halimeda. How deeply this calcification penetrates into the thallus, and
whether it is limited to the cortical region, or more or less fills the inner cavities, we do not
know. But we should infer that it varies with the species and reaches for instance a deeper
level in the rigid stipes of Penicillus capitatus than in the softer stipes of P. Lamourouxii
var. gracilis.

Pores and "windows". The pores, which are so abundant in the calcareous sheath

in the first mode of calcification, an tated under

minute ■ chambers in the thickness <>i" the calcareous

d( ilcified pellicle, in which is ;i minute

pecimen, with .1 microscope giving a magnification

the distribution of these pon ee fig. 182)

, - imed by the green chromatophores inside the filaments.

where bubbles of oxygen were evolved during the photo

\ii.l inasmuch as the deposition of the calcareous salts would

tynthesis only, this deposition would necessarily be prevented

at which the oxygen-bubbles are evolved and cling to the sides of

In the same way the uncalcified apices of the lateral appendages, described above in
ip .is having the function of "windows", escape calcification owing to the presence
lineing bubbles of ox\ gen.

Affinities. The genera as defined in this paper either are calcilied or are uncalcified;

in .1 given -«muis are either all of them calcilied, or are all of them uncal-

ve tli.it the two groups are fundamentally and physiologically distinct, and that

their separation occurred far back in their developmental history. Another fundamental difference

to which we attach great importance is found in the mode of branching, namely, whether the

lichotomies are all in one and the same plane or in alternating planes. Imbued

with the is we have drawn up the following genealogical tables as a concise expression

of tl lusions to which we have been led.

II Al

1- LABELLAR1EAE

Chlorodesmis

Avrainvillea

Uncalcified ancestor

Flabellaria
minima

Rhipidodesmis

Callipsygma Boodlcojisi^

Rhipilio]

;

Rhipilia

Flabellaria

pctiol.it. 1

1 ladocephalus

Udoteae
Calcified ancestor

Espcrci '

mediterranen P' Sibogae

Tydemania
Gardineri

P. nodulosus T. expeditionis

Penicillus

L'dotea javensis

U. glaucescens U. subpapillata

Rhipocephalus U.cyathiformis U. explanata U.conglutinata U. orieatalis

U. palmetta U. indica

U. papillosa

U. spinulosa U. verticillosa U. Wilsoni L'. argentea U. occidentalis

Halimeda

U. flabelluin

In constructing these tables we have endeavoured to allocate the genera and sundry
species according to their respective degrees of development along their various lines of descent.
But it must not be supposed that we regard the simpler members as being the actual ancestors
of the more highly differentiated. They do but indicate some of the stages in the developmental
history of the group.

It will be found that there is very little parallelism between the two groups — calcified
and uncalcified, such similarity as does occur being rather of the nature of coincidence. Nor
is there much close affinity between them. It might be argued that Flabellaria peliolala,
which under the name of Udotea Desfontainü has for nearly seventy years been regarded as
an essential member of the genus Udotea, is of close affinity with U. argentea and U.flabellnm.
And, apart from the calcification, the similarity of frond-structure is, we admit, very great.
But the ancestry of Flabellaria petiolata is unmistakeably revealed by the life history of F.
minima (as described and figured by Ernst), which in its simplest stages could hardly be
distinguished from a Chlorodesmis. The uncalcified genus Flabellaria has therefore a totally
different origin from that of the calcified true species of Udotea, which as the table shows are
easily traced back to a simple little calcified flabellate ancestor like U. javensis.

Chlorodesmis and Rhipidodesmis {Chlorodesmis caespitosa]. Agardh) are the most primitive
extant forms of the Flabellarieae. Chlorodesmis certainly indicates the ancestry of Flabellaria,
and probably that of the flabelliform genera, Avrainmllca, Rhipiliopsis, Rhipilia, and Clado-
cephalus; possibly also that of the Codieae (Codium and Pseudocodium). We are in doubt as
to the position of Boodlcopsis, whose peculiar habit is unique in the group.

\N | are inclined to place il near Rhipilia

, ;„ ,u, \ with Flabellaria minima. Rhipilia and Cladocephalus are

flabelliform and excentrically infundibuliform and zonate

(ilaments dichotomously divided without constrictions

and bul in Rhipilia the pseudo-lateral branch terminates in a

i ladocephalus it divides repeatedly and dichotomously
ibyrinthine corti

losel) allied to Callipsygma and suggests its ancestry.
up, the Udoteae, we find that the most primitive forms known
and Penicillus Sibogae which indicate the ancestry < l" Penicillus,
in alternating planes. Another simple but slightly lcss primitive form is
which may b< traced all the other species of Udotea, as shown in the table.
ptionally interesting genus in view of the series of developrhental stages
I by its various specii
R 'ia lus phoenix might be thought to spring hom Udotea javensis; but the con-

A'. oblongus with that species is less convincing. Tydemania and Halimeda are
I by their periodically interrupted growth and show a striking parallelism of habit,
combined with differences ol detail. Tydemania consists of a chain of contiguous open uncorticated
glomeruli strung together, so to speak, on a monosiphonous main axis (see p. 64); while in
the chain consists of contiguous closed corticatetl flabelliform articuli lor internodes)
strun ier on a polysiphonous axis.

I or the further elucidation and revision of the truc affinities between the genera of

ie, it is much to be desired that a study W- made of the youngest stages of growth

in Rhipocephalus), as well as experiments in regeneration (see p. 73); also that fresh genera

and species may be discovered to aid in linking up the genera already known. 'I he Siboga

rial nas supplied two new genera — Tydemania and Boodleopsis — the former of which

emarkable for its dimorphic habit and interrupted growth.

Distribution. The Codiaceae flourish especially in tropical seas. Some of the genera

fined to the tropics, namely, Chlor odesmis \ Rhipilia, Cladocephalus, Rhipidodesmis,

Tydemania, Rhipocephalus. Some occur in the tropical and extra-tropical zones,

nami Xvrainvillea, Penicillus, Udotea, Halimeda. The resl are found only outside

tmely, Pseudocodium, Rhipiliopsis, Flabellaria, Callipsygma.

iring now East with West, we find the five large genera, Codium, Avrainvillea,

Halimeda, widely distributed in both hemispheres, where also Rhipilia and

'■ more locally. Seven genera are known from the Eastern hemisphere only,

Chlor odesmis, Rhipiliopsis, Rhipidodesmis, Callipsygma, Boodleopsis,

bhalus is confined to the West Indian region, and Flabellaria to the

monographed in the present paper only one, Udotea flabellum, is

I .i i and West, being indeed widely distributed throughout the

of Halimeda and Codium have a like distribution last and West.

Much of this vvork has of necessity been done in the Botanical Department of the British
Museum, and the results are published with the permission of the Trustees. Representative
portions of the material studied, photographs of borrowed types, and hundreds of camera-lucida
and other drawings are placed for reference in the British Museum Herbarium.

Thanks to the kindness of Madame Dr. Weber van Bosse, Mons. Bornet, Prof. Lignier,
Mons. Lortet, Mons. Hariot, Prof. Nordstedt and Major Reinbold we have been enabled to
study the types of many of the species and to draw up fuller descriptions of them than have
hitherto been published ; while by other botanists - Dr. F. Börgesen, Mr. F. S. Collins,
Dr. M. A. Howe and Prof. R. J. Harvey Gibson — we have been kindly permitted to examine
collections, the comparison and study of which have enabled us to gain a wider knowledge
oi the variations exhibited by the respective species and a clearer conception of the mutual
affinities of the genera.

Finally we would record our grateful appreciation of Professor and Madame Weber's
kindness in inviting us to work out this iftteresting group of algae, and also in allowing us all
the time which, owing to prolonged interruptions, became necessary for the completion of the
work. To the officials of the Royal Gardens, Kew, we are greatly indebted for the readiness
with which they have placed facilities for work at our disposal ; and to Mr. W. R. Wilson
of the Department of Printed Books at the British Museum for valuable help given in verifying
references in sundry rare volumes unobtainable elsewhere.

SIKOGA-EXPEDIT1E LXII.

SYNOPSIS OF G EN ERA.

I. l'i.xr.i il. \kii \i .

i. Chlorodesmis. (p. 13).

Plant uncalcified, green, tufted, composed of free filaments distantly dichotomously branched:
filaments arising from a densely felted base, with upper dichotomies distant, upper constrictions
either all asymmetrie above cach dichotomy, or all symmetrie.

2. Avrainvillea. (p. 16).

Plant uncalcified, flabelliform (except in A. Rawsoni), stipitate (rarely subsessile); stipes
more or less thick. Rhizome either well developed or scarcely developed. Frond varying in colour
and outline, thick or thin, normally entire (digitate in A. Ridleyi), rarely zonate, composed of
a more or less intimately interwoven felt-work of dichotomously branched filaments cylindric to
moniliform, uut without fibulae or lateral appendages; constrictions present, sometimes strongly
marked at dichotomies. Sporangia terminal on filaments exserted from the flabellum.

3. Rhipiliopsis. (p. 45).

Plant uncalcified, green, excentrically subinfundibuliform to flabellate, stipitate; stipes
thin, short. Frond thin, rarely zonate, composed of a lax felt-work of dichotomously branched
filaments. cylindric, here and there attached by a pseudo-conjugation of two short prominences,
whicl from neighbouring filaments.

4. Flabellaria. (p.

int uncalcified, green, flabellate, stipitate; or forming caespitose tufts of free filaments

w/v-like stat'- of F. minima. Stipes slender, corticated (except in F. minima'.

n F. petiolata] corticated, composed of filaments monostromatically arranged,

radiating from stipes to margin, and emitting lateral branchlets, the

lly decompound heads of which, interlocked, form a close cortex over the

composed of filaments entirely free or slightly held together by a

I I

5. Rhipilia. (p. 53).

Plant uncalcified, green, cuneato-flabellate to excentrically subinfundibuliform, stipitate.
Stipes thin. Frond thick or very thin, sometimes zonate, varying in outline, composed of a lax
felt-work of dichotomously branched filaments, often not cylindric, bearing rather short pseudo-
lateral branchlets terminated by a 2 — 6-fid tenaculum or crown, applied or free.

6. Cladocephalus. (p. 57).

Plant uncalcified. green or brown, of varied habit, scopulaeform, flabellate or excentrically
subinfundibuliform, stipitate. Stipes thin. Frond or scopula composed of subparallel medullary
filaments radiating from the stipes to the periphery, dividing dichotomously without constrictions.
Pseudo-lateral branches thinner, tapering, densely and dichotomously subdivided at apex and
forming a labyrinthine cortex.

7. Rhipidodesmis. (p. 62).

Plant uncalcified, green, filamentous, gregarious, laxly caespitose; filaments decumbent
below, ascending above and complanato-fastigiate at apex; constrictions symmetrie above each
dichotomy. Upper dichotomies approximated.

8. Callipsygma. (p. 63).

Plant uncalcified, green, complanate. Stem flat, sparingly branched, plumosely fringed all
along its edge with numerous subparallel patent green filaments. Filaments dichotomously divided
above into narrovv monostromatic flabellules. Supra-dichotomial constrictions even.

9. Boodleopsis. (p. 64).

Plant uncalcified, minute, forming small green felted cushions, consisting of an incon-
spicuous monosiphonous tapering axis, bearing branches repeatedly divided di- and trichotomously
and divaricately at short intervals, and laxly intricated. Constrictions even.

II. Udoteae.

10. Tydemania. (p. 65).

Plant thinly calcified, dimorphic, consisting of a conspicuously cylindrical monosiphonous
axis, either creeping and bearing numerous terminal flabella, or ascending and bearing verticils
of ramifying branches vvhich become interwoven into glomeruli. Constrictions even.

11. Penicillus. (p. 68).

Plant calcified, consisting of stipes and capitulum. Stipes compound, encrusted, not
reaching apex of capitulum, consisting of a dense brush-like tuft of ascending free filaments
dichotomously divided but not in one plane, evenly constricted above each dichotomy.

I 2

Khipocephalus. p. 91).

tpitulum. Stipes compound, encrusted, percurrent

which are either a) normally small, imbricate,

rally into a series ol verticillate overlapping collars, fila-

ed in one plane and laterally coherent; <>r 6) much less

penicilloid in habit but having an apical cup shaped depression

in w four youngest flabellules, fïlaments of flabellules dichotomously

ent, but contiguous. Supra-dichotomial constrictions even.

13. Udotea. p.

enerally flabellate, rarely excentrically subinfundibuliform, stipitate. Stipes

either monosiphonous, or compound and corticated. Frond monostromatic, distromatic

or p I or corticated, composed of fïlaments radiating from stipes to margin

ither contiguously subparallel, thinly calcified, and not emitting lateral appendages or

emitting acute or obtuse or truncate papillae, or , medullary fïlaments separated from one

another and emitting more or less abundant simple or divided lateral (or pseudo-lateral) branchlets

or protu >, which are ai ipitate or digitately decompound, and serve either to hold

iments l r or to form a cortex, thickl) calcified. Constrictions even or uneven.

14. Halimeda. Sec reference on p. 1 .

Plant thickly calcified, composed of simple or branched subcomplanate chains of Battened,

cylindrical articuli of various shapes and si/es. Each articulus composed of a medullary plexus

filaments, and a pseudo-parenchymatous cortical layer formed of laterally coherent

pyriform or clavate utricles branch-endings) more or less inflated and truncate above. In surface

more or less hexagonally areolate. Sporangia in racemes on dichotomous

filami __•■ or face of articuli. Constrictions long-necked, even (where present).

III. I in \i .
15. Codium. p. 1

alcified, green, spongy, varied in form, pulvinate, globose, elongate, cylindrical,

ple or branched, composed of a loose felt-work of medullary fïlaments, and a

us, but not adherent, shortly clavate -reen inflated utricles (branch-endings .

16. Pseudocodium. Si reference on p.

cylindrical, branched, composed of a loos,- felt-work of longitu-
medullary fïlaments, and a pseudo-parenchymatous cortical layer
reen inflated utricles (branch-endings) truncate above.
mally areolate.

13

1. Chlorodesmis Bailey and Harvey
(Figs. 69—75).

Harvey Nereis Boreali-Americana Part III. in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, X.
(1858) p. 29; Bail. & Harv. in Wilkes U. S. Explor. Exped. XVII. Bot. 1862, p. 172,
Algae tab. VIII, figs. 8— to; J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 48 (pro parte);
De Toni Syll. Alg. 1. 1889 pp. 439, 513; Engler und Prantl Die natürlichen Pflanzen-
familien I. 2. 1S90. p. 141.

Mature plant usually felted at base so as often to form a colourless spurious stipes,
and bearing above a radiating penicilloid tuft of free, green, uncalcified, straight, filaments;
filaments in their lower part more or less constricted at irregular intervals, branched at short
intervals, radicelliferous and colourless; in their upper part cylindrical, green, flaccid, dichoto-
mously branched at longer intervals, constricted at the base of the branches.

This genus was founded upon C. comosa, which was first collected in the Fiji Islands
by the United States Exploring Expedition of 1838 — 42 under Captain Wilkes. It was recog-
nised by Bailey and Harvey as a distinct genus, and the official diagnosis was published in
their report (loc. cit. 1S62 p. 172). But before this official report appeared, Harvey described
the genus in his Nereis Bor.-Amer. in 1S5S (loc. cit.) in order to include a doubtful species
from the West Indies, C. vaucheriaeformis, which has since been transferred to Derbesia by
Prof. Farlow. Harvey had in the meantime himself visited the Friendly Islands, and there
collected C. coi?iosa abundantly on all the coral reefs, where he says, it forms a very striking
object on the extreme outer edge of the reef.

In 1874, Zanardini described C. major collected by Fullagar and Lixd in Lord Howe
Island, and pointed out that it has filaments twice as thick as those of C. comosa. We have
never seen Zaxardini's species.

In 1880, Kjellman published a description of his C. pachypus in Bot. Xotiser, 1880,
p. 117; he had himself collected the specimens of it at Labuan in Borneo, and issued samples
under n° 343 in Wittrock and Xordstedt's Algae Exsiccatae. Kjellman's species was trans-
ferred to Avrainvillea papitana by Murray and Boodle in Journal of Botany XXVII, 1889,
p. 71. A. papnana is synonymous with our A. crccta (p. 29; see also p. 31).

J. G. Agardh (loc. cit. p. 49) added another species, C. caespitosa (Ceylon, Ferguson
n" 110), which in our opinion constitutes a separate genus, namely, Rhipidodesmis (see p. 62).

In 1889, Murray and Boodle (loc. cit. pp. 71, 72) transferred C. comosa and C. caespi-
tosa to Avrainvillea contending that the former species "seems to stand in much the same
relation to Avrainvillea as the Espera form does to Paiicillus'. They argue (loc. cit. p. 68)
that C. comosa "is merely an Avrainvillea with the filaments free, instead of interwoven, and
the rhizoid mass probably broken off short"; and they call attention to "other forms exactly
resembling Chlorodesmis (Ferguson 's n" 290) which "are young growth forms connected by
an unbroken series with mature forms of Avrainvillea - - in this case A. papnana' '. We have
examined Ferguson 's series of specimens (Ceylon n" 290) illustrating the stages of growth of
A. papnana, and we are unable to find sufficiënt likeness between its young forms and the

in anj way the transference of C com XvrainvilUa. What

i prool tin: quits its very characteristic tufted form and assumes

a ,,„„,. higl inised habit, I rainvillea <>r of any other Siphoneous genus. This

. wanting; no variation from the normal growth having ever been recorded for

in question.

i Baili j & 1 larve)

m Han - ui' i. III. iS;S. p, 29; & in Wilkes U.S. Explor. Exped. XVI]

p. tab. VIII, figs. 8— 10.

Grunow in Reise Oesterr. Freg. Novara Bot. I. 1S70 p. 35.
Sonder Alg. Trop. Australiens in Hamburg Abhand. V. ~. [871. pp
74. tab. VI, fi i and in F. von Müller's Fragm. Phytogr. Austral. XI. Suppl. 1880. p. 38.

. Murr. Cv Boodle Journ. of H<>t. vol. XXVII. 1889 p. 71, tab. 289, fig. 12.
1 l ii toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889 p. 5 15.
. mosa Askenasy in Forsch. "Gazelle" Theil I\'. 15"t. [889. Algen, p. 9.
iesmis cotnosa Okamura lllustr. Mar. Algae Japan vol. I. 1900 p. 13 pi. Y.
Aurainvillea cotnosa Heydrich in Her. deutsch. bot. Gescllsch. XXV. 1907 p. 101.

rodesmis cotnosa A. v\: E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908 p. 180; (Zool.) XII.
,0.

//•ir. r.\< ui' . Fiji, U.S. Explor. Exped. — Uvalau, * Challenger" Expedition! — Friendly Islands:
Vavau & Lifuka, [855, Harvey, n" 90! — New Caledonia, ex herb. Le Jolis\ — Solomon
Islands, Herb. Merrifield\ — New Hebrides, in Herb. /■'. S. Collins\ — New Guinea, 1888,
Karnbach\ — Queensland, Port Denison, Sonder. — Upolu and Tongatabu, in Herb. Mus.
BritA — Riukiu Islands, Okamura.
INDK . Celebes: coral islands near Makassar, 1888, Madame Weber van Bosse\ — Seychelles:
Malie. * Valdivid" Expedition. — Seychelles: Praslin, 7. Stanley Gardiner\
.,</ Expedition. Stat. 312. Saleh 15. iy, Sumbawa, reef! — Stat. 86. Dongala, Celebes.

Plant up to 7 cm. his^h, with or without a stipes-like base, constituted of a pale spongy felt-

work of basal branches and rhizoids. bearing a coma of free and radiating filaments above-, basal

filaments creeping, irregularly swollen and constricted, much and irregularly branched, emitting

illy branched stolons and rhizoids, and by dichotomy producing the ascending filaments; above

the base the filaments are bright-green, torulose below, then cylindrical, straight, flaccid, 2 — 7 cm.

. 60 — 140 p, in uiameter, distantly dichotomously branched, the resulting pair of branchlcts

iistricted once a little above the dichotomy, bul at unequal distances. [Figs. 69 — 73J.

Harvey described this species as having a distinct and often elongate spongy stipes,

vrdh, who discusses the rharacter of the filaments in soine detail, calls in question

iy • » t regarding the spongy nidus as a stipes. The so-called stipes consists of a

if rhizoids and basal branches intricately felted together, as carefully described

- ompare figs. <>cK 73 <i).

iracteristics of typical specimens of C. cotnosa are the very obvious

die supra-dichotomial constrictions of the upper filaments (fig. 69^, 7-. 73 ^),

to even up to twenty, torulose constrictions which usually occur at the

their point of origin from the creeping basal portion (fig. 7.; < ■).

imetimes faintly discernible up to above the the third dichotomy. It

i5

should be noted that the lowest pair of supra-dichotomial constrictions is usually even (Figs.
71, 73 c), that is, they are not situated at markedly unequal distances above the dichotomy.

Sonder and J. G. Agardh (loc. cit.) describe what they believe to be the sporangia of
Cklorodesmis, situated in the apices of the free filaments. Madame Weber van Bosse noticed
in her Dongala material, when freshly gathered, the escape of roundish, apparently non-motile,
spores from the apex of one of the filaments.

We have seen 110 specimen of Vaucheria fastigiata C. A. Agardh (Syst. Algar. 1824
p. 176) which was collected by Gaudichaud at the Marianne Islands and referred by J. G.
Agardh (Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887, p. 51) to Cklorodesmis comosa with some slight reservation.
Should J. G. Agardh's opinion be be confirmed, the specific name comosa will have to give
way and the present species must be called Cklorodesmis fastigiata. J. G. Agardh states that
Gaudichaud's specimen is not in the best condition, as might well be expected if the plant
really be identical with C. comosa.

Cklorodesmis comosa Mazé et Schramm (Algues de la Guadeloupe, Edit. II. 1870 — 79,
p. 98) was collected at Guadeloupe ("Point a pitre, Het a Fajou ; fragments de madrepores
a la lame ; 5 Avril 1868"), and was issued in Mazé's exsiccatae as n°. 338. It occurs, says

Mazé (loc. cit.) "a petite distance du rivage, eaux troubles très-remuées Colo-

ration : vert brunatre dans 1'eau".

The tufts are 20 cm. long; the filaments are pale green or hyaline, 80 — 150^ thick,
very remotely dichotomously branched, without constrictions at the dichotomies, thin-walled and
collapsed. The plant has been referred by Murray and Boodle (loc. cit.) to Vauckeria, but is
in our opinion an undescribed species of Derbesia. Some of the filaments in Mazé's specimens
bear numerous lateral sessile sporangia, solitary and spaced out at intervals of 400 — 700 ij..
These sporangia are apparently globose and have a diameter of 1 20 p., which is also the
diameter of the filament which bears them. But the filaments and sporangia are so irretrievably
crushed in these dry old specimens as to render further investigation impossible to us.

Avrainvillea comosa Börgesen in Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Foren. Köbnhavn. 1908,
p. 28, fig. 1, from the Danish West Indies, is in our opinion not Cklorodesmis comosa Bail. &
Harv., but differs from that species in having having its filaments much longer, somewhat
thicker, very thin-walled, only slightly branched and entirely destitute of the characteristic
constrictions of the true C. comosa. Moreover the rhizoids figured by Dr. Börgesen (loc. cit.)
are long and 2 — 3 times dichotomously branched, recalling those of Udotea, and are quite
different from the simple rhizoids found in C. comosa Bail. & Harv.. This latter species appears
to be confined to the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Whether Dr. Börgesen's plant could possibly be conspecific with the C. comosa of Mazé &
Schramm (Guadeloupe: Mazé n° 338), discussed above, is a question which we are quite unable
to decide. The long thin-walled slightly branched filaments, destitute of constrictions, characterise
both plants ; and both occur in the West Indies. A comparison of alcohol-material is desirable 1).

1) While these sheets are passing through the press, we hear from Dr. Börgesen, that he has deteimined the Cklorodesmis
comosa of Crouan and Mazé & Schramm in Ilerb. Mus. Paris to be Vaucheria dichotoma (L.) Ag. jf, and considers it to be identical
with his own Avrainvillea comosa from the Danish West Indies.

16

.mil Lind.
. intensely green, obtuse at apices, at length filled with

:ompared ihi^ species with specimens ol C comosa from New
:ul it t( in possessing filaments more than twice as thick as those of

id rather than tending u> rigidity, and green rather than fusco-nigrescent.

\\ , .timen of this plant.

brandtii n. sp.

Hauck in Hedwigia XXVII. [888 ]).
sa Murray & Boodle in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1889, p. yi pro parte.

I moro [slands, Johanna, Poniona (just below lowest tide-level) Au^'. 1875. Hildebrandt

1 Expedition. Stat. .213. Saleyer Island, reef!

Plant about 6 cm. high, gregarious, tufted, arising from a small felted base, flavescent-

; filaments decumbent below, colourless and much and irregularly hranched, producing

itolons and rhizoids; filaments ascending above, green, cylindrical, straight, flaccid, up

cm. long, 80 — 130^ in diameter, distantly dichotomously branched, the resulting pair of

branchlets I onstricted once immediately above the dichotomy, and at equal distances

'•''" 'l 1 igs- 7 1- 75]-

This plant, referred to C. comosa by Hauck, was transferred by Mukrav and 11 11

to C. caespitosa (see p. 62), but differs from both these species. From C. comosa, which it
nbles much in habit, it differs in its even constrictions placed immediately above each
dichotomy of the upper filaments Tl. YIII. hg. ~-\c). And from c '. caespitosa (our Rhipidodesmis)
it differs entirely in the mode of ramincation of its upper filaments.

The Siboga specimen from Saleyer reef agrees with Hildebrandt's plant in having
supra-dichotomial constrictions, but apparently differs in having wider-angled dichotomies
Bul is Hl debrandt's specimens are dried material and do not recover their normal
: determine what the dichotomial angle would be in fresh plants.
The (listribiition so far as is known is confined to the Indian ( >cean.

2. Avrainvillea Decaisne.
1 igs. 7'. 117.

Historica 1.

■ i of which we are aware is a small specimen of A. Mazei collected
in the Bahama Islands between the years 172^ and \~,-u- It f1- preserved

17

in the Sloane Herbarium in the British Museum (vol. 232, fol. 18), and was described in
MS. by Solander in the British Museum copy of Ray's Hist. III. Suppl. p. 1 2 1 704 as
"Fucus bahamensis flabelliformis" — a diagnosis which also includes Udotea flabellum.

The next species of which we can find any record was published in 1S23 by C. A. Agardh
(Spec. Alg. p. 401) as "? Anadynomene oóscura", collected by Gaudichaud in Guham, one of
the Marianne Islands. It was transferred in 1887 to Avrainvillea by the late J. G. Agardh
(Till Alg. Syst. V. p. 53), in whose herbarium at Lund it is preserved. We have not been
able to examine the actual specimens and are therefore in some doubt as to whether it may
not prove to be synonymous with A. erecta, in which case its specific name would take
precedence of erecta (see p. 33).

Nineteen years later (1842) two French authors, Decaisne and Chauvin, working
independently upon the Polypiers Calcifères (calcareous algae) to determine conclusivelv their
vegetable or animal nature, which theretofore had been a disputed question, published their
respective results within a few months of one another, Decaisne's publication (Ann. Sci. Xat.
2me sér. torn. XVIII. 1842. p. 107) appearing first, as is acknowledged by Chauvin in a footnote.
In ter alia, Decaisne described his new genus Avrainvillea, with one species A. nigricans,
collected by d'Avrainville in the Hes des Saintes, Guadeloupe. The type of this is now in
Herb. Mus. Paris. Chauvin (Recherches ..., Caen, 1842, p. 124), who arrived at conclusions
similar to those of Decaisne as confirming the vegetable nature of the Polypiers calcifères,
also defined a new genus, which he named Fradclia and founded upon F. fnliginosa, an alga
collected at Pernambuco by Fradel ("sur Ie récif de Pernambouc"). His description of it and
his remarks are so clear as to justify its being placed under A. nigricans Decaisne, notwith-
standing the vast distance which intervenes between the respective stations of Fradelia and
A. nigricans, amounting to over 2000 miles. The question of its actual identity can only
be settled by an examination of the type, for Chauvin omitted to give the diameter of
the filaments.

In the same year (1842) Berkeley (Hooker's London Journal of Botany I. p. 157)
described as a fungus in the genus Dichonema, calling it D. crectnw, the plant n° 2234
collected by Cuming in the Philippine Islands. The figure of it is bad, but was sufficiënt to
lead us to suspect that it must be the same as the Udotea sordida described by Montagne
(Hooker's London Journal of Botany III. 1S44 p. 659) two years later from Cuming's n° 2233.
Our suspicion proved correct. Further notes on this point are given under Avrainvillea erecta
(p. 30). This latter species has hitherto been best known under the name of A. papudna
Murr. & Bood.

In 1857, Montagne (in Ann. Sci. Xat. vol. VII. 1857 p. 136) described Udotea amade lp ka,
a unique specimen collected by Le Duc at the island of Galega in the western Indian Ocean.
This species remained in neglect until we gathered together material for the present paper
and found the type specimen to possess the structure of Avrainvillea and not of Udotea.
More recently we have found other examples of the plant in the collections of Mr. J. Stanley
Gardiner from the western islands of the Indian Ocean, as we have lately recorded in Trans.
Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908 p. 178 and further we have 110 doubt at all that the Red Sea

SIBOGA-EXrEDITlE LXII. •;

aod . Zanardini (in Mem. Ist Veneto VIL \>. 190 tab.

VIII, : conspecific with Avrainvillea amadelpha.

is the type, and for twenty years the only species, ol
1, which is tlnis merely a synonym ol Avrainvillea.
In the same j •■ published rab. Phyc. VIII. p. 13, tab. 28 his genus

i which he placed t\\<» species R. tomentosa and R. longicaulis, both found in the

ieci< - is concerned, the genus Rhipilia holds good; but
Ivrainvillea, and though it lias been referred tirst to one and
ither West Indian s] we are strongly of opinion that it is identical with a

1 (p. 41). In 1874, Dicku (in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot. XIV. p. 151)
ither species, R. Rawsoni from Barbados, subsequently placed by Mi rray
in Avrainvillea as a synonym ol one of the species, but recently shown to
bj Dr. Howe, namely . /. Rawsoni.
papuanum Zanardini (1878), Chlorodesmis pachypus Kjellman ('1879 — 8'
Rhipilia Andersonii Murray (1886), and Avrainvillea papuana Murray & Boodle are all syno-
nymous with -•/. erectay mentioned above.

In 1887, f. G. Agardh (Till Alg. Syst. V. p. 84) supplied a description to Avrainvillea
. a species which had been issued several years previously without description by
Harvey in his Friendly Islands Exsiccatae as Udotea lacerata.

The only attempt hitherto made to monograph the genus was that of Murray and

in 1889 (in Journ. of Botany XXVII pp. 67 — 72, 97 — 101), in which they gave a

• ry of the genus, a systematic arrangement of the species, and an account of the structure.

nise seven species of Avrainvillea and also include in the genus Chlorodesmis

comosa, and with some reservation, C. caespitosa — an arrangement of which we do not our-

pprove.

In 1905 and 1907 Dr. Howe (in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXII. p. 565; XXXIV. p. 507)

ited of the West Indian species, recognising tour species which he carefully describes

and some which he figures. He also gives an account (op. cit. XXXIV p. 504' of the sporangia

of Avrainvillea nigricans f. fulva which he had the good fortune to hnd on a specimen

gathered in Montego Bay in January 10.07. The spores, few in number, are contained in the

inflated ends of filaments which project trom the surface of the frond. Since his account was

i we have ourselves noticed similar sporangia, but void of spores, in typical A. nigricans

la and in a form of A. nwta collected by Thurston in the Gulf of Manaar,

imen being preserved in alcohol in the British Museum.

We »und it necessary during our present study of the genus to establish five new

1 the following localiti< Port Phillip and Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean,

here in the Pacific Ocean, Canary Islands and Grenada in the Atlantic.

tant characters for distinguishing the species ol Avrainvillea we have

ind nature of the filaments composing the frond. whether cylindric, torul

im< ti or tapering towards the apices, whether tortuous or straight.
For the proper appreciation and comparison of these data it

19

is almost indispensable to make drawings to a uniform scale, by means of the camera lucida,
of the frond filaments of almost every specimen examined. But owing to the collapsed state
in which the filaments are often found in dried material, especially when the plants have been
subjected to heavy crushing pressure by the zealous but misguided collector, it is usually
advisable to submit the filaments to such a treatment as the following. First soak the fragment
of frond in spirit for a few seconds, then in water for half an hour, then in lacto-phenol
(warmed) for about half to one hour (or boil in lacto-phenol on slide), replace in water and
tease asunder the filaments under a dissecting microscope. This treatment will in many cases
go far towards restoring the filaments and will generally facilitate the teasing of them apart.
Under the name of "Aurainvillea spec." Prof. Oltmanns (Morph. und Biol. d. Algen
I. 1904 p. 292, fig. 179; II. 1905 p. 278, fig. 538) has represented a remarkable plant (sine
loc.; comm. G. Karsten), which we regret that we are unable to recognise. lts frond is not
flabelliform, but cylindric in outline and apparently composed of loose spreading filaments.
The stipes recalls that of Avrainvillea ; but the frond or capitulum is a puzzle. We can only
suggest that it might possibly be an abnormal form of A. crecta, a species which, as Fergusox's
specimens from Ceylon show, sometimes assumes abnormal shapes and has a fringed margin.
Possibly Prof. Oltmanns' plant is one which has undergone regeneration after injury, for example,
after the loss of the frond (see p. 32).

Avrainvillea Decaisne

in Arm. Sci. Nat. Bot. 2™ Sér. XVIII. 1S42. p. 108.

Syn. Fradelia Chauvin Recherches... Caen 1S42. p. 124.

Chloroplegma Zanardini in Mem. Ist. Veneto. VII. 1858. p. 290.
Avrainvillea J. G. Agardh Til! Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 51.

Avrainvillea Murray & Boodle in Journ. of Bot. 1889. p. 67. (excl. Chlorodesmis).
Avrainvillea De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 513.

Aurainvillea Wille in Engler und Prantl naturl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. 1890. p. 141.
Avrainvillea Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXIV. 1907. p. 50S.
Avrainvillea Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 3S9.
Avrainvillea Wille in Engler und Prantl naturl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. Nachtrage.
19 10. p. 128 {excl. Chlorodesmis).

Plant uncalcified, fusco-nigrescent, green to olivaceous or fulvous, usually flabelliform
and stipitate, rarely eflabellate and composed of clavate or difform lobes [A. Rawsoni).

Rhizoids tufted, forming a bulbous mass or sometimes a creeping or ascending or
erect rhizome.

Stipes simple, forked, or more divided, short to long, sometimes much abbreviated,
stout or slender, terete or flattened.

Frond of varied shape (even in the same species), more or less rotundate to flabelliform
or cuneate, at base cordate or truncate to cuneate, rarely palmate or digitate, thick to thin,
sometimes zonate, margin entire to eroded or lacerate or lobed.

Frond filaments Varying in size, colour, and form, but usually fairly uniform for the
species and almost always characteristic of it, dichotomously branched, constricted at dichotomies,

■ ;,„. aboul 20 70 p in diam., often tapering towards apices
idelpha .in.1 . /. asari/o/ia), without fibulae or lateral
,,n pallid to deep-orange or brown.

cserted from surface of flabellum, containing a few
M \. 1 [owi loc. cil
- \ • . unsightly algae, growing abundantly in muddy shallow

iiderable depth - Colt [NS loc. cit.).

Synopsis oi Species.

e flabellum, but forming more or less

ipitate or difform lobes, fuscous to nigrescent. Fila-

■1 in diam., thin-walled, mostly torulose and pallid,

and there dark brown A. Rawsoni (p. 221.

Jubflabellate forms are also tbund in A. Ridleyi and
.1. amadelpha f. Montagneana\.

Thallus developing one or more flabellate fronds.

Filaments 40 7<"> •/.. often tapering down to 207. at their branched

apices, distinctly moniliform and pale t<> dark brown. Rhizome

horizontal, stout; frond fuscous, either small thick cuneate (f.

fulva . or stipitate. large tc> very large 4. nigricans (p. 23).

Filaments 40 — 60 u., not tapering, cylindrical, strongly constricted
ove dichotomy, often deep orange brown. Frond usually longly
stipitate, large, brown ■ . A. Mazei (p. 27 .

iments 30 — 60 •/. not tapering, cylindrical, strongly constricted
dichotomy, yellow to intensely fulvous. Frond shortly stip-
itatr to subsessile, small or large, brown with a tinge of yellow
in it A. erecta (p. 29).

Filaments usually 40 — 60 a, ultimate ramuli about 30 a increasing
■ at their cla\rate apices, cylindrical. statcd to bc green.
Frond stipitate, small. widely cuneate A. obscura (p.

-^^ y., ultimate ramuli about 35 — 40 jut,, gradually
increasing to 50 — 55 « at their clavate apices, often torulose,
with d( ometimes orange contents. Frond stipitate,

flabellate, medium size, green A. clavatiramea (p.

usually torulose but sometimes more or less

vith pale brown contents, here and there dense brown,

ultimate ramul times subclavate. Fronds short, brown. con-

•i] a thi iase, thick. difform. often concrescent,

ivided, flabella absent or eroded /. Ridleyi. p,

-V>

21

Filaments 30 — 40 u., not tapering, not clavate, here and there toru-
lose, green to fulvous brown, but often collapsed and colourless.
Rhizome erect. Frond large brownish-green, rotundate, cuneate
at base, very obscurely zonate A. canariensis (p. 34).

Filaments 20 — 30 ju,, rarely 1 5 >j. at apices, cylindrical, sometimes
slightly torulose, either colourless or full of brown contents.
Rhizome erect. Frond medium size, brown, stipitate, irregular,
zonate, eroded above, sometimes lobed A. Elllottii (p. 35).

Filaments 20 — 30 p., not tapering, markedly torulose, colourless
with sparse green contents, sometimes stained pale brown ; apices
slightly tortuous, free. Rhizome suberect, long, stout. Frond
very large, zonate, green . A. Gar diner i (p. 36).

Filaments 25 — 6 a, tapering, markedly torulose, colourless with
sparse green contents, sometimes stained pale brown ; apices
tortuous or hooked. Rhizome stout, bearing two or more fronds.
Frond shortly stipitate, medium size, brown A. pacifica (p. 37).

Filaments 25 — 6^., tapering, cylindrical; apices often slightly toru-
lose, generally not tortuous ; filaments of interior often yellowish-
brown. Fronds many and arising from a common base A. lacerata (p. 38).

a. Fronds small, thin, cuneato-obovate, lacerate, green, borne

on slender stalks forma typica.

b. Fronds crowded, cordato-rotundate, subsessile, stouter, larger,

usually entire, brown, subsessile . . . . . . forma robustior.

Filaments 35 — 6 a, tapering, cylindrical, here and there torulose,

rarely submoniliform, yellow to dark brown, not or very slightly

tortuous at apices. Plant subsimple, cinereous. Frond stipitate,

of medium size, subrotundate A. sordida (p. 40).

Filaments 25 — 1 5 y., rarely tapering to 6(a, torulose towards apices,

which are very tortuous, branched, irregularly swollen, hooked

and felted together into a pseudo-cortex. Rhizome stout, bearing

a few or many fronds on branched stipites. Frond green or brown. A. amadelplui (p. 42).

a. Fronds short, numerous, densely congregated on a thickened

base, thick, much eroded forma Montagneana.

b. Fronds few, large, entire, subrhomboid-rotundate, with

cuneate to rounded base. Stipes long, branched . forma suèmersa.
Filaments 30 — 20 u., tapering to 15^. or iopi torulose towards
apices, which are very tortuous, branched, irregularly swollen,
felted together into a pseudo-cortex. Plant simple, dark olive-
green to greyish. Frond large, thin, oblong-reniform with cor-
date base, entire, zonate. Stipes long, simple A. asarifolia (p. 44).

,\l\'. 1907. p. 510, tab. XXX.

mm. Linn. So Bol XIV. 1874. p. 151 tab. XI, fig. 1. 2.
imm Algues de la Guadcloupe 1870 77. p.

in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 70 pro parti
in Journ. ol Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 pro parti
i Ie Toni Syll. Alg. 1. 1889. p. 513 (pro pari

Green Alg. X. Amer. in rufts College Studie: II. [909. i>. 390.

ui Herb. Mus. Brit! Rawsi Watts (Herb. Dickii '

,. Monti o Bay, /',./■< , Butler, Phyc. Bor. Amer. 771! Guadeloupe, Gosier,

Herb. Mus. l>iit. and Herb. Kew ! Marie-Galante, M.i , n' [21

Herb. Mus. lint. : Moule, Porte d'enfer, .1/./:. n° 175, r • sér. in Herb. Keu ' Bahamas,

rry Islam . I rozen * a_y. Jan. $0. 11105, on rocks at low water mark, Howi n" 3572 (in

Herb. Kew)! Bahamas, Mariguana, Abraham Bay, Howe in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n" 14S1!

■ Mostly bright or sordid-green when living, becoming fuscous-brown or nigrescent on
drying, forming caespitose masses with usually crowded, sub-terete, fusiform, clavate, or finger-
shaped, sometimes capitate, often difForm, branched, and anastomosing lobes, never developing
.1 flabellum; lobes azonate mostly 4—12 cm. long and 0.5 — 4.0 cm. in diameter, now and
then disappearing in irregular cushions by fusing, the surface velutinous, spongiose, or sub-
strigose: filaments of the lobes subtorulose or the inner cylindrical with occasional constrictions,
always strongly constricted just above the dichotomy, rather thin-walled and somewhat easily
collapsible, 28 1. in diameter." M. A. Howe in Buil. Torr. Bot. Club XXXIV. 1907 p. 511.

s- :"• 77]-

We have availed ourselves of Dr. Howe's excellent description of this species. He has
had the opportunity <>f studying the plants in the living state and he says that they never
lop a truc flabellum. Among the flabellate species the nearest allies of . /. Rawsoni, as
structure and size of filaments, are A. Mazei anti A. nigricans. It differs from . /. Ma
in having its filaments mostly torulose and with thinner walls; and from A. nigricans in being
thin-walled, mostly pallid and merely torulose, never moniliform, and never markedly tapering
nor lly dichotomous at their apices.

When examining the frond-filaments of . /. Rawsoni, we have often noticed the presence

plugs (see fig. 771 in the constrictions above the dichotomies ; and since we

. ed them in the vegetative frond-filaments of any other species, we are tempted to

rd them as a character of specific value in . /. Rawsoni. Further their presence seems to

■ : with the fact that the natural (original) apices of the filaments are generally

We therefore infer either 1 t'n.it these stoppers serve to plug the filaments left

bbled api es and so to arresl the escape of the protoplasm from the

• that they are mere blockages whirh have herome acridentally lixed in

. and have thereby caused the death and decay of the filament above. But

n see no obvious reason why such a blockaee should cause the death of

ient well provided with protoplasm and chromatophores, we are of opinion that

the more probable explanation. Plugs of similar function i\xr found at

23

the base of old sporangiophores in several species, and in the rhizome-filaments of A. nigricans.
The distribution of A. Rawsoni is confined to the West Indian region.

.-•

2. Avrainvillea nigricans Decaisne

s '

in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2«ie sér. Vol. iS. 1842 p. 108.
Syn. Fradelia fuliginosa Chauvin, Recherches — , Caen 1842. p. 124.

Avrainvillea sordida var. longipes Crouan ex Mazé et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe.

2me édition. 1870 — Jj. p. 90 (pro parte).
Rhipilia longicaulis Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XIV. 1874. p. 312.
Avrainvillea nigricans J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 53.

Avrainvillea nigricans Murray & Boodle in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 70 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea longicaulis Murray & Boodle in op. cit. p. 70 (pro parte), tab. 228, figs. 1 — 5.
Avrainvillea nigricans Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 18S9. p. 238 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea longicaulis Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea nigricans De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1S89. p. 513 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea longicaulis De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 514 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea nigricans Hovve in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXIV. 1907. p. 509.
Avrainvillea nigricans Börgesen in Vid. Medd. nat. Foren. Kjöbnhavn 1908. p. 30.
Avrainvillea nigricans Vickers & Shavv Phycologia Barbadensis. Paris 1908. p. 23, pi. XXX.
Avrainvillea longicaulis Vickers & Shaw op. cit. p. 23, pi. XXXI.
Avrainvillea nigricans Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 390.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Guadeloupe, Hes des Saintes, d' Avrainville ! — Point a Pitre, Het a Jarry, Mazé
n" 174 bis in Herb. Mus. Brit! also n° 174 and 174 bis in Herb. Kew ! — Saintes, anses
du vent, sur la coquille d'un Strombus, Mazé n° 11 26 (sub nom. " Avrainvillea sordida var.
longipes") — Florida, Caesar's Creek, in mangrove mud, near low-water mark, M. A. Hozve
n" 29(53 in Herb. Kew ! — Bahamas, Cave Cays, Exuma Chain, M. A. Howe nu 3982, in
Herb. Kew! and Great Guana Cay, Exuma Chain, M. A. Howe n° 4052, in Herb. Kew!
and New Providence, M. A. Howe n° 3335, in Herb. Kew! — St. Thomas, "Challenger"
Expedition, 5 — 15 fathoms in Herb. Mus. Brit! and Kew! — Antilies, Herb. Shuttleworth\ —
Jamaica, Montego Bay, Pease & Butler, Phyc. Bot. Amer. n° 770, in Herb. Mus. Brit! —
Barbados, Bath, Vickers n" 40 (sub nom. A. longicaulis)] — Brazil, Pernambuco, Fr adel} —
Bermuda, " Challenger" Expedition, sub nom. Rhipilia longicaulis, Dickie in Herb. Kew!

"Usually fusco-nigrescent when living or rarely tawny-green, of a similiar colour on
"drying or somewhat darker or more sordid, gregarious or scattered, normally with a stout
"horizontal rhizome (commonly left in substratum as ordinarily collected), or, when small and
"poorly developed, with a somewhat bulbous or difform base: stipe cylindrical or flattened,
"1 — 16 cm. long, 3 — 14111111. wide, now and then deficiënt or scarcely differentiated, simple or
"rarely forked near the base: flabellum varying from suborbicular (reniform-cordate when young)
"to cuneiform (sometimes subclavate when young), 1 — 25 cm. broad, entire or more or less
"lacerately or digitately lobed, thin and membranous in the broader forms, thicker and more
"coriaceous in the narrower, felt-like in texture, very obscurely or not at all zonate, the surface
"subvelutinous or minutely spongiose: filaments of flabellum distinctly moniliform or torulose
"(at least those near the surface) usually firm-walled and rather straight and rigid, 33 — 70 u.
"in maximum diameter, filaments of stipe similar, but with more differentiation between those
"of surface and those of interior: sporangia mostly subpyriform, varying from clavate to
"subglobose, 0.35 — 0.83 mm. Xo.20 — 0.35 mm., usually exserted once or twice their own length ;

iid, pyriform, ■ 66 — 120 [i". M. A. Hi »wi in

Buil. I. ub \X\I\

ol Dr. Howe's excelleni description. The species is
•in and and though it may generally be recognised by the

moniliform chai :Is frond-filaments, yel even in tin-se filaments there is

variation, viz., in diameter, acropetal tapering, terminal branching, degree of con-
n the bead-like swellings, shape <>f these swellings (whether nearlj spherical <t
ellips mr of filanv Indeed there maj often be a puzzling variability in one and the

same plant. It is difficuli on the one hand to define the limits of the species, and ontheotherto
divid< r>to readily recognised forms. Dr. Howe, who has handled innumerable living

in the West Indies, writes as follows: "one extreme is represented l>y plants with
rbicular flabellum (reniform-cordate when young), reaching a width of 25 cm., supported
-\'\ a cylindrical stipe, which has a maximum length, so far as observed, ol 16 cm., tliis
"springing from a strongly developed rhizome; the other extreme has a cuneiform flabellum,
"sometimes no more than 1 — 2 cm. wide, tapering gradually to a flattened scarcely recognizable
"sti|ic. witli rhizome poorly developed. Between these two extremes there seems to be a
"nearly perfect series of intermediates ... ." (op. cit. XXXII. 1905. p. 568). Both these extremes
are included in his specific description given above. But more recently he has applied the name
of forma fulva to the second extreme (the cuneate form) and issued specimens with a description
in Collins, Holden and Setchell's Phycotheca Boreali-Americana under no. 1 480. The descrip-
tion runs as follows : —

Ivrainvillea nigricans fulva M. .\. Howe, forma nova. Differs from the typical form

•icans in its thicker more spongiose and usually more cuneate flabellum. in its flatter,

"broader, less differentiated stipe. and in the firmer- walled, usually coarser though often more

"tapering filaments, which are less regularly moniliform, often more tortuous or zig-zag, more

[uently and more divaricatelj dichotomous, and nearly always yellow or yellowish brown

rather than fuscous at maturity.

"Common in 3 — to dm. of, water, inside a reef. Castle Island, Bahamas, Dec. 22. 1907.

"New York Botanica! Garden Expedition to the Bahamas, collected by Marshall A. Howe.

- Ihe present form is rather common in the West Indies and by a certain combination

racters is thus far readily distinguishable from the typical . /. nigricans, in association

"with which it sometimes grows, yet it seems difficult to point out any one character l>y

"which it ma) be always recognized, or even any combination of characters which can be

Eficiently precise terms for specific distinction. The Jamaican plant oi which

sporangia were recentlj described and figured (Buil. Torr. Bot. Club, vol.

"XXIV, 7. pi. XXVIII, figs. 8 — 25, 1907) belongs to forma fulva and the form

i in our previous descriptions of the extremely variable . /. nigricans (Buil.

XXXII. p. 568, 1905; vol. XXXIV, p. 508, 1907
tish Museum is .1 bottle of spiril nens collected in Morne Rouge Bay,

VV. R. Elliott, which answer to Mr. Howe's description of f. fulva as

25

regards external characters, being mostly short, thick, spongy and cuneate, many of them
without marked differentiation into stipes and frond, but some of them distinctly stipitate ; and
the frond-filaments are coarse (up to nearly 70 u) lightly constricted, tapering down to 20 >j. at
the apices, but not tortuous nor zig-zag, nor more than about twice branched at the apices.
Nor are the fïlaments of a fulvous colour, but mostly hyaline, dotted with chromatophores,
and only here and there containing brown (rarely fulvous) contents. Those plants however on
account of their external character are probably referable to f. fulva.

As regards the rest of the specimens of A. nigricans, they are so perplexing in their
variability, that it seems quite impossible to separate them into satisfactory groups. Some plants
are very large with wide thin flabellum, thick coarse rhizome, and frond fïlaments of 60 [j. diam.
and tapering down to 20 ij. at their divaricately ramified apices. These large plants appear to
be of common occurrence, ranging at least from St. Thomas to Grenada. Others again are
quite small and slender, and among these is Decaisne's type-plant. Decaisne's type is preserved
in the Paris Museum and bears his label " Avrainvillea nigra Dne. Hes des Saintes prés la
Guadeloupe. M. d'Avrainville. 1842". Thanks to Monsieur Hariot's kindness, we are able
to give a figure of it (fig. 78). It is a small blackish plant about 7 cm. in length including
the slender rhizome ; it is composed of moniliform fïlaments, the spherico-oval beads of which
have a diameter of about 45 u. tapering down to about 25 p. at the slightly branched apices
(hg. 79). The frond is faintly zonate. A descriptive note of the specimen has been published
by Dr. Howe (Buil. Torr. Bot. Club XXXII. 1905 p. 567).

Decaisne's plant is quite unlike the above-mentioned large ungainly specimens with thick
•coarse rhizome and wide thin flabellum from St. Thomas (" Challenger" Expedition) and from
Grenada (Murray).

In the British Museum is another specimen from Hes des Saintes (the type-locality),
viz. Mazé's n° 1126. This is a large plant (16 cm. high, stipes 7.5 cm. long, frond 10 cm.
broad) collected without a rhizome. It is in fact about as large as the "Challenger" specimens,
but is composed of rather narrower filaments (35 u. diam.), than those of the type, and only
half as thick as those of the ''Challenger' specimens. In fact it seems as if size of plant
and size of filament in this species vary quite irrespectively of one another. Of the big
plants some have large, some have small filaments. Even so with the small plants.

Again, in some plants the filaments branch dichotomously 1 — 4 times in quick succession
at their apices; and this is accompanied by a marked tapering in some, but not in others.
Thus a filament with a diameter of 60 ij. rapidly divides into branchlets tapering down to 20 u..
These ultimate ramuli, by interweaving with one another, form a stronger protective layer
on the surface of the frond. We do not however know whether the presence or absence of
this branching and tapering is dependent on seasonal changes, or upon the depth at which
the plants grow beneath the surface of the sea ; or whether it is proper to some plants and
not to others, and therefore is capable of being employed as a systematic character. We do
not know the length of life of these plants, how soon they reach maturity, whether they
■endure for a few or many months, whether after producing their numerous but inconspicuous
sporangia they wilt away. These are questions which cannot be solved in a herbarium.

S1BOGA-EXPEDITIE LXII. 4

I ,. i , Vid Medd Nai Foren. Kjul.nli.ivn 1908. p. 30), who has collected

plants extei in the Danish West Indies from depths of to 30 meters, finds the

the v rj 1< ■ texture ol the flabellum, and by its

He al ribi ■ and figures the chromatophores as

>rd with our observations, for in all the specimens o) l.nigricans

jn Nvjlui, w romatophores, we found them t<> be round without exception.

pi. mts \ 11 om brown to greyish or blackish brown. The

om pale to dark cool brown, bul sometimes is more fulvous.

imens which we have examined the filaments are colourless, dotted with

and only here and there stuffed with brown (rarely fulvous) contents. It

rown st;iin of the filaments, which is preserved in the dried plants,

from the pickled specimens by the action of the alcohol or picric-alcohol.

igricans were discovered and described by Dr. Howi (Buil. Torr.

ib XXXIV. 1907. pp. 504 — 507) upon a plant which he refers to his forma fulva.

He describes them as capitate or subclavate filaments, protruding abundantly from the surface

of the thallus, the sporangia hein- half as long as the supporting stalk. The) were intensely

n when young, brown when older; and the) contained about 3 -5 ovoid, pyriform,

rate-ellipsoidal, or difform bodies, which he concluded wen- probably .ipl.mosp.irrs. The

ingiophores arise dichotomously, though sometimes appearing lateral, and are often more

slender than the vegetative filaments from which they spring.

We have found sporangia and old sporangiophores on plants of . /. nigricans collected
at ». Isl.md, Grenada, by Mr. ('.. Murray in August [886, and preserved in alcohol.

i ie plants have large thin fronds and are borne on thick coarse well-developed rhizomes.
The sporan ■ all empty; they correspond nearly enough in si/c with those described by

I )r. Howi for his forma fulva. Similar sporangia occur on a small dried specimen "ex Antillis"
in Herb. Shuttleworth in Herb. Mus. Brit.

. /. nigricans can be classed with . /. Rawsoni and . /. Ma ei in the lat e of its

filaments It differs however from . /. Rawsoni in having its filaments less thin-walled and

tlly more deeply and moniliformly constricted, and in the possession of a more or less

llate frond. From . /. Mazei it differs in having moniliform filaments; those of . /. Mazei

lindric.

A short note is necessary about a Jamaican specimen in the British Museum, namely

Phycotheca Bor.-Amer., issued as . /. longicaulis. It is undoubtedly . /. nigricans,

rhizomatous plant, which appears to have suffered injury twice and to have

ns < ach time. < Ine of these proliferations is a stipitate spathulate flabellum,

of A. nigricans. One of the other outgrowths looks like a little prolifera-

... because it has the structure of A. Rawsoni. It must therefore be a

vhich has developed epiphytically on the rhizome of the bigger plant.

at Mr. Howi (in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXX. 1907. p. 511) says that

in three sets and found them all, as well as n° 771, to 1"' . /. Rawsoni

the material issued under n" 77.. is mixed with A. nigricans."

27

We have seen no specimen of Fradelia fuliginosa, but in view of Chauvin's excellent
description and remarks (loc. cit.) we recognise the strong likeness of the plant to . /. nigri-
cans which was published by Decaisne a few months previously (see p. 17); but of course
without examining the type we cannot be certain of the identity of the plant, since Chauvin
omitted to state the size of the filaments ; and it must not be forgotten that Fradel's plant
was collected at Pernambuco more than 2000 miles away from Grenada, the nearest recorded
station of A. nigricans.

A. nigricans is recorded only from the warm Atlantic.

3. Avrainvillca Mazei Murray and Boodle

in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1889 pp. 70, 71, tab. 288, fig. 6.
Syn. Flabellaria fimbriata Mazé et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe. 2">e edit. 1870 — jy. p. 89;

and Errata p. II.
Avrainvillca sordida var. longipes Crouan ex Mazé et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe.

2'»c edit. 1870 — y/. p. 90 (pro parte).
Uclotca Dcsfontainii J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 74 (pro parte).
Avrainvillca Mazei Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1S89. p. 238.
Avrainvillca Mazei De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 514.
Avrainvillca longicaulis Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club. XXXIV. 1907. p. 509 (excluding

synon. Rhipilia longicaulis Kütz.).
Avrainvillca Mazei Börgesen in Vid. Medd. nat. Foren. Kjöbnhavn. 1908. p. 32.
Avrainvillea longicaulis Collins Green Algae N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 391.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Guadeloupe, Moule (Vieux bourg) port; dans Ie sable sur des bancs de Xostera,
lieux abrités par les brisants du large; en Juin 62; leg. Schramm: Mazé n° 65, [ère sér.
(sub nom. " Flabellaria fimbriata")\ — Guadeloupe, Marie Galante (Grand Bourg) plage des
Basses, 21 févricr 1870, Mazé n° 1234 (sub nom. "Avrainvillca sordida var. longipesn)\ -
Bahamas, Catesby in Herb. Sloane vol. 232, fol. 18 ! (see p. 16) — Bahamas, Waterloo Lake near
Nassau, April 9. 1904, in mangrove mud, near low water mark. Howe n" 3073 (in Herb.
Kew) ! — Bahamas, Mariguana, Howe, in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n" 1479! - Bermuda, Gibbet
Island, on rocks and sand in 3 dm. of water (low tide). Hoive n° 35 (this specimen contains
intrusive torulose filaments of another species A. nigricans) l

Plant (dried) brown, about 13 cm. high, gregarious or solitary, arising from a bulbous
base. Stipes simple, straight, compressed, 5 — 6 cm. long, 5 — 10 mm. widc. Frond from a
short cuneato-rotundate base, obovate, rotundate or spathulate, about 6 cm. long, 5 cm. wide,
of medium thickness, ezonate, rather smooth to strigose. Frond filaments cylindrical, rarely
faintly sub-torulose, large, 40 — 60 p. in diam., light to dark-brown in colour, branches markedly
constricted just above the dichotomy, not tapering at apices. [Figs. 81 — -83].

The above description is drawn from the type specimens of Murray and Boodle, pre-
served in the British Museum, viz. Mazé's n" 65 (ière sér.) from Guadeloupe (fig. 81). The
characteristic feature of this species is the large cylindrical brown filaments much constricted
just above their points of dichotomy, of fairly uniform diameter, not tapering towards their
apices (figs. 82, 83).

Dr. Howe (loc. cit.) has combined this species with Rhipilia longicaulis Kütz. and placed
them both under the designation " Avrainvillea longicaulis (Kütz.) Murray and Boodle p.p.",

I i Mikkw and H and retaining nothing more

t|lan • myms cited by them, namely Rhipilia longicaulis Km/ . a planl which

they had nev< ■ lab. Phyc. VIII. tab. 28, II). The numerous

. and studied by Mikkw and B 11, and described and

by them .1- A 1 Journ. Bot. XXVII 1889 p. ;<>. tab. 288, figs. 1 — 5, —

they, with the Guadeloupe, and St. Thomas "Challenger", all marked

NSjt|, ., ■ ' b\ those auth nt what Mikkw and Boodle intended to denote by their

nami Dr. Howe lias rightly shown, these specimens must all be trans-

| to A D ne Howe, op. cit. pp. 508, 509). Murray and Boodli blundered

in addin Kütz. as a synonym to their . /. longicaulis.

h is perfectly clear what Mikkw and Boodli meant by their . /. longicaulis, and it is
cl( tr what they meant by their A. Mazei. A. longicaulis Muit. & Boodle = A. nigricans
and . /. Ma i Muit. & Boodle = . /. longicaulis Howe (excluding Rhipilia longi-
caulü K ;. We say, "excluding Rhipilia longicaulis Kütz.", because we cannot agree with
I )r. Howi that it is synonymous with .1. Mazei Murr. <!v Boodle, at least il" Ki rziNG's figure
| lal'. Phyc. VIII. p. [3. 1858 tab. 28. fig. II) of his plant is at all accurate as to the character
and dimensions "l its frond filaments. Kützing states that the branched filament in this drawing
is "60 mal vergrössert" and also indicates that magnification on the plate itself. If careful
measurements 1"- made, it can easily be calculated that the frond filaments of R longicaulis
Kutz. taper .1- ui- state also under our . /. Elliottit] from about 25 p. at the coloured torulose
part (where in dried specimens the normal dimensions of the filament are always best preserved)
down to 5 -i. at their colourless apices. And further, these dimensions cörrespond almost exactly
with those shown by ür. Howe to be characteristic <>i his A. levis (Buil. Torrey Bot. Club
XXXII. 1905 pp. 565, 566), which is synonymous with the type of the A. sordida of Crouan,
M & Schramm, and Mikkw & Boodle. It may be urged that the well-developed rhizome
depicted by Kützing is by no means a characteristic of A. sordida, but neither is it a character
of typical A. Mazei. Dr. Howe (Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXVII. 1905 p. 586) states in an
■Addendum" to his paper that he has examined fragments of the flabellum and stipes of
Kctzing's Rhipilia longicaulis, and adds : - ■ "These indicate clearly, we [Ür. Howe] think,
"that tl ics is the same as the more recently published Avrainvillea Mazei Murr. &

1 >r. Howe gives no measurements of the filaments of that specimen. We are
unable to decide whether they cörrespond with the measurements calculated from
; '. '
1 )r. Howe (1i cit.) continues, "The filaments of the flabellum are now and then
e, but they are mostly cylindrical without constrictions, excepl for the strong
leave the dichotomy; the ends of some of the branches are thin-walled and
•ut they are not destitute of chlorophyll and should not be considered hairs".
thi does nol cörrespond with the partially torulose and apically attenuated

description nor with the figure of the enlarged filament in Kützing's
• coloured lengths of the filament are conspicuously torulose, divide dichoto-
colourless slender terminal ramuli. Thus even if KüTZINg's magnification

29

("6o : i") be wrong, the filaments described and figured would lack the character of the
cylindrical, non-tapering, coloured, obtuse filaments of typical A. Mazei.

As stated above, the filaments depicted by Kützing resemble both in dimensions and in
character those of A. sordida; and, on the supposition that Kützing's rendering and magnification
are accurate, we consider Rhipilia longicaulis Kütz. to be synonymous with A. sordida (p. 40).

Finally, if Kützing's plant be really A. sordida the puzzle of the so-called hairs ("apice
in pilum subtile tenerrimum hyalinum attenuata" Kütz.) is of course explained, since the apical
filaments in the frond of A. sordida are among the most slender in 'the genus.

Dr. Börgesen (loc. cit.) has described and figured an A. Mazei forma, which we have
not seen, but which appears to be an intermediate. It approaches A. Mazei in its thicker
cylindric inner filaments, and A. sordida in its thinner subtorulose surface filaments.

A. Mazei is record ed only from the West Inches.

4. Avrainvillea crccta comb. nov.

Syn. Dichonenta eredam Berkeley in Hooker's London Journal of Botany I. 1842 p. 157, tab. VII,

fig. 1 1 (structura false depicta).
Udotea sordida Mont. in Hooker's London Journal of Botany. III. 1844 p. 659; Syll. Gen.

Spec. Crypt. Paris 1S56, p. 451.
Chloroplegma papuanum Zanard. in Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. X. 1878. p. 37.
Chlorodesmis pachypus Kjellm. in Wittr. et Nordst. Algae Exsicc. n° 343 (1879); in Botan.

Notiser, 15 Sept. 1880. p. 117.
Rhipilia Andersonii Murray in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. scr. II vol. II. 1886 p. 225, tab. 31

(optime depicta).
Rhipidonema erectum Saccardo Syll. Fungorum VI. (1888). p. 689.

Avrainvillea papuana Murray et Boodle in Journ. of Botany XX VII. 1889 p. 71, tab. 289.
Avrainvillea papuana De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 18S9. p. 514.
Aurainvillea papuana Heydrich in Ber. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. XXV. 1907 p. 10 1.

Hab. INDIC. Sorong, New Guinea, Beccari\ — Labuan, Borneo, Kjellman in Wittr. & Nordstedt
Algae Exsicc. n" 343! — Philippines, Cu/uiiig, n° 2234 Herb. Mus. Brit! & Herb. Kew !
n° 2233 Herb. Delessert. — King's Island Bay, Mergui Archipelago, Andersonl — Ceylon,
Ferguson, n"s 290 ! 313! — Pearl Bank, Ceylon, Herdman ! — Madras, Thurston ! with fruit.

Siboga Expedition. Stat. 37. Paternoster Islands, 20 m. ! — Stat. 71. Makassar, 15 m.!
Stat. 163. Selee-Strait, New Guinea, reef! — Stat. 231. Ambon, reef! — Stat. 261. Great-
Kei Island, reef! — Stat. 285. South coast of Timor, 34 m.! — Stat. 296. Noimini Bay,
South coast of Timor, reef! — Stat. 299. Buka Bay, Rotti, reef! — Stat. 301. Pepela Bay,
Rotti, reef! — Stat. 313. Saleh Bay, Sumbawa, 15 — 36 m.! — Stat. 323. Sangkapura-roads,
Bawean Island, reef!

Pacific. Riukiu, Kuroiwa, fide Heydrich.

Plant solitary, consisting of a dense stout, cylindrical elongated mass of rootlets, often
10 cm. long, bearing a shortly stipitate or subsessile frond; frond brown, usually small, 3.5 — 5 cm.
wide, sometimes larger (up to 10 cm. wide) reniform to subcuneate-securiform or subrotundate,
thin or thick, sometimes obscurely zonate, margin entire or sometimes fibrilloso-fimbriate.
Filaments of frond large (30 — 60 u.) cylindrical, not tapering, never torulose, yellow, often
intensely fulvous at their apices. Sporangia terminal on filaments shortly exserted all over the
surface of the frond. Spores not seen. [Figs. 84 — 89].

it which we h n and of which we can find any

Philippines and described in 1842 by Berkeley l. c.
urn. llis description rui ■• *Dichonema

flabelliforme, stipite distincto, margine fimbriato olivai

-1 high, broad, membranaceous, obovato-flabellate, with a distinct

olive-brown towards the shortly fimbriate margin. Threads
isisting of obtuse moniliform filamenl
cimen which is ilnis described is preserved in the Herbarium o\ the Royal
:amination of the structure shews tli;it it is nothing but a small and
.il plant of what is generally known as Avrainvillea papuana.
B - figun of the habit is quite good, but possibly owing to want of

nition and to the fact that he was examining old and dried material, he lias
iented the filaments as being beaded and divided by cross walls. We append a
drawing from his own material in Herb. Kew re-examined by ourselves (fig. 85). Berkei
<-rn>r is perpetuated by Saccardo in his Sylloge Fungorum VI. 1888 p. 689, and is even
I by the substitution oi a false locality in ])lace of that of Cuming, viz:, * Rhipidonema
turn Berk. - Surinam il Iostmann)'\ The explanation of Saccardo's blunder in allocatiiiL;
lii kk to "Surinam (Hostmann)" is simple enough. Saccardo has unwittingly

1. and regarded as one, two contiguous papers with similar headings by Berki

nanv i. Berkeley. "Enumeration of Fungi, collected by Dr. Hostmann, in Surinam"

in Hook London Journ. of Bot. I. 1842. pp. 138 — 142). 2. "Hnumeration of Fungi, collected

1 Cuming Esq., F.L.S., in the Philippine Islands" (op. cit. pp. 142 — 157); and Saccardo

k to the prior title on p. 138, as if it covered both papers, — an error which

easier as the printers have headed every page of the two papers "Enumeration of

Fungi" without distinction.

It will be seen that the n" given by Berkeley for his Dichonetna erectum is "Cuming

ompare fig. 84); and it is known that Berkeley shared his set of Cuming 's cellular

plants with Montagni (see Hooker Lond. Journ. of Bot. III. 1N64. p. 659. footnote). Now

that we have of this alga is a description of it as Udotea sordida by Montagne

who quotes as its number "2233 Coll. Delessert". The description, which is founded

on .1 1 specimen i^ as follows: — "Ins. Philippinae. Cuming. 4. Udotea sordida Montag.

te vi\ ullo bulboso mox in frondem cuneato-flabelliformem fusco-olivaceam sordidam

ttam dilatato. n. 2233 (Coll. Delessi :

nembrai um bulbo stipitiformi uncialis, basi cuneata, semiorbicularis, zonis

; trans lucem praesertim manifestis notata. Structura: fila dichotoma, alia materie

fu co-succineo farcta, inter sese maxime intricata. Fructus

iainii Dne. colore, structura, nee non defectu stipitis videtur diversa.
pecimine facta." Montagni in Hooker's London Journ. of Botany III.

■ to Montagne's paper (l.c. p. 659), it is stated that "Dr. Montagne

had the opportunity of inspecting three sets [of Cuming's plants] in the Paris Herbaria, but did
not always find the same numbers attached to the same plant in these collections". This fact
would account for the want of uniformity in the numbers under which this species is quoted.
In the herbaria of the British Museum and of Kew it is under Cuming's number 2234,
whereas according to Montagne it is under 2233 in Coll. Delessert. But on the same page
(1. c. p. 659) Montagne cites Halimeda macroloba as n" 2233 in Coll. Berkeley; and this cor-
responds precisely with the number attached to H. macroloba in the herbaria of both the
British Museum and Kew.

In 1878 A. erecta was described for the third time under a new name, Chloroplegma
papuanum (1. c.) by Zanardini, from specimens collected by Beccari at Sorong, New Guinea
(figs. 86, 87). Zanardini was aware of the publication of Udotea sordida Mont., because twenty
years earlier he had speculated as to its identity with his own Chloroplegma 'sordidum of the
Red Sea, which we show under A. amadelpha to be a synonym of that species. Zanardini's
description of Chloroplegma papuanum is one of a series of preliminary diagnoses which the
author intended, as he tells us (1. c. p. 34, footnote), to amplify with details and illustrations
in a later paper. This intention was however frustrated by his death in the same year.

The list of synonomy shows three more names under which A. erecta has been described
and published. It was not till 1S89 that Messrs. Murray and Boodle placed it in the genus
Avrainvillea under Zanardini's specific name papuana, which title was adopted by De Toni
in his Syll. Alg. (1. c. p. 514). The plants figured by Messrs. Murray and Boodle (l.c. tab. 289),
were probably furnished by Ferguson under n° 290 of his Ceylon Algae. They certainly do
not represent Zanardini's type of Chloroplegma papuanum (if we may judge from the co-type).

Such is the history of the species under its various names. According to the Interna-
tional Rules of Botanical Xomenclature of the Vienna Congress (1905), it is necessary to drop
the specific name papuana in favour of the earliest published name, which is found in Dicho-
nema er cc turn. There is however a remote possibility that the specific name erecta^ dating from
1842, may have to give way to obscura, should Anadynomene obscura Ag. (1823) prove to
be identical with the present species. This question is discussed on p. 33.

A. erecta is by no means a rare alga in the Eastern Inclian Ocean, ranging from the
Madras coast to Xew Guinea; and its characteristic simple form and yellow filaments allow it
to be recognised without much difficulty. The absence of torulosity is a constant character in
the frond filaments and their colour is always of a more or less intense yellow, often deep-
ening- to an orange-brown in vouno-er filaments. The size of the filaments is however liable to
variation in the same plant, and even in one and the same filament, being smaller inside the
frond and a good deal wider where they project outside the felt-work of the frond, especially
round the margin of the flabellum. (For variation in size see figs. 85, 87, 88.)

It is interesting to note that two specimens in the British Museum, one certainly and
the other probably collected in the Gulf of Manaar [Pearl Bank, Ceylon (Herdman) and Coast
of Madras (Thurston)] have the frond-filaments more slender than is usual in most specimens,
ranging from about 27 u to 42 a.

Until the year 1907, the fructification of Avrainvillea had never been observed, but

Dr M \ Howi described (Buil. Torre) Bot. ('lul, XXXIV. 1907
,1,, Decne., which he had discovered on plants

: Montego Uay, Jamaica Since then we also have found sporangia in
..11 the spirit specimen of A.erecta, collected by Mr. Thür

: in the British Museum (fig 89). These sporangia
., iti! tli- 11 and figures given by Dr. Howe (1. c). They are borne on short

the surface "t the frond, hut the) are all empty. There is unfor-
01 season when Mr. Thurston's specimen was gathered.

■I KjELLMAN WlTTROCK -'t \ Dl Alg. eXSlCC. n"

>f pollarded specimens "I -•/. erecta, the fronds ol which have been
her animals and are in course of regeneration. Compare note on

./. ias a distribution reaching trom Madras to New Guinea.

5. Avrainvillea obscura J. Ag.

Syn. Anadynomene obscura Ag. Sp. Alg. (1S23} p. 401.

illea obscura J. Ag. Till. Alg. Syst. V. p. 53; Murray et Bopdle in Journ. of

t. XXVII. 1889. p. ~\. \K- Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 515.

Hab. Pa< ific. Guham, Marianne Islands, Gaudichaud.

1 A. Agardh's ori^inal description is as follows: — "? Anadynomene obscura, fronde
"cuneata, venis obsoletis. In mari Australi, ad insulam Guham. Specimina dedit Gaudichaud.
Radix subbulbosa. Frons ex angustiori basi (quasi stipitata) dilatata, cuneata, longitudine
"digitalis, unciam lata, sublobata. Venae implicatae, sparsae, obsoletae, rubrae. Color
"virii . luridus. Substantia stipitis firmior, crassior, partis superioris membranacea.

*An Zoophyton?"

f. G. Agardh (loc. cit.) gives the following description : - - "Avr. obscura fronde sujjra
'•imam basem dilatatam surgente stipite brevi complanato, apice in flabellum terminale latius
issum luridum, margine erosum abeunte". And he explains that the "venae" of
the elder Agardh are darkcr brown filaments among the ^v>-<-n [Figs. 00, 91].

type of this species was collected by Gaudichaud at Guham in the Ladrone or

Marianne Islan<ls in the Pacifii Ocean, and is preserved in the Agardh Herbarium at Lund

sity. We have 1 ><•<-!) unable to cxamine even a fragment "f this plant owing u> the

strin 1 regulation which forbids the loan of any specimen from the Agardh Her-

we a' atly indebted to Prof. Otto Nordstedi for his kindness in making

a number of sketches of scune filaments of the plant as well as some

the specimens which constitute the type (fig. 90). The filaments he kindly

camera lucida, thereby affording us a fair notion of the main details

thi ture of the plant fig. 91). The average diameter of the ultimate

filaments appears to be aboul 30^, and that of their clavate apices reaches

filaments usuall\- measure 40 — 60 ia, but occasionally reach a diameter

of 80 [x. The filaments are cylindrical. So far as we can teil, A. obscura appears to bc allied
to A. erecta in structure; and for geographical reasons this might well be expected since its
place of origin is situated to the north of the distribution-area of A. erecta. From this latter
species it differs in habit, being stipitate and widely cuneate, whereas A. erecta is nearly
always subsessile and reniform or securiform ; the frond filaments of A. obscura are usually
more clavate at their apices, and apparently not of the orange colour characteristic of A. erecta.
Should Gaudichaud's plants prove to be conspecific with A. erecta, then the latter name dating
from 1842 would have to give way to A. obscura which harks back to 1823.

The type locality quoted by C. A. Agardh (1. c.) is "In mari Australi, ad insulam
Guham", which J. G. Agardh (Till Alg. 1. c.) renders "Hab. in Oceano pacifico calidiore ; ad
Guham in insulis Moluccis a Gaudichaud lecta". We would point out that Gaudichaud himself
spells the name of the Island "Guam" and describes it as one of the Marianne Islands in
Freycinet's Voyage Autour du Monde IV. Botanique (1826) p. 64. Hence J. G. Agardh was
wrong in supposing Guam to be in the Moluccas.

The sketches reproduced here are some of the above-mentioned drawings sent to us
by Prof. Nordstedt.

6. Avrainvillea clavatiramea n. sp.

Hab. INDIC. Victoria: Port Phillip, Corio Bay (10. 2. 87)! and Port Phillip Heads (9. 1. 88)! coll.
J. Bracebridge Wilson. Both in Herb. Mus. Brit.

Plant green to brown, up to 14 cm. high, solitary; stipes up to 3.5 cm. long, arising
from a small bulbous base, expanding cuneately into the frond ; frond flabellate, rotundate or
proliferous at apex, up to 7.5 cm. long by 8 cm. broad, thick below, membranaceous at upper
margin, green, often zonate.

Frond-filaments yellowish-brown, of rather large size, usually 35 — 55 p. in diam., rather
straight, often torulose towards the apices, apices subclavate and obtuse. [Figs. 92, 93].

The specimens from which this description was drawn are in the British Museum (fig. 92)
and bear a label with the following note : "Avrainvillea anne A. oöscura prox. ? J. Agardh".
Although as explained under A. obscura, we have been unable to obtain any material of that
species for examination, we have several camera lucida sketches supplied by Prof. Nordstedt,
which show that the frond filaments of A. obscura are more variable in diameter (30 — 80 ;j.)
than in A. clavatiramea, and though clavate they are not torulose at the apices. (Compare
fier. 91 with fig. 93). These differences, coupled with the fact that the original localities of the
two species are so widely separated from one another and are quite unconnected by any ocean
currents, convince us that the two species are distinct, though similar in external habit.

7. A. Ridleyi n. sp.

Syn. A. lacerata A. & E. S. Gepp in Journal of Botany XLIII. 1905. p. 339.

Hab. Indic. Christmas Island, Flying Fish Cqve, n° 224! — and Waterfall Cove, n° 243 pro parte !

Coll. H. N. Ridley. Oct. 1904. — Flying Fish Cove, C. IV. Andrews, n° 249! (spirit

specimen) .... All the specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit.

SIHOGA-EXPEDIT1E LXII.

m. high, tufted, arising from a harder common base, very ure-
pila, m. long, spongy, congregated, often concrescent, usually

stiptl ly thickened, fasciculate, difform, hen- and there divided (flabella

.ml of medial thickness, 25 35 •;. diam., usually toru-
times m< mingled with cylindric filaments, with pale brown contents, here

and there dense brown; ultimate ramuli sometimes subclavate. [Figs. 94 — 96].

This species, 01 thered by Mr. Ridley in October 1904, and later by Mr. C. W.

upon the surf-beaten coast of Christmas [sland, situated about 200 miles to

iouth of lava, much resembles in external habit clumps of lul (nar pus spongiosus when dry

They were erroneously referred by us (loc. cit.) to ./. lacerata
J. .\ I 1 we now find them to be quite distinct from that species in the si/c and character
of their frond-filaments. In - /. lacerata the frond-filaments are smaller and taper from a dia-
>f 25 u, where thickest, down to 5 \x at the apices, which are usually colourless. The
Christmas Island plants are quite different in habit and their filaments are usually torulose,
and are thicker and more uniform in size (25 — 35 jx), with brown, stout, sometimes sub-clavate
apia 95, 96 . The peculiar tufted habit of the Christmas Island plants recalls that of

the rm of -•/. amadelpha, and, as in that form, is doubtless due to exposure to the

h surf which beats upon the shores of the island.

The nearest ally of A. Ridleyi is .1. clavatiramea, from which it differs entirely in
habit, and the somewhat smaller size of the usually torulose filaments which are less conspi-
cuously clavate.

. Xvrainvillea canariensis n. sp.

Syn. Udotea tomentosa Vickers in Ann. Sci. Nat. 8e sér. tom. IV. [896. p. 300.

Ha/'. ATLANTIC. Gran Canaria, Las Palmas, A. Vickers in Herb. Madame Weber !& in Herb. Bornet !

Plant brownish-green, about 12 cm. high, solitary, stipitate-, stipes 5 — 6 cm. long, simple,
compressed, expanding cuneately into the frond ; frond rotundate, large, 6 — 9 cm. long by
7 — 11 cm. wide. ver) obscurely zonate, thin, margin subentire to fimbriate or slightly lacerate ;
frond-filaments cylindrical, here and there torulose, not tapering nor clavate, green to fulvous-
brown, often collapsed and colourless when dry, coloured filaments usually 30 — 40 u diam.

finding of this species was described by the late Mademoiselle Vickers (op. cit.

"'sur Ie chemin de Telde, a 3 kilomètres de Las Palmas, il y a quelques

sont pas trop mauvais. Je suis arriveé la un jour au moment ou 1'on tirait la

population des environs y était assemblee, hommes, femmes et enfants. Pour eux

re; moi, j'ai eu la chance de prendre possession de six beaux cxemplaires

ipilia) tomentosa, ramenés par ces filets et laissés sur Ie sable par les pècheurs".

vo of her specimens (one is shown in fig. 07) and are unable to refer

n species, nor can we regard them as ncar allies of any other species.

35

Perhaps they come near to A. Elliottii, but that species has a thicker smaller sublobate
frond often eroded above, and its filaments are smaller; but it has an erect rhizome, as also A.
canariensis appears to have, though we have ignored the transition from rhizome to stipes in
our description, and have regarded the whole as a stipes merely, since it is almost impossible to
distinguish the point of junction in specimens which have been so crushed in drying. The ultimate
branchlets of the frond-filaments may be either cylindric or torulose (fig. 98) ; or the filaments
may be torulose further behind the apex. They are not easy to tease out for examination
under the microscope being somewhat intricately interwoven and adherent. A very large
proportion of them are collapsed and colourless, possibly ovving to their having been collected
in midwinter.

This is the only species of Avrainvillea which we have ever seen from near the West
coast of Africa.

9. Avrainvillea Elliottii sp. nov.

Syn. Avrainvillea sordida Murray & Boodle in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 70 (quoad specimen
"Grenada, Murray".)
Avrainvillea sordida Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Avrainvillea sordida De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 514 (pro parte).

Hab. Atlantic. Grenada, Morne Rouge Bay. Elliot. May, June, 1887 (Brit. Mus. spirit collection

n° 218)!

Plant (spirit specimens) brown, 6 — 13 cm. high, apparently solitary. Rhizome erect,
about 5 cm. high, 1 cm. thick, sometimes with 1 or 2 lateral swellings or thickenings (scars
of other stalked fronds), continued into the stipes.

Stipes 1 — 4 cm. long, 0.6 — 1 cm. thick, slightly compressed, simple, expanding suddenly
into the frond.

Frond from a usually truncate base, widely flabelliform in young plants but irregular
in older plants, short (3.5 — 5 cm.), wide (5 — 10 cm.), eroded above, lobed, sometimes split
almost to base, of medium thickness, zonate, surface minutely wrinkled, the lobes sometimes
divaricate and prolonging their growth.

Frond-filaments cylindrical, sometimes slightly torulose, often brownish-yellow, rather
small, usually 20 — 30 p. thick, rarely 15 u. at young apices, not specially ramified or tapering
at apex. [Figs. 99, 100].

The specimens upon which this species is founded (fig. 99) are preserved in a bottle
labelled in Mr. Murray's hahdwriting aAvr. sordida Crn. (excl. syn.)", and being the only
Grenada specimens so named are obviously those cited by Murray and Boodle (loc. cit.)
under A. sordida as "Grenada, Murray". Mr. W. R. Elliott collected marine algae for Mr.
Murray after the visit of the latter to Grenada in 1886.

The shape of the frond of A. Elliottii is very irregular. When young it has a short
rotundate base and spreads flabellately above with entire margin. After they have attained a
width of 5 cm. they begin to grow out into two or more broad main lobes, generally situated

trds the side, the middle of the upper margin of the frond being often eroded or becoming

mort leeply cleft. They are distinctly zonate. The frond filaments (fig. 100) are often

I with dense brownish-yellow tents, but again often are pallid and contain granules

A common feature at the base of dichotomia] branches is the pre ence <>f a slight

swellinj pallid. immediately above the basal constriction.

plants in question differ from / sordida in structure, that is in being composed
of filaments having a fairly uniform si/e, slightly larger than thal of the thickest filaments of

usually more deeply coloured, more uniform!) « \ linclrical and du not

lown to Ier terminal ramuli (6 p in diameter). They exhibit some points of resem-

figure of his Rhipilia longicaulis (Tab. Phyc. VIII. 1858. p. 13, tab.

11 . to wit. tin- upright rhizome with one or more thickenings or scars of lallen fronds,

t frond, though in . /. Elliottii the frond is not obovate l>ut semiorbicular,

and twice as wide as Kt rziNG's hond. But as regards the filaments, if the accnracy of KüTZING's

drawing and magnifications can be depended upon, the filaments of R. longicaulis Kut/, taper

from about 25 •>. at the coloured torulose part down to 5 y. at their colourless apices. In ./.

Elliottii on the other hand, the filaments scarcely tapcr at all, being rarely less than 20^. at

the apices and measuring 25 — 30 a elsewhere. Further remarks about Rhipilia longicaulis Kütz.

are eriven under ./. Mazei and ./. sordida.

&'

10. Avrainvillea Gardineri A. & E. S. Gepp

in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Hot.) VII 190S p. 179; pi. 24, figs. 23, 24; (Zool.) XII. 1909 p. 389,
pi. : 23, 24.

I/al'. INDIC. Cargados Carajos, 22 — 47 fathoms, J. Stanley Gardineri

Plant large, attaining a height of over 30 cm., solitary, consisting of a stout lurid-brownish
rhizome, 9 — 12 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick, ascending somewhat obliquely from a bulbous base,
and suddenly transformed at its apex into a short flattened green stipes, 1.5 — 2.5 cm. long,
6 — 9 mm. wide, which bears the frond. Frond very large, dark olive to lighter green, not
brown, up to iS cm. long, 20 cm. wide, rotundate, at base usually cordate or auriculate-cordate,
membranaceous, zoned, margin entire in young plants, coarsely laccrate in large plants. Filaments
ot frond laxly interwoven and easily teased apart, 20 — 30 u in width, not tapering to apices,
tor the most part regularly torulose; apices slightly tortuous, free, not interwoven [Figs. 101, 102].

species was recently obtained from deep water in the western part of the Indian

n by Mr. Gardiner during the "Sealark" Fxpedition. It attains large dimensions (fig. 101

alf natur; comparable with those recorded for the West Indian species, . /. nigricans

markable for its long sub-erect rhizome, which gives the plant the appearance

stalk : luit the actual stipes which bears the frond rarely reaches a length of

stipes is terminal, i. e. continuous with the rhizome, but distinguished from it by

smaller diameter and flatter shape. The impression one gets from the plant

rows immersed in mud and the stipes and frond stand out in the clear

thin and when held up to the light reveals the zonate markings

37

very clearly. When young and small it is quite entire, but in old plants it is often deeply and
flabellately lacerate. In colour the frond varies from a deep olive to a lighter green, while
the rhizome is pale brown. The shape of the frond is rather cuneate in young plants and in
older ones it is often auriculate-cordate.

The filaments of the frond are markedly torulose (fig. 102) for some distance behind
the apex and do not taper towards their apices. These are often tortuous but not markedly
interwoven.

The nearest all}- of A. Gardineri in structure is A. pacifica (infra), which it resembles
in the torulose character of the filaments and to a certain extent in their diameter ; but the
habit of the two species is quite different, as also their geographical distribution. A. Gardineri
bears one thin large solitary frond, arising from a long rhizome, while A. pacifica bears two or
even more comparatively small fronds arising from a short thick ba^e. The filaments of A.
pacifica vary in diameter to a greater extent (25 — 6 u.) than those of A. Gardineri (30 — 20 fjt.).

A. Gardineri resembles A. nigricans Decne. in having torulose filaments, but differs
greatly in the diameter of the filaments, those of A. nigricans measuring 60 u. or more inside
the frond, diminishing to 30 u. at their apices. Moreover A. nigricans is a West Indian species,
while A. Gardineri is as yet known only from Cargados Carajos in the western Indian Ocean.
This region is also the home of A. amadclpha, which however has a wider local distribution,
and differs from A. Gardineri in habit and structure. A. amadelpha consists of from two to
many fronds arising from a common base, and is characterised by smaller and tapering frond
filaments, which usually form a pseudo-cortex upon the surface of the frond.

11. Avrainvillea pacifica n. sp.

Hab. PACIFIC. Ellice Isles: Fualopa, A.14. Davidl Funafuti Expedition, 1898. — Paumotu Archi-
pelago: Otépa récif, 1904, L. G. Seuratl — Hikueru lagon, 1905, L. G. Seurat\

Plant brownish, consisting of 2 or more stipitate fronds arising from a thickened base ;
stipes short (up to 2.5 cm. long), stout (up to 1.25 cm. thick), bearing a cordato-semirotundate
frond, ezonate, margin entire, rather thick (not membranaceous). Frond 5.6 cm. long, S.i cm.
wide (in type). Filaments of frond thin, tapering in interior from 25 u. down to about 6 [x at
their apices, wide-angled at their dichotomies, longly and markedly torulose, colourless to
light-brown, apices often tortuous or hooked, not interwoven into a pseudo-cortex, but easily
teased asunder. [Figs. 103, 104].

The details of the above description were drawn from the Fualopa specimen (fig. 103)
which is preserved in alcohol in the British Museum. The other specimens, kindly sent to us
by Monsieur P. Hariot in April 1907, and referred by us at that time to A. lacerata, are
dried plants. One of them has four crowded fronds arising from the common base. All of them
have a thinner frond and more slender stem ; and the outline of the frond varies from cuneato-
flabellate to rotundate. The structure however is that of A. pacifica.

A. pacifica belongs to the group of species which cluster round A. lacerata, being
allied with A. amadelpha, A. sordida Murr. & Bood. and A. asarifolia Borg. It resembles

• its filaments and in their manner "i tapering to the apices which in some

of ii tortuous. It differs from all "f them in having its filaments more

ui mor and from ./. amadelpha ii differs in having

G. Agardh.

i II. uv. Exsicc. Friendly I-~l.ui.ls n°

i \ .. I'ill AJg. Syst. \'. (1887 i'. 54 . Murray et Boodle in Journ. <>f
Wil. 1889. i'. 71 (pro parte . De J > «m Syll. Alg. 1. 18S9. p. 515 'pro parte).

forma typt

Hab. PACll I ndly Islands 1855, Harvey n°86 in Herb. Mus. Brit.! and Herb. Kew! — Vavau,
Harvey in Herb. Mus. Hrit. !
IND] .1 Expedition. Stat. 129. Karkaralong Islands, reef! Stat. 131. Beo, Karakelang

lsl.uuls, reef! — Stat. 21 ;. Saleyer reef! — Stat. 299. Buka Bay, Rotti, reef! — Stat. 312.
Saleh Bay, Sumbawa, 15 — 30 111.

var. robustior :

//,. :' Bapon, s. 2. 94. Ridley\ — Singapore, Foas, Feb. 1890, Ridley n" 103, in Herb.

Mus. Hrit!

Plant green to greenish-brown, up to 10 cm. high, either bearing fronds on branches
issuing in a tuit from a rhizome, or forming a more or less compact clump ot shortly
stalked fronds.

Rhizome abbreviated, bearing slender dichotomously divided branches up to 1 — 2 cm.
or passing at once into the short stalks of the fronds. Frond varying from cuneate-
obovate and lacerate, to cordate-subrotundate and almost entire. always thin. sometimes zonate,
varying in size up to 5 cm. long by 6 cm. wide. but commonly about 2 cm. either way.

Filaments of frond mostly 25 •>. in diam. and tapering to about 6 y. at the colourless
apices, which are frequently irregularly torulose and tortuous for a short distance behind their
filaments of the interior cylindrical, straighter and often yellowish-brown in colour.
ra-dichotomial constrictions distinctly long-necked. [Figs. 105 — 109].

ma typica.
Fronds borne on dichotomous branches up to 2 cm. long, cuneate, commonly obovate
sometimes zonate. (NB. The plants figured figs. 105, 106 are dried

. var. nov. (? spec. propr. Avrainvillea robustior).

reviated, thick, hearing a few branches from which arise the more or less

ort stalks 3 — io mm. long. Fronds cuneate-oblong to cordate-rotundate,

•nc another, rather thin, zonate, entire or fringed. Frond-filaments with

tomial constrictions. The whole plant stouter and more luxuriant than

39

f. typica. Supra-dichotomial constrictions more long-necked than in f. typica (compare figs. io6«
and 109^). (NB. The plant figured — fig. 108 — is not a dried plant, but a spirit specimen).

Udotea lacerata was founded by Harvey on specimens collected by him in the Friendly
Islands and issued without description in his Alg. Exsicc. Friendly Islands under n° 86 (fig. 105).
The first diagnosis was published in Till Alg. Syst. V. (1887) p. 54 by J. G. Agardh, who
rightly places the species in Avrainvillca. He points out a similarity in habit to Udotea
Desfontainii and discusses the possibility of its identity with Udotea sordida Mont. (Philippines,
Cuming) a point which, for want of material of the latter plant, he was unable to decide. He
also debates its possible affinities.

The typical form of A. lacerata is a well-marked plant, varying but slightly in habit.
It is characterised by the production of many small, thin fronds borne on slender stalks arising
from a repeatedly branched stem. The Siboga specimen (fig. 107) agrees nearly with the
type (fig. 105). It is constant also in the characters of the frond-filaments (fig. 106) which
are similar to those of A. sordida, both in size and form. They are also in size much like
the filaments of A. amadelplia, being about 25 [j. wide, and cylindrical not torulose in the
older parts of the filament, while towards the apices they diminish to 6 u. in width and often
become irregularly subtorulose for a short distance below the apices. The apices are not how-
ever unilaterally torulose and tortuous as in A. amadelplia; nor do they, as in that species,
intertwine so as to form a pseudo-cortex. Even in reef-forms A. lacerata is a much more
slender plant than A. amadclpha-, and in deep water A. lacerata differs but little from its
reef- form, whereas A. ai/iadelpka in deep water grows to three times the size of its reef- form.
A. lacerata differs from A. pacifica in structure, the filaments of the latter being very torulose
and not cylindrical.

From A. sordida, A. lacerata differs in habit and in geographical distribution. A. sordida
has a stem which is either simple or once dichotomous, thus bearing one or rarely two rounded
fronds with cordate base, whereas in A. lacerata the stem is usually divided into several slender
long or short branches, each bearing a frond which is small, membranaceous and fimbriate : also
A. sordida is limited to the West Indies where it is a well-known plant. In the characters of
the frond-filaments alone it is difficult to find a satisfactory distinguishing feature between the
two species.

var. robustior.

In the British Museum are several specimens collected by Mr. H. N. Ridlev at Singapore
(fig. 108 is a spirit-specimen), which correspond exactly with A. lacerata in structure, though
diverging in habit. They are stouter and browner, and have larger and shorter-stalked fronds
which are more crowded and more overlapping than in the typical A. lacerata. We do not
know whether they came from deep water or shallow. In habit they approach the surf-form
of A. amadelplia, but differ in structure, the tapering apices of the frond-filaments being less
tortuous, enodulose, not hooked and felted together into a pseudo-cortical layer as in A.
amadelplia. Var. robustior occurs in the western limits of the distribution-area of A. lacerata and
well outside the area of A. amadelplia.

■

. Bi odle

in pro part

i iurn. ol Bot. III. [844. p. .;--

Phyc. VIII. 1858. p. 1 j, tab. 28, II.

t Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe, 2m« Edit.

Vlurray in Journ. of li"t. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parti
I oni Syll. Alg. I. [889. |>. 5 [4.
> Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. < lub. XXXII. 1 9 05. p. 565, tab. XXIII, fig. 1.

I ollins Green Alg. \. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. [909. p.

n in Vid. Medd. nat. Foren. Kjöbnhavn. 1908 p. 36, figs. 5, 6.

ladeloupe, Basse Terre, sur la coquille du Strotnbus gigas Mazè n" 30 iclc série
in Herb. Mu^. Brit.! n" 30 in rlerb. Kew! Bahamas, Cave Cays, Exuma Chain, Howe
Bahamas, Cockburn Harbor, South Caicos, Howe in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n° 1478! —
Jamaica, fide Howe. - — f St. Jan, Maho Bay, at a depth of 16 niet.. Börgesen.

"Olivaceous when living, on drying often slightly tinged with yellow or verging toward
rous, or at the margins sometimes fuscous, caespitose or gregarious from a short scarcely
■ rhizomatous base; stipe 0.5 — 4 cm. long, fluttened or subcylindrical, simple or occasionally
* dichotomous at base: flabellum varying from reniform-suborbicular with cordate base to
■cuneiform-obovate, 1 — 7 cm. broad, entire, erose, or sometimes lobed, thin and membranous
"or sometimes tliicker and coriaceous, compact in texture with a smooth or slightly wrinkled
■surface, tor the most part distinctly zonate, now and then tending to form serially superposed
"tl.ibclla at the margins of the zones: filaments of flabellum slender, tortuous, interwoven,
"usually lightly and irregularly torulose, rarely somewhat moniliform, mostly 6 — 24a in diam. ;
*those of interior a little larger (reaching 35 juf), more chlorophyllose and less tortuous: angle
"of dichotomy commonly acute (about 300 — 450), sometimes obtusc (reaching 1 200)". — M. A.
in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXII (1905) pp. 565, 566 [Figs. 1 10, 111].

In lance with the Vienna rules of nomenclature, we retain for this species the

t specific name, to which 110 doubt can be attached. Though no description was published

by Mazi and Schramm with Crouan's binomial, a diagnosis was supplied by Mürray and Boodle

rhey included in their . /. sordida some plants which belon^ to other species; hut

their type-specimen (fig. in»). Ma/k n" 30, stands good, and is preserved in the British Museum.

rightly reject Udotea sordida Mont. from the synonomy of this species. Montagne's plant

ted in the Philippine islands by Cuming and is a synonym of Avrainvillea erecta.

and careful description of ih<- present species under the name of ./. levis

that we have taken the liberty of quoting it in full.

Mr. Hov iks of "the filaments of the surface being often more slender, more

chlorophyllose than those of the interior". In some plants of Ma/k's n° 30

ined, these very slender (6 — 10 7. diam.; peripheral filaments are locally

parts of the frond. We give in fig. 111 some typical filaments from

it, showing the supra-dichotomial branches to be subtorulose and more coloured

■ their base.

4i

The nearest ally of this species is found in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Thouo-h
very different in habit from A. lacerata J. Ag., the type locality of which is the Friendly
Islands where it was originally found by Harvev, vet in structure A. sordida is almost identical
with A. lacerata, that is to say in the size and character of its filaments. A. asarifolia of the
Danish West Indies and A. amadelpka of the Indian Ocean differ from A. sordida in the
peculiar tortuous, irregularly swollen, branched peripheral filaments felted into a pseudo-cortex.
A. pacifica differs in having its filaments more extensively and uriiformly torulose.

The " Avrainvillea spec." of Dr. Börgesen (loc. cit.) we have once seen, but have not
had the opportunity of submitting to a searching examination. Judging from Dr. Börgesen's
description and figures of the plant, we should suppose it to be a form of A. sordida, unless
indeed it be a form of A. asarifolia Borg.

Avrainvillea sordida is quite remarkable for the extraordinary concatenation of errors,
speculations and misunderstandings which mark its history. Mazé and Schramm began the
trouble by publishing Crouan's MS. name A. sordida without a description, but founded on three
cited specimens1), the second and third of which belong to A. nigricans, but the first stands
good as type; they also cited three synonyms3) (species never seen by them nor by Crouan),
all of which are in reality distinct from A. sordida and from one another. In 1889 Murray and
Boodle published a description of "-Avr. sordida Crn. excl. syn.", and cited three specimens :i)
(in Herb. Mus. Brit.) which represent three distinct species 4) and of which the first stands
good as their type and bears the same number as Crouan's type - - viz. Mazé n" 30. They
rightly exclude Crouan's synonymy. In 1905 Dr. Howe, for reasons stated by him, re-introduced
the species "under a new specific name (A. levis) attached to a new nomenclatorial type"
(Howe n" 3996) — a type undoubtedly conspecific with that of Murray and Boodle, and
with that of Crouan. We ourselves are advised that the binomial of Murray and Boodle is
valid; but we have a strong conviction that it will have to give way to A. longicaulis
{Rhipilia longicaulis Kützing), as we will now proceed to show.

In the synonymy of this species we have included with a query Rliipilia longicaulis
Kütz. for reasons fully explained under A. Mazei. Briefly stated these reasons are as follows.
Assuming that Kützing's description (loc. cit.) and figure are correct and that the degree of
magnification of the enlarged filament is accurately stated, we find that the dimensions and
character of the frond-filaments of his R. longicaulis correspond with those of A. sordida and
of no other West Indian species known to us. We have had no opportunity of examining
Kützing's type ; but Kützing was a draughtsman of wide experience, and his plates are as a
rule accurate. If our inference should prove to be correct, the binomial A. longicaulis would
have to be reserved for the present species, since the name longicaulis takes precedence even of
Crouan's sordida by several years. And thus the unhappy combination A. longicaulis employed
by Murray and Boodle in 1889 to denote plants which are identical with A. nigricans, and

1) N°s 30i I74i I74bis.

2) Udotca sordida Mont. (= A. erecta); Chleroplegma sordidum Zanard. (= .-/. amadc/p/ia): Rhipilia tomentosa Kut?.

3) Mazé N°* 30 and 174 bis, and Grenada, Murray.

4) A. sordida \ A. nigricans; A. Elliottii.

SIBOGA-EXPEDITIE LX II. 6

nis ,-,,,; \|, Howi to include ./. .)/./:<■/, vvould now have to be transferred

to the thir.1 and last of the older West Indian spa / tordüla Crouan

I ,.■],])

,„ i ; 8. p. 178 |>l p!. 24, figs. 2i, 22; Zool. XII.

pi. 4 il 22.

Mont. in Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. [857. p. 1

mard. Plant, in Mare Rubro Enum. in Mem. Ist. Venct. VII. 1858.

XIII, Ii;... 1.

1 .nu Syll. Alg. 1. [889. |>. 509.
Hieron. 111 Engler Pflanzenwell Ostafrikas. Theil < . p. 24. 1895.
1 Harvey-Gibson in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool. XXXI. [908. p. jj.

ialega, /.< Duc in Herb. Mus. Paris! .nul Herb. Kützing! Mauritius, Pike\ —

Amirante, ;> fathoms; Coetivy reefs expo dead low tidej Saya de Malha, 25 & 29

fathom .'l"s Carajos, 4- fathoms; Salomon Chagos Archipelago) reefs uxpn-ul ai

ad low tide, J. Stanley Gardiner\ — Red Sea, Suez, f/or, Portier. Suez, Crossland.

Plant erreen or brown, either consistiiiL' of numerous smal! conereeated fronds arisiiiLj
from a more <>r less thickened base (reef form); or of fewer and larger fronds borne upon
deep water form). Stalks rather thick, [—3 times dichotomously branched,
2 — 6 cm. high, bearing fronds which vary from 1-7.5 or even 10 cm. high, by 1 — 5.5 cm. wide

Fronds trom a cuneate or shortly elliptic base, sub-rhomboid rotundate, zonate, rather
tliin. in reit' forms very much reduced by erosion.

Filaments of frond slender, interwoven, cylindrical, towards the apices torulose, tortuous,
branched; branches curved, irrejjularly swollen, often unilaterally torulose and felted together
so as to form a pseudo-cortex of the flabellum, varying trom 25 ■>. inside tin- flabellum to
about 1 5 u at the apices of the filaments, and occasionally to 6 [x. [Figs. 112. 11

fi irma Montagneana.

Plants short (6 cm.), densely congregated, fronds very much eroded, obsoletelj zonate.

forma suómersa.

ïts tall up to iS cm.), fronds few, large, entire, zonate.

The hrst record of this species is Montagne's description, under the name ol Udotea

fe/p/ia, of the specimen (fig. 1121 collected by Li Du< at Galega in the Indian Ocean,

1 in 1 s 5 - . The specimen in question is preserved in the Herbarium of the Paris

portion of it came into the possession of Ki rziNG, and is in his herbarium, now

of Madame Weber van Bosse. This fragment bears a label in Montacnk's hand-

claring its authenticity. Both these portions of the original plant we have been

the kindness of their nspective custodians. The habit of Moni vgni 's original

cribed as follows. From a thickened crowded base spring many short

• of which branch dichotomously and ln-ar small rather thin fronds of irre-

hole plant is of a brownish colour and about o cm. high. The basal part

t-like hairy appearance, caused by the projection beyond the surface) of

43

the encls of component filaments. Montagne published no figure and though his description is
quite a good one, and has been copied by De Toni in Syll. Alg. I. p. 509, the plant has
never been recognised since.

In the following year, 1858, was published Zanardini's account of algae collected in
the Red Sea (1. c). This paper had been read before the Lstituto di Scienzia at Venice in
1857, but as the actual publication apparently did not take place till 1858, it is obvious that
Montagne takes precedence of Zanardini. Zanardint describes among his Red Sea algae a
new genus Chloroplegma for the reception of a species which he calls C. sordidum. We have
not been able to examine his specimens, but from the description and figures and locality we
have no hesitation in identifying it with Montagne's Udotca amadclpha. The likeness in habit
between his fig. 1 a and the type of U. amadclpha is obvious, while the plant represented in
fig. 1 . with its larger and more regular fronds, probably represents a form from deeper water,
such as we have found (fig. 114) in Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner's collection from the islands of
the western Indian Ocean and described in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908, p. 178.

Till recent times it has been unusual to find records of the depth from which any
marine alaa has been collected and of the conditions under which it was erowino- • and this
omission has no doubt prevented the recognition of what are mere growth-forms, or at least,
has led to a misconception of the limits of certain species. Now that deep water forms are
more generally obtained by dredging, the importance of taking into consideration the vertical
distribution is obvious. Mr. Gardiner's specimens of A. amadelpJia gathered on the reefs, in
the western Indian Ocean, exposed at dead low tide are about 5 or 6 cm. high and shew
the congested habit of Le Duc's plant from Galega, as well as that of Zanardini's figure
quoted above. The deep water plants on the other hand dredged from depths ranging from
25 to 27 fathoms, attain a height of 1 7 or 18 cm., the stalks alone being as long as the entire
reef-grown plant. The fronds are large, not torn, and show the zonate marking clearly. The
structural characters are identical in both forms (figs. 113, 115). A deep water example has been
figured in our account of Mr. Gardiner's Algae (1. c). The specimens collected by Col. Pike
at Mauritius, preserved in the British Museum Herbarium, are clearly reef-forms, beino- small
and congested, though not at all eroded. Possibly they grew in quiet water.

A. amadelpJia is distinguished from other allied species by the peculiar twisted, torulose,
curved and often unilaterally and interruptedly swollen apices of the frond-filaments (figs. 113,
1 15), which are often so intenvoven as to form a thin pseudo-cortex of the froncl. This character
is very marked in Montagne's type and also in some of Mr. Gardiner's specimens, but in
others of his collection and in Col. Pike's Mauritius plants this pseudo-cortex is not so well
developed. However the ends of the frond-filaments are sufficiently curled and twisted in all the
specimens to shew their identity. We have not so far been able to connect the development
of this pseudo-cortex with any special conditions of the plant, such as depth of habitat.

A. amadclpha belongs to the "Formenkreis" of A. lacerata. In structure it is most closely
allied to the West Indian A. asarifolia, but differs from it in habit. For in A. amadclpha the
stipes is always branched and bears a few or many fronds according to whether the plant is
much or little submersed; and the fronds are subrhomboid-rotundate with cuneate to rounded

1 1

In n the other hand the stipes is nol branched, the frond therefore is

m witli cordate ba

iomewhal resemble in habit crowded compacl plants

haracterised by having their principal filaments of the

form. In both species these measure about 25 p 'm the

of ./. lacerata diminish in size to .1 diameter of 6 u al their

'. amadelpha which possess a good pseudo corte . usuallj measure

■ vit in some plants ol A. amadelpha, having a poorl) developed

sometimes diminish to 6 p at their apices, In such cases ii is

lish the two species, but for the fact thal the ultimate branchlets of the

(rond i"i' /■ amadelpha are usually torulose to a greater degree and along a greater

tortuous and are often, so i<> speak, unilaterally torulo

phical distribution is also a help. A. amadelpha is confined to the western Indian
n from which we have as yet rio authentic record of A. lacerata. It is truc that
Zanardini's Chloroplegma sordidum of the Red Sea has been commonly referred i<> ./. lacerata
/eral authors; Kut th.it is because thej did not realise the identity of A. amadelpha.

15. Avrainvillea asarifolia Börgesen

in Vid. Mcckl. Nat. For. Kjöbnhavn ïyoS. p. 34, fig. 4, and tab. lil.

Hab. Atlantic. West Indies: St. Thomas, off Water Island, depth 20 meters, /•'. Börgesen. —
St. Jan. <>it' Christiansfort, depth 30 meters, and near the isle of Gt. St. James, 30 meters,
/•'. Börgesen.

Dark-olive-green or sometimes greyish when dried; mosl probably of a similar colour
when living; rhizome terete; stipes cylindric in the lower part. more flattened higher tip,
■11. long, about 7 mm. in diameter.

Flabellum oblong-reniform with cordate or cuneate base up to about 10 cm. high and

m. broad, entire or lobed, thin and membranous, rather firm, tor the most part zonate.

Filaments in the interior of the flabellum cylindric or often slightly moniliform or torulose

with a rather strong constriction just above the dichotomy. The diameter of the filaments about

;. more often reaching only 24 2- ■>.. Near the surface the filaments grow gradually

oming more and more torulose and more richly ramified, woven together, forming

rather firm but yet open plectenchyma ; the diameter of the outermost filaments varies from

and their walls are rather thick, thicker tlian those of the filaments in the middle

lum. Sometimes the apex of a filament runs out into a long hair. [Figs. 110, 117].

;i"M. is extracted with slight alteration from Dr. Börgi si \\ account ol

npan 5 it with . /. sordida \.\. levis Howe), as follows: —

with ./.-/-. levis Howe, of which 1 possess an original specimen kindly sent

mj species differs, besides its largeness, by having the filaments of the

lo e than in Avr. levis where the outermost filaments run out in long,

"thin, bij torulose threads".

45

We have not examined A. asari/olia, but we recognise at once the similarity of
structure in it (fig, 117) and in A. ainadelpha, namely the tortuous, branched, irregularly swollen
peripheral filaments felted into a pseudo-cortex of the frond. The two species are of course totally
different in geographical distribution. In habit moreover they are quite distinct, A. asarifolia
(fig. 116) being a simple plant with unbranched stipes, whereas A. amadelplia (figs. 114 and 112)
has two or more fronds on a branched stipes, many stipites arising sometimes from the same
compact rhizome. A. asarifolia bears the same relation to A. amadelpha of the Indian Ocean
that A. sordida of the West Indies bears to A. lacerata of the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

3. Rhipiliopsis gen. nov.
(Figs. 1 18 — 1 22).

Thallus green, not encrusted with lime, shortly stipitate, excentrically subinfundibuliformly
peltate to flabellato-rotundate, thin, rarely zonate, ecorticate, margin entire or lobed; filaments of
frond cylindrical, thin-walled, very laxly interwoven, repeatedly dichotomously branched; branches
much constricted at their base. Filaments often laterally attached here and there by a pseudo-
conjugation of two short lateral prominences one from each of the two respective filaments,
the two prominences often of unequal length ; but the filaments rernain persistently separated
by a septum. In the older filaments these junctions break asunder, leaving a number of short
conspicuous protuberances on the filaments.

1. Rliipiliopsis peltata nov. comb.

Syn. Udotea peltata J. Ag. Till Alg. Syst. V. 18S7 p. 74.

Hab. INDIC. Fort Phillip Heads, Australia. J. Bracebridge Wilson, in Herb. Mus. Brit!

Plants green, up to 4.5 cm. long, consisting of stalk and frond; stipes short, 2 — 4 mm.
long, up to 1 mm. thick ; frond varying from excentrically peltate and somewhat infundibuliform ■
to flabellately expanded, rotundate, measuring 2 — 4 cm. in width, varying from entire to lobate
or sometimes lacerate, thin, rarely zonate, ecorticate.

Filaments of frond slender, 12 — i8(u in diam., thin-walled, cylindrical, with occasional
short prominences about 8 u. long, very laxly interwoven, repeatedly dichotomously branched,
angle of dichotomy wide, branches narrowly and conspicuously constricted where they leave
the dichotomy. Filaments immediately below a dichotomy often 23 u in diam., young apical
branchlets often subspherical, 22 u. in diam. [Figs. 118 — 112].

This species was described by J. G. Agardh (1. c.) from specimens collected by
Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson at Port Phillip Heads in 1892 — 3. Authentic specimens of these
are now preserved in the British Museum (fig. 1 1 8), and other specimens, both dried and in
spirit, of the plant are also in that Institution under another earlier and unpublished name.
all collected at Port Phillip Heads.

Agardh 's description of the external habit of the plant is very gpod, but that of the
internal structure is misleading and indeed erroneous ; for the frond has not a cortex such as

hamatc and | or uncinate and lobatopeltate, fibulae which constitute

the - .1 |,s Kim • rfac< of the frond al most to the apex, are merely

:,,,rin.il mously produced a1 the apices of the branches (fig, i

i .-■ when numei layer of short spherical or ellipsoidal swelling

tomial constriction ; but it is only when observed in their
; an undi: frond that they could possiblj be mistaken for a co

li' t! ei the truc character of these swellings is at once revealed.

ilmost the same words describing his so-called "cortex" of

th( trui cortex of the preceding species U. Desfontainii (1. c. p. 74).

iparison of the two descriptions cited, it is evident thal Agardh failed t«'

onjugation of short latend protuberances from adjacent filaments (figs.

fundamental character upon which we base the genus Rhipiliopsis. These

^ations apparently always remain imperforate, and are only to I"- found in the upper

filaments. Lower down they have already broken asunder, leaving the protuberances

1 their respective filaments. These old protuberances are fairly numerous and vary in length.

4. Flabellaria Lamouroux.
(Figs. 29—31 ; 123—125).

Historica 1.

The lirst record of Flabellaria petiolata [Udotea Desfontainii), the older species of this
genus, is to be found in Zannichelli's "De Myriophyllo pelagico" 171.1 p. 9 tab. I. where
the author figures the species and describes it in the following terms, without designating it
bj any nam< "Herbam videbis, cujus hucusque nemo meminerit, quod sciam, adeoque anony-
"mam, Alcyonio innatam. actis inter illius quibus ubique scatet rimulas radicibus. Folia videbis
"brevi pedunculo innixa. rotunda, expolita, crassiuscula, leviterque sinuosa; quaeque ad Tussila-
"ginem Alpinam secundam Clusii, vel ad Mathaeoli Assarinam accedant. Forum plura ex unica
■protuberant radice, colore viridi, eoque satis vivido. Saporem, odoremque habet cum caeteris
"marinis Plantis communem ; qua propter Fucis marinis annumerandam, et ex supradictis optime
"describi posse censes".

'1 lic next mention o\ this species is in 1725, when Maksim. 1 published liis Histoire

hysique de la mer, in which he describes and figures the plant (p. 64. tabb. VI, VIL figs. 27. 28)

the name of ".Mauve marine 011 Lactuca laciniata ou Fucus membranaceus". 11e says

mr la superficie des feuilles, les Glandules ordinaires .... Le pied de la plante

glanduleux, et la superficie de sou écorce est semblable au chagrin.... Le pied de la

par le travers montre la structure de sa substance, toute de petits Canaux . . . .".

Ginanni Ravennatj Opere postume I. 1755. ]>■ ?^- tab. 25. fig 56) next writes

under the name of " 1 ussillagine deH'Adriatico" and says the plant reminds him

rives a good figure 1 i it.

» in 1813 that Lamouroux (in Ann. Mus dl list. Nat. Paris XX p. 274. tab. 12.

nus Flabellaria with one species. /•'. Desfontainii [Conferva ftabelliformis

47

Desfontain). As is shovvn under Udotca (p. ioo) Lamarck published in the very next paper to
Lamouroux's and in the very same volume a nevv genus also called Flabellaria for the recep-
tion of Ellis and Solander's two species Corallina conglutinata and C. Flabellum, together
with some species which now belong to Halimeda. Lamarck regarded his Flabellaria as a
genus of animals. In 1842 Decaisne (Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 2me série, torn. XVIII. pp. 96 — 128),
having demonstrated the Corallines to be plants, included both Flabellaria of Lamouroux and
Flabellaria of Lamarck in the older genus Udotea Lamouroux (181 2). From 1842 onwards,
with a few exceptions which are noted in the list of synonomy of F. petiolata, that species has
always been classed with Udotea, but we now feel ourselves compelled to remove it from that
genus and place it with U. minima in its old genus Flabellaria, for reasons which we give
under F. minima on p. 48.

Flabellaria Lamouroux 1813 (non Lamarck)
in Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris vol. XX. 1S13. p. 274. tab. 12. fig. 4.

Syn. Udotea auctorum, pro parte.

Plants green, uncalcified, springing from a rhizome and consisting of caespitose filaments
(as in Chlorodesmis comosa) or stipitate fronds. Rhizome colourless, horizontal, monosiphonous,
branched, radicelliferous.

Stipes usually simple, occasionally forked, green, very rarely calcified below, composed
either of a few parallel, slightly twisted, uncorticated dichotomous filaments, or of a few main
filaments bearing lateral branchlets subdivided into numerous short, truncate, cylindric apices
crowded together into a cortex.

Frond flabellatorotundate from a cuneate base, thin, faintly zonate, proliferous, margin
subentire to ciliate.

Frond filaments monostromatically to distromatically arranged, subcontiguous, radiating
from base to margin, either free or slightly held together by a few lateral branchlets or closely
covered by a well-developed monostromatic cortex composed of the interlocked sinuate and
lobulate apices of the lateral branchlets.

Zoosporangia doubtful, described as lateral, globose, sessile on filaments of frond.

Synopsis of Species.

Plant dimorphic ; filaments either arising free in caespitose tufts from the rhizome
or uniting to form elementary uncorticated stipitate fronds, often composed
of entirely free filaments F. minima.

Plant consisting of a stipes and frond, both corticated, but margin of frond some-

times ciliated and without cortex F. petiolata.

1 . Flabellaria minima nov. comb.

Syn. Udotea minima Ernst in Beiheft zum Botanischen Centralblatt XVI. 1904. p. 199. t. 7, 8.
Udotea minima Lotsy Vortrage Bot. Stammesgeschichte I. Jena 1907. p. 61. fig. 3$.

Hab. MEDITERRANEAN, Posilipo, Porto della Villa Rendel, on harbour wall, March 1902, A. Ernst.

Plants in m. high n, urn ah ified, dimorphic.

me nodulos upwards numerous green filatnents sparselj and dichoto

mousl) branched and in Chlorodesmis comosd) <>r combined into stalked

il.i

onally forked, about i cm. long, 0.3 0.6 mm. thick, composed
: orticated, dichotomous filaments, expanding cuneatelj into
the

1 2 cm. high, 1 1.5 cm. wide, green, sometimes proliferous
nposed of free, non-corticated filaments.
ts monostromatically arranged, subcontiguous, radiating from base to ciliaft
growing specimens emitting .1 few lateral branches, which creeping over
main filaments serve to bind them together. [Figs. 123— I25J-

\\ 1 have nol seen this species, luit alter studying Ernst's long and well illustrated

ivi are stronglj of opinion th.it the species is a good one and represents an ance-

stral if F. petiolata (Udotea Desfontainii), a stage characterised by the absence of cortex

from both stipes and frond. Further Ernst shews that the plant is dimorphic; besides the

somewhat primitive stipitate frond, there is a caespitose growth of free filaments (Ernst loc.

rit. taf. 7, fig. 6 = our fig. 123) which in our opinion so mucli resemble those of Chlorodesmis

.'. .is to indicate indisputably the direct descent of F. minima from an ancestor of the

Chlorodesmis type, in the same way as the survival of the Espera form shows the phylogenetic

origin of Penicillus. Ernst's fig. 3] (basal filaments and rhizoids) and fig. 22 (torulose ascen-

ding filament) are further indications of the close affinity of Flaöellaria minima with Chloro-

ü (We copy in our figs. 123 — 125 some of Ernst's figures). We feel ourselves therefore

('ompelled to remove from Udotea the two species U Desfontainii and ('. minima, and place

them in a separate genus under the oldest available name - Flaöellaria Lamouroux (in Ann.

Hist. Nat. Paris XX. 1813. p. 274). Further, according to the Vienna Code the binomial

which must be adopted for i\ Desfontainii is Flaöellaria petiolata, Turra having published the

Ulva petiolata in his Florae Italicae Prodromus 1758? p. 68 (1780 fide Pritzei

It may be argued that F. minima is merely a growth form of F. petiolata, due to

environment or to injury by marine animals, and that the poorly developed fronds are merely

starved or regenerated states of the better developed F. petiolata. But even if this were so it

: explain away the evident and close connection of these two plants with an ancestral

ind their equally evident want of connection with Udotea javensis (Rhipidosiph

all the other species of Udotea (which are all calcified, it must be remembered) can

■

2. J iria petiolata Trevisan

ttor p. 19.

xnonymam Alcyonio innatam . . . . Zannichelli De Myriophyllo pelagico 1714..
tab. 1.

Marsilli Histoire physique tic la mer 1725 p. 64. tabb. VI, VII, figs. :j. 2$.

49

Tussilagine dell' Adriatico G. Ginanni Ravennate Opere postume I. 1755. p. 25. tab. 25, fig. 56.

Ulva petiolata Turra Florae Italicae Prodromus 1780? p. 68.

Conferva flabelliformis Desfontaines Flora Atlantica vol. II. 1798. p. 430.

Ulva flabelliformis Wulfen Crypt, aquat. 1803. p. 6.

Ulva flabelliformis Roth Cat. 2. 1800. p. 241 ; and 3. 1806. p. 323. tab. XI. fig. A.

Fucus textilis Roxas-Clemente Ensayo sobre 1. variedades. Madrid 1807. p. 319.

Ulva flabelliformis Poiret in Encycl. Méth. 8. 1808. p. 163.

Fucus vitifolius Humboldt et Bonpland Plant, aequinoct. 1808 — 17. tab. 69, A.

Flabellaria Desfontainii Lamouroux Ess. s. 1. genres fam. Thalass. non artic. in Paris Mus.

Hist. Nat. Annales vol. XX. 1813. p. 274. tab. 12, fig. 4.
Ulva flabelliformis Sibthorp et Smith Flor. Graec. Prodr. II. 1813. p. 332.
Ulva'i flabelliformis De Cand. Flor. F rang. torn. V (vol. VI) 18 15. p. 4.
Conferva flabelliforme Blainville in Nouv. Dict. d'Hist. Nat. XI 1817. p. 537.
Fucus flabellum Bertoloni Amoenitates 1819. pp. 223 and 311.
Flabellaria Desfontanii Leman in Dict. Sci. Nat. XVII 1820. p. 92.
Agardhia textilis Cabr. in Phys. Sallsk. Arsb. fide Agardh.
Caulerpa} vitifolia Agardh Species Algarum I. 1823. p. 445.

Codi/tm flabelliforme Agardh Systema Algarum 1824 p. 177; et Species Algarum 1823. p. 455.
Codium membranaceum Agardh Systema Algarum 1824. p. 177; et Species Algarum 1823.

p. 456.
Ulva flabelliformis Pollini Flor. Veronensis III. 1824. p. 511.
Zonariaï vitifolia Steudel Nomencl. Botan. Crypt. 1824. pp. 102, 450.
Codium flabelliforme v. Martens Reise nach Venedig vol. II. 1824. p. 639.
Codium membranaceum v. Martens 1. c.

Flabellaria Desfontainii Gaillon in Dict. Sci. Nat. LUI. Strasbourg 1828. p. 374.
Codio ventagliformc Naccari Flora Veneta VI. 1828. p. 69; and Algol. Adriat. 182S. p. 47.
Flabellaria fimbriata Delle Chiaje Hydrophyt. Regn. Neap. Icon. Neapoli 1829. t. 8.
Fucus flabellum Moris Stirp. Sardo. Elench. fase. III. Carali 1829 p. 24.
Flabellaria Desfontainii Duby Bot. Gall. 2. 1830. p. 956.

Udotea flabelliformis Blainville Man. d'Actinolog. 1834. p. 558; Atlas tab. 97, fig. 2.
Codium flabelliforme Biasoletto in Isis XXVII. 1834. p. 652.
Codium membranaceum Biasoletto 1. c.

Flabellaria Desfontainii Montagne in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2de série X. (Bot.) 1838 p. 272.
Codium membranaceum Corinaldi Elenc. Alg. Mare Labronico. Pisa 1839 p. 71.
Codium flabelliforme Corinaldi 1. c.
Flabellaria Zannichellii Zanardini Syn. Alg. Adriat. in Torino Mem. Accad. IV. 1842. p. 227.

tab. 5, fig. 1.
Udotea Desfontainii Decaisne Mem. s. 1. Corallines etc. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1842. p. 106.
Flabellaria Desfontainii De Notaris Algol. mar. Ligust. specim. in Accad. d. Sci. Torino

ser. 2, tom. IV 1842. p. 228.
Flabellaria Desfontainii Chauvin Recherches. 1842. p. 123.
Flabellaria fimbriata Chauvin 1. c.

Codium flabelliforme J. G. Agardh Alg. mar. Medit. et Adriat., Paris 1842. p. 23.
Rhipozonium Desfontainii Kützing Phycologia generalis 1843. p. 309.
Rhipozonium laanulatum Kutzing 1. c. tab. 42, fig. 3.

Udotea cyathiformis Endlicher (non Decaisne) Gen. Plant. Suppl. III 1843. p. 17.
Rhipozonium laanulatum Kutzing Phycologia Germanica. Nordhausen. 1845. P- 253-
Rhipozonium Desfontainii Kützing 1. c.

Flabellaria Desfontainii Montagne in Cosson et Maisonneuve Flore d'AIgérie- 1S46. p. 51.
Udotea cyathiformis Naegeli (non Decaisne) Neuere Algensystem 1847. p. 177. tab. 2, figs. 25—30.
Olafsenia vitifolia Trevisan in Linnaea XXII. 1849. p. 130.
Chauvinia vitifolia Kützing Species Algarum 1849. p. 499.
Udotea lacinulata Kützing Species Algarum. 1849. p. 503.
Udotea Desfontainii Kützing 1. c.

•SIBOGA- EXPEDITIE 1.XII. 7

n. Crypt. 1850. p. 32 I 140.

Dalmati p. 23. t.i!.. 6

t : it.

I.d.. Phyc. vol. VII. [857. tab. 1 1 fi a.
:. c. tab. 19. fig. I).

I lor. [tal. < '1 ypt. pars II. [862. p
■ Enum. Crypt. Espafia y Portugal II. 1867. p.
D \tao \ Mora Flor. Crypt. Penins. iberica. Granada 1870. p. 203.
11 llo Enum. delle Alghe di I i uria 1K77. p. [56.
Wittr. in Botan. Notiser 1880. p. 114.

1 Corsaro alle isole Madeira e Canarie 1884. p. 23.
Hauck Meeresalgen. [885. p. 481.

Bi ;ozero Flora Veneta Crittogamica II. Padova [885. p. 86.
v/ata Bizzozero loc. cit.

Vrdissone Phyc. Medit. 11 1886. p. 172.
. 1 > . Toni et Levi Flor. Al, Ven. III. [888. p. 107.
fontainii J. G. Agardh l'ill Al.,. Syst. \'. [887. p. 74 excl. syn. I:la/>. fimbriata).
.'■•.•.• Askenasy in Forsch. Reise "Gazelle" IV. iss.j. Bot. Algen. p. 11.
Caulerpa vitifolia De Toni Syll. Alg. [889. p. 487.
Udotea Desfontainii De Toni 1. c. p. 50S.

Desfontainü Bornet Alg. de Schousboc in Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Cherbour^ XXVIII.

'iS.
Desfontainii I >ebray Catalogue des Algues du Maroc, d'Algérie et de Tunisie. 1897. p. 32.
fontainii Lotsy Vortrage Bot. Stammesgeschichte I. Jena 1907. p. 61. figs. 23> 34-

Hab. Mi: iterranean", Lamouroux\ in Herb. Mus. Paris (sub " Flabellaria Des-

fontainii Lam." and '■Conferva flabellata Desfont." in Lamouroux's own writing). — Rade
de Böne, Steinheil in Herb. Mus. Paris! - Nier, Herb. Lebel\ in Herb. Mus. Paris; also
in Herb. Mus. Paris\ sub nom. " Codium flabelliforme" in J. G. Agardh*s writing); also
sine loc. ex Herb. .1,1. Brongniart in Herb. Mus. Paris! - Mediterranean, Mrs. MerrifieldX
also Desma . Plant. Crypto di Trance Ed. 1. sér. 1. n° 204! and Ed. 2. n" 804! —

Marseilles, Herb. Mus. Brit\\ al.su Algae Schousboeanae, n" 83! Hohenacker n" 104! —
Toulon, Roberts in Herb. Roem.! — Antibes, Herb. Dickie\ — Nice, J. G. Agardh\ —
Villa Franca, Herb. Collins\ — Albisola, Piccone in Hauck & Richter Phyk. univ. n° 62!
als., in Erb. Crittog. Ital. n" 2S2: also in Rabenhorst Alg. Eur. n° 1295: — Rapallo,
pp\ Spezia, Weber van Bosse\ - Lunae Portus, Gulf of Spezia, Bertoloni in Herb.
Roem.! Livorno, Arcangeli\ — Nisita, Naples, Cramerl ■ Capri, Naegeli\ — Bastia,
1 -iii. Debeaux in Fl<>ra exsicc. C. Billot n° 4100! — Ajaccio, B'órgesen\ — Corsica,
Soleirol\ — Balearic Islands, Lindahl in Alg. exsicc. Wittrock is: Nordstedl n" \.\z\ (sub
nom. " l'. flabelliformis Wittr.") Trapani, Sicily, Langenbach ! — Adriatic. Herb. Kützing\ —
Venice, Contarini) - Adria, Herb. Kützing\ — Pirano, Weber van Bosse in Herb. Hauck! —
Parenzo, //erb. Weber van Bosse\ — Rovigno, C. Lucas \ also in Herb. Collins\ also Hauck
in Hauck & Richter Phyk. univ. n" 62! als.. Hauck in Herb. Weber van Bosse! Lessina,
Herb. Kützing\ (sub nom. " Rhipozonium Desfontainii n" 34." Algiers, Herb. K

A11 vntic. I adiz, Börgesen\ in Mus. Bot. Copenhagen. Canary Islands, Graciosa, 32 fathoms,
Humboldt\ in Herb. Mus. Paris. — Canary Islands, Lanzerote and Graciosa, D'Albertis. —
Verde Islands, Letons Rock. (38 I . -Gazelle" Expedition.

Plants varying in length to about io cm., not (or very rarely at base) calcified. Rhizome

al stipitate fronds; sometimes two or more rhizomes are matted together.

ually simple, occasionall)- forked, varying to about 5 cm. long and 1 — 2 mm. thick,

ilaments resembling those of the frond, but thicker-walled, with the lateral

wded, short, truncate, cylindric apio

5i

Frond flabellate ör suborbicular, from a usually cuneate base, irregularly proliferous from
margin or sometimes from surface, zonate, occasionally striate ; dull-green in colour; margin
subentire, lacerate, or ciliate.

Frond filaments parallel, radiating upwards, subcontiguous, monostromatically arranged,
dichotomously branched, with uneven supra-dichotomial constrictions-, bearing lateral branchlets of
unequal length at irregular intervals, the heads of which are botryoidly or dendroidly subdivided
at the apex into somewhat imbricate lobules. Apical divisions of branchlets interlocked, forming
a thin continuous monostromatic cortex. Cortex disappearing towards the margin in fimbriate
specimens. [Figs. 29 — 31].

This species is the well-known Udotea Desfontainii of the Mediterranean Sea. For certain
cogent reasons we have been compelled to remove it from the genus Udotea, where it was
ill-placed in company with a series of species all calcified. Those species are, we are convinced,
derived from such an ancestral form as Udotea javensis (Rhipidosiphon); whereas U. Desfontainii
is congeneric with Flabellaria minima (as shown under that species, p. 48), which in its primitive
stages manifests a close affinity with Chlorodesmis comosa. And U. Desfontainii itself varies
much in the degree of complexity of its structure. Not infrequently the frond is partially and
irregularly destitute of cortex, especially towards the margin ; and though the lateral branchlets
may be present (Kütz. Phyc. Gen. tab. 42. III.), they fail to develop the lobulate heads, which
normally cohere to form the cortex of the frond (fig. 30). Again, the frond may be densely
and longly ciliated with a margin of excurrent mam filaments, which are quite free from one
another, and bear 110 lateral branchlets (Kütz. Tab. Phyc. VII. tab. 19, ai). And finally in
cases of regeneration, where the frond has been partially or entirely cut away, Ernst (loc. cit.
tab. VII. figs. 15 — [7) shows that the main filaments of frond or stalk respectively grow out
free and destitute of lateral branchlets, indeed much resembling the green free filaments of
Flabellaria minima and of Chlorodesmis comosa.

The synonymy of this species is very extensive and is probably not exhausted in the
above list, in the compilation of which we were much helped by Bertoloni's Flora Italica
Cryptogama Pars 2. 1S62 p. 47. Bertoloni cites there, and also previously in his Amoeni-
tates Ital. 18 19. p. 311, two synonyms, viz., Zannichellia of Micheli and Rhipidion n" 1, of
Targioni-Tozzetti, which do not appear to have been published elsewhere.

The species has been referred to at least nine genera, viz., Ulva, Conferva, Flabellaria,
Fucus, Agardhia, Codinm, Udotea, Rhipozoniitm, Olafsenia and Photophobe (subgenus). Of the
many synonyms of this plant the oldest Latin binomial appears to be Ulva petiolata Turra
(1780?). Consequently the well-known Udotea Desfontainii, being now replaced in its old genus
Flabellaria, must in future be designated as Flabellaria petiolata, according to the Vienna code.
Indeed this combination (F. petiolata) was actually employed in the present sense by Trevisan
in his Xomenclator Algarum 1845. p. 19, a work which was never completed, running to
80 pages only and then ceasing abruptly.

Two authors, Endlicher and Naegeli, have fallen into the error of stating Udotea
cyathiformis of Decaisne (Ann. Sci. Nat. XVIII. 1842, p. 106) to be an equivalent of the

i , Plant Suppl. Ml 1843. p. 17) is r].;u-lv that of a

luin: onsecutive species into one, by taking the nam.- of

tl„. | „1 joinii on to the synonymy and habitat (Bóne [Algiers]) of

:u| aiui that ('. cyathiformis Decaisne came from Guadeloupe, and that

the plant which was collected at Bóne by Steinheu was l'. Desfontainii Decaisne. Naegeli

:. p. 177) probably blundered by accepting Enducher's statement
without ch< l by direct reference to Decaïsne's paper.

Another piece of erroneous synonymy which requires rectification concerns an old and

imen, to which 1 »r. M. A. Howe first called our attention, and which we have

itly had the pleasure of examining, namely the type of Fucus vitifolius Humboldt &

Plant. Aequinoct. [808—17 tab. 6g \ non preserved in the Museum d'Histoire

at Paris. Brought up from a depth of 32 fathoms at La Graciosa (or between the

VUegranza and [sola Clara, as the text says) in the Canaries, in "prair. an 7"

(Prairial i. e. May 20 fui and being of a fine green colour, it so delighted von

coming as it did from a depth which he believed to be too great for the sun's

rays to reach, that he sketched it on the spot. He regarded it as a very curious phenomenon

in vegetable physiology and came to the surprising conclusion that it is not only under the

influence of the sölar rays that "se dépose, dans Ie parenchyma, cette hydrure de carbone qui

paroit être la cause principale de la couleur verte des végétaux".

The plant is unmistakeably identical with our present species and with Flabellaria

fontainü, the type of Lamouroux's new genus Flabellaria, published strangely enough on

p 274 of the same paper (in Annal. Mus. dd list. Nat. Paris XX. (813) in which Lamouroux

cit. p. 283) refers Fucus vitifolius to Caulerpa. Perhaps he had never seen the actual

imen [he records that it was given to Willdenow by v. Humboldt], and was misled by the

. which is inaccurate- in some respects. C. A. AGARDH (Spec. Alg. I. [823 p. 445) was

sharp enough to see from the plate that the plant was a doubtful Caulerpa, owing to its lack.

of a creeping surculus. Endlicher ((ien. Suppl. III. [843, p. 16), when dividing up Caulerpa

into subgenera, placed Fucus vitifolius in a new subgenus Photophobe - a name evidently

alluding to the supposed darkness of the oceanic depths from which the plant had been

obtained by v. Humboldt. Trevisan also divided up Caulerpa, but into genera, in his Cauler-

pearum Sciagraphia ('in Linnaea XXII. 1849, pp. 129 — 144): and he instituted Olafsenia (loc.

cit. p. 130) for v. Humboldt's Fucus vitifolius, stating that the plant was not to be found in

any public collection. Thus he, like Lamouroux and Endlicher, never saw the plant. Kützing

| 9 p. 1.99) cites it as a Chauvinia without any query. We believe that its

tity with the present species has never been publicly notified. Consequently when D'Ai bertis

I the same species in the same locality (Crociera del Corsaro alle Isole alla Madera e

some 80 years later, it was believed by Piccone to be the first record

■

tribution of this species is confined to the Mediterranean, the Canaries and the
slands.

53

5. Rhipilia Kützing.

(Figs. 126—136).

Historical.

The genus Rhipilia was founded by Kützing in his Tab. Phyc. vol. VIII. 1858 p. 12
tab. 28, for the reception of two species collected in the Antilles and preserved in Herb. Sonder.
The first is R. tomentosa and the second R. longicaulis.

In 1870 both species were transferred to Avrainvillea by Mazé & Schramm (Algues
de la Guadeloupe Ed. II. 1870 — yj, pp. 89, 90) as synonyms of A. sordida Crn. and A. sordida
var. longipes Crn. respectively.

In 1889, Messrs. Murray and Boodle published (Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 69)
an account of the genus Avrainvillea , in which they separate Rhipilia longicaulis from
Avrainvillea sordida and transfer it to their A. longicaulis. (Further remarks on Kützing's
figure of R. longicaulis are given under A. Mazei and A. sordida). On the other hand, the
type-species of the genus Rhipilia, R. tomentosa, is united by Murray and Boodle with
A. laete-virens Crn. as a species of Udotca.

Dr. M. A. Howe published (Buil. Torrey Bot. Club. XXXIV. 1907. p. 512, footnote)
a full and excellent re-description of R. tomentosa, founded on the co-type, preserved in the
Sonder Herbarium at Victoria, Australia. But he follows the example of Messrs. Murray and
Boodle and places it in Udotca. In the present paper we revive Rhipilia as a genus and
add to it two new species, one from Barra Grande off Pernambuco, and the other from the
Malay Archipelago (Siboga Expedition).

Systematic.

The genus Rhipilia has heretofore been represented by a single species R. tomentosa .
which by Murray and Boodle (in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1889 pp. 72 and 239) and by
Howe (in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXIV. 1907 p. 512 footnote) has, as stated above, been
referred to Udotea. Udotca however, as limited in the present monograph (p. 106) comprises
calcified flabellate species only ; and Rhipilia is distinguished from it by its uncalcified spongy
habit, its intricated filaments furnished with pseudo-lateral tenaculiferous branchlets, and its
absence of cortex. It resembles Avrainvillea in being uncalcified, and in having a frond com-
posed of more or less intricated filaments, not enclosed in a definite cortex. But its filaments
are much more laxly felted than those of Avrainvillea, which genus also differs in possessing
no short tenaculiferous branchlets, and in having its dichotomial branches constricted at their
very bases. Moreover it is not in Udotca nor in Avrainvillea that the affinities of Rhipilia
must be sought, but in Flabellaria and Cladocephalus. The points of resemblance with the
latter genus, which is characterised by the possession of a remarkable pseudo-cortex are stated
on p. 58. Flabellaria is a genus which we have been compelled to revive for the reception
of Udotea Desfojitainii and U. minima, on account of their evident ancestral affinity with
Chlorodesmis and their lack of affinity with the calcified species of Udotea. It contains in

which w<- thinl the ancestry ol Rhipilia. For the lateral

ivhich, emitted in vigorously growing specimens ol /. minima

in filam nd and, creeping over and among them, serve to hold them

much remind u laculiferous branchlets of Rhipilia. We regard F. minima

'u in ui Rhipilia out of the primitive Chlorodesmi
■>n p. -
In the filaments are looselj interwoven and bear short pseudo-lateral branch

. which are terminated by digitate tenacula. rhese tenacula ar< either
to adjacent filaments, thus adding strength to the loosely felted
.1 method i>t' connection l>y means of tenacula is unknown in both Udotea and

Many of the tenacula remain unattached and il occurs to us thal some of them may

Ij .ut as organs for thrusting asunder the filaments of the feltwork, thereby

ling an easier passage for water to stream through the open network and a freer a

for I l >therwise these unattached branchlets appear to have no function. This open-work

structure, what similar in function to that found in Microdictyon^ Struvea, Haloplegma,

Mar • ti\, is most obvious in R. oritii/alis, in which species the tenaculiferous

branchlets are longest see fig. 136). In R. tenaculosa the tenacula are so abbreviated that

bind the filaments into a much closer weft, producing a stronger frond, but allowing less

lom for the percolation of water through it. In R. tomentosa f. typica the frond is thicker

and firmer; its strength is largely derived from the felting together of its filaments, resulting

in a spongy habit likc that of Avrainvillea.

Rhipilia is distinguished l>y the frequent absence of constriction at the base of its branches
and branchlets. The filaments of Rhipilia show the characteristic stoppers (or introrse annular
thickenings of the wal! of the filament) common to so many of the Siphoneae. (Fig. 128).

Rhipilia Kiitzi
Tab. Phyc. VIII. 1858. p. 12.

Thallus green, without calcareous incrustation, stipitate or subsessile; sometimes arising
from a horizontal rhizome ; frond either cuneato-flabellate, flabellato-rotundate or excentrically
sub-infundibuliformi-peltate, thick to very thin, sometimes zonate, ecorticate, filaments of frond
cylindrical, here and there slightly and irregularly thickened, thin-walled, collapsing when dried,
laxly interwoven, repeatedly dichotomously branched, branches often not constricted at
their base; many of tli<: branches, remaining more or less short, assume a lateral position and
ure terminated by a tenaculum or crown of 2 — 6 short processes, which is either applied to
filament or remains free.

1. Rhipilia tomentosa Kützing

Phyc. VIII. 1 S ; s . p. u. tab. 28 I.

'ra laetevirens Crouan ex Mazé & Schramm, de la Guadeloupe ed. II.

P

55

Rhipilia tómentosa Murray & Boodle in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1S89. p. 72.
Udotea tómentosa Murray in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1889. p. 239.
Rlüpilia tómentosa De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889 p. 517.

Udotea tómentosa Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXIV. 1907. p. 512.
Udotea tómentosa Collins in Tufts College Studies vol. II. 1909. p. 394.

Plant varying much in habit, usually solitary, sometimes stout, sometimes thin ; stipitate.
Stipes simple, 0.5 — 1.5 cm. long, 0.2 — 0.4 cm. thick, expanding gradually or suddenly into
the frond.

Frond cuneato-flabellate, or rotundato-flabellate, sometimes proliferating after injury, up
to 5 cm. in length, sub-ezonate to distinctly zonate; margin entire, fringed, lobed or eroso-lacerate.

Frond-filaments 30 — 70 p. usually about 50 (a in diameter, being collapsed and flat in clried
specimens; pseudo-lateral branchlets rather short, 50 — 200 p. (usually 100 — 150 a) long, fairly
frequent but not abundant, occasionally appearing to be truly lateral.

Stipes-filaments mostly similar in character and about 45 y. in diameter, but varying up
to 70 u. or more, and here and there emitting rhizoids 1 5 [j. in diameter. [Figs. 126 — 129].

forma typica,

Plant stouter, frond cuneato-flabellate, rather thick, sub-ezonate.

Had. Atlantic. Antilles, Herb. Kütz.\ — Guadeloupe, Gosier, Pointe Laverdure, Mazé n° 233!
sub. nom. Avrainvillea laetevirens.

forma zonata,

Plant thinner, stipes more slender ; frond rotundato-flabellate or reniform, thin, trans-
lucently zonate.

Had. ATLANTIC. West Indies, St. Jan, off Cant Bay, B'órgesen, n° 1816! about 15 fathoms; also
n° 2218! 15 fathoms.

This species was first described and figured by Kützing (1. c), but, as has been shown
in the historical account of the genus, it was afterwards placed by authors in other genera
and for some years has been regarded as belonging to Udotea. In the Systematic account
p. 53 we give our reasons for reviving the genus Rhipilia, the type of which is Kützing's
R. tómentosa. This species has never been recognised in herbaria and, previously to Dr. M.
A. Howe's paper in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club (1. c), was never adequately described. The reason
for this is probably that the two original plants, well figured by Kützing (1. c.) have been so
inaccessible, one (fig. a. of Kützing) having been mislaid in the Kützing herbarium and only
lately brought to light by the present owner Madame Weber van Bosse, while the other
(fig. a' of Kützing) was preserved in Herb. Sonder at Melbourne, Australia. The first of these
plants we have been kindly allowed by Madame Weber to examine ancl on that (our fig. 126)
we base the diagnosis given above. Kützing's figure (his fig. a) of the habit is good though
it does not exactly represent the outline of the original plant, which is rather stout and stipitate,
with a thick flabellate frond obscurely marked with zones. Kützing's figure of the structure is
a good enough representation of the loose interweaving of the main filaments of the frond, but
though it shows a certain number of T-shaped endings to the branchlets, it does not indicate

tlu-ir r It is probable indeed that K did not himself

terminations as merely dichotomy or ordinary
in liis diagnosis n> any liaptera. See our figs. 127. 1 ^s ^).

ir Crn 1 c. preserved in the British Museum
and Kew H but little plants of A'. tomentosa with short thick stalk. The

stunt ha • I) those of the type. The identiry of these two species

• 1 lr w and H' k idle.
years ago in the Danish West Indies collected .1 few specimens
much thi ond, reniform-flabellate, and translucently zonate. To this form we have

fig. 129

1 tenaculosa n. sp.

nglutinata Dickie in Journal Linn. Soc. Bot.) XIV. 1S74. p. 376.

Vtlantic. Brazil, < > 1 1" Barra Grande near Pernambuco, 30 fathoms, Sep. 10. 1S73, *Ckallenger"
ïedition !

int thin, light -reen to full green, stipitate, solitary or a few together on a horizontal
ime, stipes 1 — 1.5 cm. long, 0.15 — 0.2 cm. thick, flattening out above and expanding
suddenly into the frond.

Frond up to 6.5 cm. in length and breadth, rotundato-flabellate or subinfundibuliformly
and excentrically peltate, thin, fissile, usually distinctly zoned, margin entire, fringed, lobed
or lacerate.

Frond-filaments 30 — 70^ usually about 40 p in diam., being collapsed or flat (in dried
lateral branchlets mostly very short, usually about 50 p but sometimes reaching
very abundant on main filaments, and apparently truly lateral in most cases.
Filaments of the stipes similar to those of the frond but emitting a few rhizoids.
1 30— ' 3

This species is founded on specimens collected at a depth of 30 fathoms off the coast

of Brazil, and preserved in the British Museum and Kew llerbaria. As may be seen by the

;, they include plants which are rotundate-flabellate (fig. 130), as well as others which

excentrically peltate (fig. 131) in which respect they resemble the habit of Rhipiliopsis

ita. C ladocephalus excentricus and Udotea cyathiformis.

Their structure differs from that of R. tomentosa in the slightly more slender character
of the frond-filaments and especially in the great abundance and the shortness of the lateral
branchlets or tenacula with which the frond-filaments are beset (figs. [32, [33).

In hal.it, R. tenaculosa differs from A'. tomentosa in often being excentrically peltate,
pi , and a thinner, often fissile and, so to sprak, threadbare frond.
the following species R. tenaculosa differs in being larger, firmer in texture, more
and in being composed of thicker filaments with much more numerous and
mui branchl*

57

3. Rhipilia orientalis n. sp.

Hab. INDIC. Siboga Expedition. Stat. 81. Pulu Sebangkatan, Borneo Bank, 34 m. Coral bottom and
Lithothamnion. n° 334! — Stat. 149. Lagune of Fau Island, reef!

Plants brownish-green, small, gregarious, stipitate ; stipes up to 1 cm. long, 0.1 — 0.2 cm.
thick, expanding above into the frond. Frond small, mostly 1 — 3 cm. long, r — 2.5 (rarely 4)
cm. wide, varying in shape from infundibuliformly and excentrically peltate to cuneately or
rotundately flabellate, very thin, translucent, almost like brown-stained muslin, not or rarely
zonate, margin fimbriate or lacerate. Frond filaments (spirit-specimens) 30 — 50 ij. in diam., very
laxly interwoven; pseudo-lateral branchlets long, varying from 70 to 350 p., usually about 1 70 ƒ/,
frequent but not abundant; true lateral branchlets rare or absent. [Figs. 134 — 136].

Until the present time, Rhipilia has never been known to occur in the Eastern hemisphere.
But, among the algae collected by Madame Weber van Bosse during the Siboga Expedition,
are several specimens of what proves to be a new species of Rhipilia. It was collected both
on muddy reefs at tide level and also at a depth of 19 fathoms on Borneo Bank; but the two
sets of plants show no difference in habit or structure to correspond with this difference in depth.

The plants are brownish, small and have a very thin frond almost like coarse muslin
in texture, varying in form, like R. tenacitlosa, from rotundate-flabellate to excentrically peltate.
They are rarely zonate and have a very loose fimbriate margin. When dry and adhering to
paper, they sometimes look like a mere smudge (fig. 134).

From both the preceding species R. orientalis differs in its brown colour, small size, the
exceeding thinness and very loose texture of its frond, and the greater average length of its
pseudo-lateral branchlets (figs. 135, 136). From R. tomentosa it also differs in often having an
excentrically peltate frond with stipes shorter and thinner, and frond filaments more slender.
From R. tenacitlosa it also differs in having pseudo-lateral, rarely lateral, branchlets of very
much greater lengrth.

6. Cladocephalus M. A. Howe, emended.
(Figs. 32—35; i37—i4o)-

This genus was founded by Dr. Howe, in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXII. 1905 p. 569,
on a new alga C. scoparius, collected by him in shallow water in a tidal pond at Georgetown,
Great Exuma, Bahamas. The distinguishing character of Cladocephalus is the intricate labyrin-
thiform nature of the cortex, which is composed of repeatedly divaricato-dichotomous filaments
closely interwoven. The author describes it thus (loc. cit. p. 570): "The cortex is formed by
"branches originating subdichotomously from the more peripheral members of the medullary
"strand and becoming afterwards apparently lateral. These branches then undergo repeated
"divaricate forkings with a gradual diminution of diameter until finally they may have only
"one-fifth or even one-twelfth the diameter of the filaments of the central strand".

As we have shown in a paper describing the Indian Ocean Algae of Mr. J. Stanley
Gardiner (in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) ser. 2, vol. VII. 1908, p. 177, and loc. cit. (Zool.) XII.

SIBOGA-EXPEDtTIK LXII. S

th,. vvl barius Howe (fig. 138) apart from external habit,

js in ,-.. uil, al ndistinguishabl) identical with that of Flabellaria luteo-

M., . . fig ; ; On the ground of habil however the

Iwo remain distin. : I being besom-like (fig 137), the other flabelliform (fig 32)

[n ( the mi filaments of the frond are variously gathered into groups which

divide and anastomose irregularlj somewhat recalling the anastomosis of the lol.es of Avrain-

!. Rawsoni), all being covered with their corresponding pseudo-cortex
the to the interlocking of the contiguous cortical coverings of adjacent

C. luteo-fuscus Börgesen) <»n the other hand the cortex spreads
the whole flatlj expanded mass of the medullary filaments producing an undivided
1 In the paper above cited, we described a third species, ( '. excentricus, with
ndibuliform hond (fig. 139), collected by Mr. Gardiner in deep water (30 — 47 fathoms)
. . Cargados Carajos in the western Indian Ocean.
/•". lui . was referred to Udotea by Murray (in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1 -

and more recently by Howi (in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXIV. 11107, p. 513). h is
ver as abundantlj distinct from Udotea as it is from Flabellaria. lts true position is
unquestionably in Cladocephalus.

Cladocephalus therefore contains three species — C. scoparius, C. luteo-fuscus and
C. excentricus — unless indeed the first two of these are conspecific

Cladocephalus differs from Udotea (which in the present monograph we limit to calci-

fied flabelliform species only) by its uncalcified spongy habit and its densely felted filamentons

pseudo-cortex arising from branchlets of pseudodateral origin. From Flabellaria it is also quite

distinct in its peculiar cortex, though, as suggested below, it manifests a certain affinily with

that genus. From Avrainvillea it differs much in structure, not being composed of a uniform

felt-work of dichotomous filaments of approximately uniform size and character (as is Avrain-

villea), but being strongly differentiated into a stratum of large medullary filaments enclosed

by an external cortical covering of much branched, tapering, and much interwoven filaments.

We find that Cladocephalus lias a good deal in common with Rhipilia. Both genera

incalcified, and contain flabelliform and excentrically infundibuliform and zonate species;

both are characterised by the absence or infrequency of constrictions immediately above the

dichotomies <<i' their filaments; and both produce pseudo-lateral branchlets. It is interesting

to notice that the distribution "f each genus is the western Atlantic and the Indian

in, and that in each genus the Atlantic species have the thicker and the Indian < I

the smaller filaments. < >n the other hand the differei tween the two genera are

Rhipilia has no cortical covering; its pseudo-lateral branchlets do not undergo

ramification, but remain simple and are terminated by a 2— 6-dentate tenaculum or crown.

Now, these tenaculiferous branchlets of Rhipilia much recall the lateral branchlets which in

>pecimens of Flabellaria minima serve to bind together the mam filaments

r ; fig. 125,1. And wc are strongly inclined to regard Flabellaria

an indication <>f the common ancestr) of /•'. petiolata, Rhipilia and Cladocephalus,

ir table of affinities (p. 6).

59
Cladocephalus Howe

in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club. XXXII. 1905. p. 569.

Cladocephalus Börgesen in Vid. Medd. nat. Foren. Kjóbenh. 1908. p. 44.
Cladocephalus Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 396.
Cladocephalus Wille in Engler und Prantl natürl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil., Nachtrage
1910, p. 128, fig. 66.

Plant uncalcified, green or brown, of varied habit, erect, either scopulaeform, or fla-
belliform, or excentrically subinfundibuliform. Stipes simple or branched, long or short, stout
or slender, corticated, attached at base by a mass of rhizoids ; medullary filaments and cortex
subsimilar to those of frond.

Frond either deeply divided into an irregular, subcompressed, brushlike capitulum, or
undivided, flabelliform, or excentrically subinfundibuliform and zonate.

Main filaments of frond radiating from stipes to periphery, subparallel, dividing dicho-
tomously without constrictions, one branch of each pair carrying on the axis of the main
filament, while the other becomes pseudo-lateral, thinner and tapering, and repeatedly and
divaricato-dichotomously subdividing, forms its portion of the densely interwoven labyrinthine
cortical covering of the frond.

Key to the Species.

Plant scopulaeform or besom-shaped. Medullary filaments 30 — 75 jx in diam. 1. C. scoparius.

Plant flabelliform. Medullary filaments 30 — 75 u. in diam 2. C. luteo-fuscus.

Plant excentrically infundibuliform. Medullary filaments 15 — 25 p. in diameter. 3. C. excentricus.

1. Cladocephalus scoparius M. A. Howe

in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXII 1905. p. 569, pi. 25 and pi. 26, figs. 11 — 20.
Cladocephalus scoparius Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 396.
Cladocephalus scoparius Wille in Engler und Prantl, op. cit. p. 129.

Hab. Atlantic. West Indies, Bahama Islands, Great Exuma, Georgetown, in a tidal pond, on
sandy or muddy bottom in 2 — 10 dm. of water (low tide), Howe, n° 4079! also New
Providence, south shore, Howe n° 3081.

"Very dark green or nigrescent when living, commonly becoming yellowish-brown,
* substramineous or olivaceous on drying, solitary or gregarious, 5 — 14 cm. high; rhizoids
"forming a somewhat bulbous mass; stipes 2 — 10 cm. high, 3 — 7 mm. thick, subcylindrical
"or somewhat complanate, often alate or canaliculate above, simple or occasionally once or
"twice dichotomous, the branches sometimes again connate : capitulum scopiform, varying in
"outline from elongate-fusiform or elongate-ellipsoid to obovoid or subspherical, often somewhat
"flattened, 3 — 8 cm. long; branches subcylindrical or complanate, 0.3 — 2 mm. broad, frequently
"connate at points of casual contact, now and then subdenticulate near apices : filaments more
"or less fuscous in the older parts, sometimes bright-green in the younger; filaments of the
"cortex labyrinthine, lightly torulose when young, the ultimate branches in older parts 6 — ii u.
""in diameter, finally subhyaline ; filaments of medulla cylindrical or lightly and irregularly

•ton n diameter, slightly or nol al all constricted just above a djchotomy,

ely protruding; stipe similar to the capitulum in structure,
and firm» I [s. 137, 1 ;

parius and t '. luteofuscus are dis< ussed under the latter spe, [<

Börgesen

in naturh. Foren. Kjöbenh. [908. p. 44.

Crouan in Ma/r & Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe 1S70 — jj. p. 88.
1 ] G. Agardh 'l'ill Alg. Syst. Y. 1887. p.
I li I oni Syll. Alg. 1. 1889. p. 5 1 Z.
-.:. .■ Murra) in Journ. of l>"t. XXVII. [889. p. 2

ca Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club \X.\1\'. 1907. p. 513.
ïhalus luteofuscus A. 81 E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot. VII. [908. p. 177; and
op. cit. Zool. XII. [910. p. 387.

ïhalus luteofuscus Collins The Green Algae of North America in Tufts College Studies II.

//,.■ lNTIC. Guadeloupe, St. Martin, anse du Marigot, dans Ie sable, Mazè n" 1904 in Herb.

Mus. Brit.! - also .]/..■ and 1403. — Sine loc. Herb. Chauvin\ St. Thomas, Bör-

■in'. in 20 — 30 meters.

Plants varying in length to aboul ij cm., green or brown. Root-mass bulbous to elongate.

Stipes short and simple, or longer and once or twice dichotomously branched, up to 9 cm.
long, 2—6 mm. wide; the branches flattened above and expanding gradually into the frond.

Fronds 2 — 6 cm. long, 1 — 7 cm. wide, cuneato-flabellate or spathulate, or suborbicular,
sometimes zoned; colour dark-green to yellowish-brown ; margin subentirc to eroso-lacerate ;
fragile when dry.

Main filaments of frond about 30 — 75 y., more or less parallel, orange-brown, cylindrical
or irregularly and slightly constricted, repeatedly dichotomously divided at irregular intervals,
branchlets pseudo-lateral, of unequal length, thinner, tapering, densely and dichotomously sub-
divided at the apex. Apical ramelli 6 — iov. in diam., pallid, interwoven into a dense pseudo-cortex.

Filaments of stipes much resembling those of frond. [Figs. 32 — 35].

No description of tliis species was published until 1907. when I >r. ll"\\i loc. cit.)
supplied the deficiency. I lis diagnosis was drawn from Mazé's n' 1403 preserved in the her-
barium of Mons. Bornet. Our own description was taken principally from Mazé's n" 1904
(fig. f which there are two examples in the herbarium of the British Museum. We also

found a specimen of it in Herb. Chauvin, but without name, number or locality; frond-filaments
" his plant are shown in fig. 34.

Dr, 1 . Börgesen collected .1 fine example of this species at St. Thomas, Wesl Indies,

pth of 11 — 16 fathoms. He discusses it in detail (loc. cit. pp. 39 14), identifying it

iria luteo-fusca Crouan, and comparing it with c'. scoparius Howe, with which it

in structure, differing merely in external habit (compare figs. 32 and 137).

very probable that C. scoparius is a form of C. /utio-fitsdts "developed under

6i

peculiar, most probably unfavourable external conditions of life". He inclines to the view that
the peculiar scopulaeform habit of C. scoparius is due to desiccation of the tops of the plants
through exposure to sun and air during unusually low tides, foliowed by mechanical tearing
along the lines of least resistance, that is, parallel to the main filaments.

It seems to us that there are three main objections to this ingenious theory. Firstly,
the plants occur in hundreds in the tidal pool described by Dr. Howe, and at depths of
2 — 10 dm. of water (low tide). Hence some at least of the plants would escape exposure
and desiccation. Vet Dr. Howe evidently did not find any of the plants to be flabellate.
Secondly, the solitary plant of C. scoparius found by Dr. Howe on the shores of New Provi-
dence is not recorded as occurring in a tidal pool. This additional record from another locality
is a strong argument in favour of C. scoparius representing a valid specific type. Thirdly,
the habit of C. scoparius is besom-shaped, and by no means suggests a compressed flabelli-
form origin.

Our own view is that C. scoparius and C. luleo-fuscus are not conspecific but are
separate species by reason of difference of habit.

The distribution of C. luteo-fttscus, so far as is known, is confined to the West Indies.

3. Cladocephalus cxccuiriciis A. & E. S. Gepp

in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908. p. 177, pi. 23, figs. 14—17; & op. cit. (Zool.) XII. 1909.
p. 387, pi. 48, figs. 14—17.

Syn. Cladocephalus excentricus Wille in Engler und Prantl natürl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil.,

Nachtrage 19 10, p. 129, fig. 66.
Hab. INDIC. Cargados Carajos, 30, 45, and 47 fathoms, J. Stanley GardinerX

Plant bright green, solitary, up to 10 cm. high, quite distinct in habit from the other
two species of the genus. Stipes attached at base to calcareous substratum, simple, olivaceous,
up to 3 cm. long, terete, solid, 1 — 2 mm. thick.

Frond unequally infundibuliformly peltate, widely expanded, at first rotundate, later
irregularly elliptic or lobate, up to 10 cm. broad, membranaceous, green, zonate.

Medullary filaments radiating from the stipes, light green, 15 — 25 p. in diam., repeatedly
dichotomously branched ; branchlets pseudolateral, dichotomously and closely subdivided above,
tapering to about 5 — 10 u. 'm diam. at their apices ; ramelli interwoven to form the pseudo-
cortex. [Figs. 139, 140].

This species differs from the West Indian species in its peltate habit with its frond
concave above, and its stipes short, thin and unbranched (fig. 139). In this respect it resembles
Rhipilia leuaculosa, Rhipiliopsis pcltata, ancl Udotea cyathiformis. It is also distinguished from
the West Indian species of Cladocephalus by the closer branching of the medullary filaments
of its frond and by their much smaller size (fig. 140); they do not exceed 25 ij. in diam.; nor
do they exhibit the green or fulvous colour which characterises the frond-filaments of the
West Indian species.

This is an East Indian species. It was not found within the area explored by the Siboga

edition, its habitat being awaj to the west. rhe occurrence of this species in Eastern

f much interest rhe head-quarters of the genus maj 1"- regarded as being in the

I (ndies, fi-om which the other two species are recorded. rhe genus has not been found

A similar distril rs in Rhipiliay two species of which are found in the western

t r« »i >i the Indian < >cean. Penicillus is similar in being mainly Wesl

Indian ; and it h.is tv. ientatives in Eastern waters and one in tin- Mediterranean.

7. Rhipidodesmis gen. nov.
(Figs. i.p 11;

ants filamentous, gregarious, laxl) caespitose, uncalcified; below decumbent, colourless
and irregularly ramified, very laxly entangled (never densely felted so as to form a spurious
ascending above, viridescent, fastigiately or flabellately ramified towards the apcx,
\ constricted above the dichotomies ; upper dichotomies approximated.

1. Rhipidodesmis caespitosa comb. nov.

Syn. Chlorodesmis caespitosa J. G. Agardh Ti 11 Alg. Syst. Y. iS.x-. p. 49.

Avrainvillea caespitosa Murray & Boodle in Journal of Botany XXVII. [889. p. j:, pro parte.

Avrainvillea caespitosa De Toni Syll. Alg. I. [889. p. 516.

/lab. INDIC. Ceylon, Colombo, Ferguson n" 110!

Plants aböut 3 cm. long, gregarious in wide, lax, green patches ; filaments cylindric,
decumbent and colourless below, occasionally producing lateral branches, often constricted and
furnished with annular or excentric stoppers, and containing much starch ; ascending and
viridescent above; dichotomial divisions distant below, much more approximate towards apex;

il pseudo-articuli often short, oblong; trichotomy not infrequent; filaments always evenly
constricted at the dichotomy or trichotomy, measuring 120 — 1 50 a diam., usually collapsed,

it 200 ■]. when Hat. [Figs. 141 — 143].

1 laving nothing hut the dried material of this plant to examine, we are unable t<>
state whether the successive dichotomies of the filaments are normallv at right angles with one
another, or whether they occur in one and the same plane and are forced out of position by
the crowding of the ramelli. Certainly the apical branchlets do overlap one another to some

fig- ' 1

The apical branching of this species distinguishes it generically from Chlorodesmis comosa,

and •. its position in a new genus intermediate between Callipsygma and Chlorodesmis.

It r< i the latter genus in its long filamentous habit, and approaches Ca/lipsv^ii/a (Tijg.

ly indeed in its green complanato-fastigiate apical ramification lig. 1 pv, which

elj coloured denser contents. It differs from Chlorodesmis comosa in the apical

and in not possessing the moniliform and longly radicelliferous basal filaments.

i in having much thicker upper filaments (compare hg. 142 with lïg. 69).

ir peripheral ramifications of Rhipidodesmis and Callipsygma suggest in a

63

humble way a sort of affinity with the monosiphonous genus Apjohnia, especially when the
latter is seen neatly arranged and flattened in the herbarium. But Apjohnia possesses in the
basal transverse annular corrugations of its articuli a Valoniaceous character, of which we find
no tracé in Rhipidodesmis and Callipsygma.

The distribution of this species is, so far as is known, confined to the Indian Ocean.

8. Callipsygma J. G. Agardh.
(Fig. 144—146).

J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 65 ; De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1S89. p. 504; Wille in Engler
und Prantl natürl. Pflnzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. 1890. p. 142; also Nachtrage 1910. p. 128.

Frond uncalcified, green, complanate, sparingly branched ; branches 2.5 — 3. o cm. long.

Stipes compressed, dark coloured, almost concealed by a covering of short appressed,
flexuose, dichotomously branched, moniliform, green filaments, 100 a thick.

Stipes and branches emitting laterally from their edges longer, patent, complanately
dichotomously divided, green, more sparsely constricted filaments, 5 mm. long, forming a con-
tinuous fringe along the edge of the stem and branches, and giving them a zonate plumose
appearance. Fringing filaments repeatedly dichotomously divided, evenly constricted at the
dichotomies; pseudo-articuli 225 — 270 u. in diam., 1.5 — 2.0 mm. long below, shorter above
(0.75 — 1.0 mm.), free but laterally contiguous and arranged almost entirely into narrow,
apparently monostromatic flabellules (or into fascicles?). [It is unknown whether the successive
dichotomies are in alternate planes or in the same plane].

1. Callipsygma Wilsoni J. G. Ag. loc. cit.

Syn. Callipsygma Wilsoni A. & E. S. Gepp in Journal of Botany XLIII. (1904) p. 364 — 366,
tab. 467, figs. 5 — 7.

Hab. INDIC. Australia, Victoria, Port Phillip Heads, Sorrento, 1884, J. Bracebridge Wilsoni

Characters as in genus [Figs. 144 — 146].

The systematic position of this genus has yet to be" finally determined. J. G. Agardh
(loc. cit.) compared it with an imaginary Rhipoccphalus, having all its parts flattened into the
same plane, in consquence of which fanciful view De Toni (Syll. Alg. I. 1889, p. 504) and Wille
(in Engler & Prantl's Die natürl. Pflanzenfamilien. I. 2. p. 142 1890) were led to place the
genus between Rliipocephaliis and Udotca. The only species of Rhipocep/iahis which Agardh
knew was R. Plioenix ; and that species consists of a well-developed and thickly calcified
terete stipes bearing a head or cone composed of a series of verticillately arranged small,
cuneate flabellules, which are often laterally coherent and always calcified, and which consist
of a row of contiguous juxtaposed filaments cemented together laterally in one plane.

Callipsygma, as described above, has a very different structure (fig. 144), its green,
uncalcified flabellules (fig. 145) being in size and character almost exactly like those of individual
plants of Rhipidodesmis cacspitosa (fig. 141), to which species it is in our opinion most closely

"I

ipound i>t' m.iii) units of Rhipidodesmis caespijosa, borne
on a common st.dk and

Having onlj dried specimen of Callipsygma Wilsoni to examine, we are

dier the peripheral ramifications are trulj flabellules (i. e. with all the
I in one plane) or whether they are complanatelj fa tigiate
arran fed in alternate planes, but flattened into pseudo-flabelli
is requisite for the determination of this point.

il) once been collected, viz., one plant, al Port Phillip Heads near
: bj J. Brai ebridge Wilson, the finder, to J. G. Agardh for determination,
d in the Museum at Lund. Bul we have ;i 1hmh.1i of the original in the British
i. In fig. i 1 1 the entire plant is represented.

icality lies just within the limits of the [ndian < >cean.

g. Boodleopsis gen. nov.
r,s. 147—152).

Generic diagnosis. Plant minute, monosiphonous, forming green unralcified caes-
ifts or felted cushions, consisting of a main axis which divides below into very slender
ramifying rhizoids, and gradually tapers above and emits branches and occasionally a few
rhizoids at intervals; branches repeatedly dividing dichotomously or sometimes trifurcately or
verticillately, divaricately, at short intervals and in alternate planes, and forming an extensive
ramification : branchlets constricted at base, all loosely interwoven with their fellows and forming:

- o

a la.\ felt-work alter the fashion oi Boodlea coacta.

1. Boodleopsis siphonacea n. sp.

Ifdl'. I N 1 >i 1 Expedition. Stat. 86. Dongala Palos-bay, shore. n" 352! dried. — Stat. 91.

Muaras-reef! in alcohol.

Plant forming dense flattened cushions, 1 —5 cm. in width. Main axis rather concealéd

l>v the felt-work of ramuli, about. 70 (u in diameter ln-luw but varying irregularly, containing

'1. walls (o 12 [i thick, pale brown, here and there finelj striate; lower branches descending

and dividing into slender, laxly and dichotomously branched rhizoids about to u. thick; upper

branches arising singly or in pairs at irregular intervals from the tapering main axis ; these

ttedly dividing, sometimes at every joint, sometimes al intervals of two or

tliree joints, in the manner stated above, do not taper but remain fairly uniform in diameter

ramuli (or internodes between the joints) usually 100 — 150 u long, green or colour-

contents or with scattered granules, thin-walled, straight, all constricted at

ionally bearing a few (2 — 101 very short round prominences, sometimes emitting a

ramulus. Figs. 147—152).

little plant apparently grew on a muddy substratum on Muaras-reef (fig.
•ecimens are cleaner. In habit it resembles Boodlea coacta, luit is much

65

more slender in the dimensions of its fïlaments (fig. 150), has no tenacula, and being mono-
siphonous has of course no affinity with Bood/ca, which is a genus of Valoniaceae. The real
affinity of Boodleopsis has still to be found.

The principal character of the genus is the abundant ramification of its branches (fig. 150).
This ramification consists of a much repeated, divaricate dichotomy in alternating planes, varied
frequently with trichotomies (fig. 152) or rarely verticillate nodes (fig. 151). This ramification
is so abundant as to rencler inconspicuous the humble little-branched main axis (figs. 148,
149). The much-branched, short, straight, slender ramuli are extensively and loosely intricated
(figs. 147, 150), somewhat as in the capitulum of Penicillus pyriformis or the verticils of
Tydemania expeditionis . But there the similarity with the tvvo calcified plants ends. The charac-
ters of Boodleopsis are such as to prevent its inclusion in any previously described genus of
Codiaceae. It is a humble, pulvinate little plant, easily overlooked. Its loose structure permits of
a ready percolation of water, much as in the diaphanous species of Rhipilia.

In connection with the inconspicuous primary filament or main axis mentioned above,
it is interesting to compare fig. 180, n" 3, in Oltmanns' Morphologie und Biologie der Algen,
Vol. I. 1904, p. 293, where it is shown that Udotea Desfontainii {Flabcllaria petiolata of the
present memoir) possesses a very similar horizontal primary axis.

10. Tydemania Weber van Bosse.
(Figs- I53—I55)-

Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 2? sér. vol. II. 1901. p. 139; Wille in Engler und Prantl naturl.
Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. Nachtrage 1910. p. 129, fig. 6j.

Plant large or minute, calcified, composed of a simple or branched, monosiphonous,
cylindric, or here and there subtorulose main axis, prostrate and sparsely rooting below and
bearing, at short irregular intervals, flabella supported on very short or longer stipites ; in the
type-species the main axis ascends and bears at regular intervals glomeruli, composed of laxly
interwoven ramelli. Fructification unknown.

The flabella of Tydemania recall the simpler species of Udotea, namely U . javensis
and U. glaucescens and the flabellules of Rhipocephalns phoenix\ but are readily distinguishecl,
even when detached from the main axis, by the bead-like basal articuli (see figs. 154, 155)
and stipites.

The glomeruli (fig. 153) on the other hand are to be compared with small capitula
of Penicillus, but differ in the intricate entanglement of the constituent ramelli caused by the
alternating and divaricate branching (fig. 153a), the dichotomies often enclosing more than a
right angle. A similar lax entanglement of repeatedly branching ramelli is found in Boodleopsis
(fig. 150), which however differs totally in its humble pulvinate habit, slender filaments and
lack of calcification.

The affinities of Tydemania are with Penicillus on the one hand and with Rkipocepkalus
and Udotea on the other. We regard these grenera as all arising from a cornmon ancestor,
the stages of the descent being lost, though partly indicated by Espera and Tydemania.

SIBOGA-EXPEDITIE I.XII. 9

h.is n< . tself th< ticated compound stipes or rhachis which is

found ï ti ti ted, bul lias maintained its monosiphonous axis

and ontinued, though regularly interrupted, growth, and in

dimorphism of habit. rhe basal position of the flabella suggests thal thej are the older

that the glomeruli are a later development of the plant. The interrupted mode

affinit) with Halinteda (see p.

In ik 11 published in Flora, Band 92. pp. 97 - ioi, with figs.) a description

of :■ jenus of Valoniaceae from the Loo-choo Islands, which at first sight

: i.) be nearly allied in habit to Tydemania. We have not seen the planl .

but j m the description and figures we are convinced thal Rudicularia has no connection

whatever with Tydemania nor with the Codiaceae. It has been referred i<> Apjohnia by Wille

tin Engler und Prantl's nat. Pflanzenfam. 1. Teil, 2. Abteil. Nachtrage 1910. pp. 111. 112!.

Hut inclined to tliink that Heydrich was righl in keeping it distinct from that genus.

It is an interesting plant which requires further elucidation.

1. Tydemania expeditionis Web. v. Bosse loc. cit.

:':tionis Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908. p. 174, pro parte; and
- cit. Zool.) vol. XII. [909. p. 384, pro parte (figures also excluded).

Hab. Indic. Siboga Expedition. Stat. yS. Lumu-Lumu, Borneo bank! • — Stat. y> . Kabala-dua,
Borneo bank. on coral reef! — Stat. 91. Muaras-reef, Celebes Sea! — Stat. 149. Lagune
of Kau Island, on coral reef! — Stat. 213. Saleyer, roef! — Stat. 259. Banda, reef! —
Stat. 312. Saleh Bay, North coast of Sumbawa, 15 — 29 meters! — de Bril near Maca
Snackey !

mts more or less calcilïed, glaucous green, moderately large, about 12 cm. long.
simple or with a few main branches above.

Main axis prostrate below, cylindrical, monosiphonous, straggling, tough, about 400 —
r thick, now and again putting out branches, some of which put out a few rhizoids, and
others which sometimes bear a few lateral flabella at short ii-regular intervals below, and above
always bear a s< I glomeruli which arise at intervals of about 1 cm.; the flabella (i [.5 cm.

»hort-stalked, beaded at base, monostromatic, calcified, and composed of laterally
connate dichotomous filaments, which taper from 250a at the base to 637. at the apices ; the
glomeruli are often contiguous and are composed of four yerticillately arranged branches which
divide repeatedly, dichotomously and divaricately in alternate planes and at short distances
into eroid tangle of laxly interwoven ramelli [Figs. 153, 154 .

This genus was entirely unknown until collected by Madame Weber van Bosse in the

Indian Archipelago during the Siboga Expedition, and published by her in nim doe. cit. 1.

Her plants are mostly large and glomeruliferous (fig. 153), but two or three of them bear at

imbent base monostromatic flabella in pairs or singly in place of glomeruli, as described

Had these two diverse forms <>f ramiftcation nol been found arising from one

al filament, they would undoubtedly have been regarded as characteristic of two

I he glomerulous state oi i j lemania somewhal resembles glomeruli

67

forms of Nitella and Chara, but is more compact. The mature glomeruli of Tydemania are
contiguous, are about i cm. high and i — 2 cm. broad and arise each at the temporary apex
of the growing branch axis, which divides into four equal ascending branchlets (fig. 154, upper
node) ; these branchlets, each dividing by repeated divaricate dichotomies in alternate planes
and at short intervals (fig. 153 a), combine to produce a globular tangle of laxly interwoven
ramuli, which measure 240 u. at base close to the branch-axis and taper to 63 u. at the apices.
Subsequently the branch-axis résumés its growth and from a new node 1 cm. higher up produces
a fresh glomerulus; and thus a series of six or more glomeruli is formed. This interrupted mode
of growth recalls distantly that of Halimeda. But the likeness goes no further than the fact of
growth by interrupted stages. For in Tydemania the growing axis is a single monosiphonous
filament, whereas in Halimeda there is an axial strand composed of several parallel filaments
which at the resting apex of the joint (internode) fuse in special manners characteristic of the
various species, preparatory to the formation of a new joint (internode) (confer Journal of
Botany XLII. 1904, p. 193).

The geographical distribution of T. expeditionis is confined to the Malay Archipelago.

2. Tydemania Gar diner i n. sp.

Syn. Tydemania expeditionis A. & E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908. p. 174, pro
parte, pi. 23, figs. 18, 19; and op. cit. (Zool.) vol. XII. 1909. p. 384, pro parte, pi. 48.,
figs. 18, 19.

Hab. INDIC. Chagos Archipelago, Salomon, on reefs exposed at lowest tide, J. Stanley Gardinerl,
and Amirante, 44 — 20 fathoms, J. Stanley Gardinerl iSealark" Expedition, 1905.

Plants low, laxly caespitose, calcified. Main axis prostrate, monosiphonous, cylindric,
250 — 400 ij. thick, now and again emitting branches, some which are cylindric and bear rhizoids
(which are tough and adhere closely to the substratum), and others which are moniliform and
divide trichotomously and then dichotomously 5 — 6 times, divaricately, at short intervals and
in alternate planes, and bear ultimately the flabella on 4 — 6-beaded stipites (250 a in diam.) ;
the flabella are monostromatic and composed of laterally connate, dichotomously branched
filaments, 50 u. in diam. (rarely 40^.) above, 200 a at base, where the articuli are very short.
Glomeruli absent. [Fig. 155].

When treating of this plant two years ago (in Trans. Linn. Soc. loc. cit.) we were
inclined to regard it as a well-developed example of the flabellate form of T. expeditionis ;
upon further consideration however we are convinced that it is a proper species, and we have
much pleasure in naming it after its collector, Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner. It differs from
T. expeditionis in habit, in details of ramification, and in geographical distribution. It forms a
low laxly caespitose patch 4 — 7 cm. wide, consisting of hundreds of small calcified flabella
about 1 cm. high, springing from one or more prostrate branched main axes, which are firmlv
attached here and there by rhizoids to the substratum. It shows no tracé of glomeruliferous
shoots, such as predominate in and are characteristic of T. expeditionis. Further, whereas in
T. expeditionis the flabella are few and borne on very short simple stalks which spring singly

n the i 'i fairl) regular intervals (fig. 154), in 7 Gardineri

ther hand thi me on long moniliform filaments 5 6 times divided

• • also I ran - Linn. So< Bol \ II 19
in /' expeditionis the flabella arising from ;i given point
!.iti|i of 2 |. and are short-stalked ; while in / Gardineri
tii, .:i\ as y'-ioo aml are borne on a much divided ramification of

the upper cylindric filaments of the flabella in '/'. expeditionis

tli.m tiile in T. Gardineri it is usually about 50JX and sometimes even |.o/x.

infined to the western Indian Ocean. h was cpllected at low tide

3 Archipelago and in deep water (44 — 20 fathoms) al Amirante. The

omeruli has therefore no connection with the depth at which the plants grow

11. Penicillus Lamarck.
rS. 156 1

H i s t o r i c a 1 .

The oldest specimen of Penicillus that we have seen was collccted by Mark Catesby
between the years 1722 and 1720. and is included in a set of his plants from Carolina,
Florida, Bahamas etc. (Herb. Sloane vol. 232, folio 1 8, in Herb. Mus. lirit.j. It is
an av( example <4" /'. capitatus. It is described in MS. by Solander as follows, in the

\ of Rav's Historia Plantarum (III. Suppl. p. 31. 1704) in the Botanica! Department of
the British Museum: "Conferva bahamensis, filamentis cinereis, dichotomis, in pilam congestis
quasi petiolo donatam".

The next record that we can hnd of Penicillus is in Seba's Rerum Naturalium Thesaurus
vol. I. 1754. p. 5. tab. I. fig. to. Ile ealls it "Sceleton Fungi terrestris (Sqtielette d'un Cham-
pignon terrestre)' ', and describes it as such, tooether with the skeletons of various fruits. The
figui isily recognised as representiiiL; P. capitatus. No mention is made as to habitat.

The name of Corallina Penicillus was given to this plant by Linnaeus in [758 (Syst.

\.it. X. j 7 sp. ui); and in 1766 Pallas (Elenchus Zoophytorum 17')') p. 428) claims to

ha'. Corallina Penicillus (I'. capitatus) growing gregariously in the American Sea.

in the same year gives as the habitat of that species B0[ceano] Asiatico" (Syst.

Nat. I.i XII. reformata, vol. I. [766. p. 1305), an error which was probably due to the

mistake made by Pallas and others in regarding C. Penicillus as identical with Hydra

Linn.. which is an anima! from the China Sea-,. LlNNAEUS certainly regarded all the

being animals, because <>\ their calcareous covering loc. cit. p. 1304, footnote).

nd Soi vnd] Nat Mist. Zoophyt. 1786 \>. 126. tab. 25. figs. 4 6) give a good

1 figure ofC Penicillus, placing it between the species C. Phoenix (= Rhipocephafa

= Chamaedoris). Their figures consist of two plants of natural si/e and a
nch '4' the capitulum. Two of them, n. >s. 5 and o, were subsequently made b)
Polyp. Corall. 1816 p. 258) the foundation lor a new species under the
•uidalis.

69

In 1812 Lamouroux (Mém. class. Polyp. coralligènes non entièrement pierreux, in Nouv.
Buil. Sci. Soc. Philomat. Paris. III. 181 2. p. 185) founded his genus Nesaea on three species
of Corallina i. e. C. Penicillus, C. Peniculum and C. Phoenix.

In the following year, 1813, Lamarck (Sur les Polypiers empatés, in Ann. Mus. d'Hist.
Nat. 181 3 p. 297) took precisely the same three species from Corallina and founded on them
his genus Penicillus, ignoring the work of Lamouroux in 181 2. Lamarck describes the specimen
in his herbarium on which he founded his genus. It was 5 cm. high and the details of the
description exactly fit the plant of llP. capitatus Ex Herb. Lamarck", which was lent to us
out of the Herbarium of the Paris Museum. Though Lamarck included in his genus the two
other species now known as Chamaedoris annulata and Rhipocephalus Phoenix, he admits
that he had never seen either of them.

The foundation of Lamarck's genus Penicillus on the same species as Lamouroux's
Nesaea is the subject of remark by the latter author in 181 6 (Hist. Polyp. Corall. flex., pp. 253,
254). (But whether Lamarck knevv it or not, the name Nesaea had already been brought
into use for a genus of Lythrarieae by Commerson in 1789. It is true that both Lamouroux
and Lamarck believed they were treating of a genus of animals, so that in those days the
doublé use of the name Nesaea may have caused no confusion.) Lamouroux (loc. cit). describes
the generic structure of the plants, which he had only seen dried. The following six species
are enumerated: Nesea (the spelling is here altered by him) Phoenix, N. annulata, N. eriophora,
N Penicillus, N~. pyramidalis, and Ar. duiuetosa, of which N. eriophora, N. pyramidalis and
N. dumctosa are new. N. pyramidalis was founded, as stated above, on two of Ellis and
Solander's figures. An interesting note is made both here and in the same author's Exposition
méthodique 1821 p. 23, in which emphasis is laid on the size and diameter of the branches,
as being a good specific character when united with other differences. Curiously enough, in
Exposition méthodique Nesaea eriophora is omitted.

Schweigger (Beobacht. auf Naturhist. Reisen 1 S 1 9 p. 49) was the first to recognise
Penicillus to be a plant; and he describes its mode of development as being at first a closed
tube, from the apex of which a bunch of filaments finally breaks out.

In 1824 another species was added by Lamouroux to the genus Nesea, namely N. nodulosa,
in Erevcinet's Voyage, Zool. p. 622 tab. 91 figs. 8 — 9; and in the same year Deslongchamps
(Encyclop. méthodique, Paris, Zoophytes 1824, p. 567) gives the first satisfactory detailed account
of the structure, placing N. annulata in a separate section from the other species.

Blainville follows in 1834 (Man. d'Actinologie p. 553) with an enumeration of the species
of Penicillus, explaining that the generic name of Lamarck had prevailed rather than that of
Lamouroux, as Penicillus is more expressive than Nesaea.

In 1841 Kutzing (Über die "Polypiers calcifères" des Lamouroux p. 11), apparently
ignorant of Lamarck's name Penicillus, replaced Lamouroux's name Nesea with the high-sounding
Coralliodendron ; and called attention to the fact that the filaments of the capitulum are not
septate but are unicellular throughout, since he had been able to convince himself of the
unbroken continuity of the inner tube by saturating it with tincture of iodine. The conclusiveness
of this experiment was unjustly denied by Montagne in 1845 (Plantes cellulaires exotiques, in

Ann, Sci. nat. XVIII i on the ground thal he ha eeded in cuttin parallel

itudinal is of o!i<- and the same filament, and that bj microscopical examinadon he

ilutely "I the presence ol septa in the middle section,
ring only in the filaments ol the capitulum. Harvey being of the same opinion ;is
the filaments .is articulated, pluricellular and confervoid, and places the
genus in Valon Boi Amer. III. 1857, P- H' fhat Kützing's view is correcl is

:adily proved b) the use ol a modern microscope.
Returning to the year i's4- we note the preliminarj diagnosis ol Montagne's new
1 Prodrom. Phyc. Antarct. p. 14. which in 1845 was described in full and
D'Urville's Voyage au Pole Sud, Bot, vol. I p. 25, pi. 1 1 fig 1 Montagne
1 long description of the structure of the plant. He describes the "crampons" and
the adhesion of the stipes-filaments is caused by these and not, as Lamouroux thought, by
elatinous matter which in drying glues together the paris where it predominates.

ro return once more to 1842. In that year Decaisne published his Mémoire sur les
illines, in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2' sér. torn. XVIII. [842, where on pp. to8 — 11 1 he gives an
int of Penicillus, including eight species in the genus. He divides them into two sections,
in the first of which he puts five species, and in the second, under the heading "Articuli
"flabellato-coaliti", he places the two species which now constitute the genus Rhipocephalus\
luit oddly enough he includes P. pyramidalis in the same group, — an obvious error which
is probably due to the misplacement of the above-mentioned heading; for clearly it ought to
have heen placed aft er. instead of before, P. pyramidalis.

In 1 S 4 ; Kützing (Linnaea XY1I p. 95: and Phyc. gen. p. 310, tab. 43, III.) invented

another new name for the genus, Corallocephalus, and included in it three species only,

viz: C. Penicillus, C. Oedipus (= P. Pyramidalis) and C. Peniculum (= Chamaedoris annulata).

The stem-structure is well figured and the continuity of the tubes at the constrictions is shewn.

for the lirst time Penicillus Phoenix is separated off into a new genus Rhipocephalus.

1 ndlicher (Genera Plantarum Suppl. III. 1843, P- [8) follows Dei usne in his division

of the genus ITie first division, to which he gives the name Haligraphium, contains I >i > visne's

with the addition of /'. arbuscula Montagne. The second division is called Hali-

ma and, as in Decaisne's arrangement, includes P. pyramidalis as well as P. oblongus and

/'. Phoenix. Endlicher failed to recognise that /'. pyramidalis had slipped into the wrong group.

In Kützing (Spec. Algarum pp. 505,506) again describes Corallocephalus, this time

with eight species: — C. Penicillus, C. elongatus, C. pyramidalis \ C. dumetosus, C. Lamourouxii,

rranulosus, C. arbuscula and C. eriophorus.

In 1857 Harvey (Nereis Hor -Amer. III. pp. 44 — -46) indicates his opinion that Rhipo-

■ du not to be separated off from Penicillus and he adopts in place of it Endlicher's

Halipsygma. He regards the species as variable and limits them to three — /'.

/'. capita lus and /'. Phoenix. His views on the septate character of the filaments

of the capitulum have hein mentioned above.

In WoRONiNi (in Ann. Sci. Nat. 41 sér. XVI. [862 pp. 208- — 211) demonstrates

thal hut a state of Penicillus.

7i

Both J. G. Agardh (Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887, pp. 58 — 65) and De Toni (Sylloge Algarum
vol. I. 18S9, pp. 500 — 504) maintain the genera Penicillus and Rhipocepkalus as distinct, and
110 author would now question their validity.

Finally, Monsieur Bornet (Algues de P. K. A. Schousboe, Paris 1892, in Mém. Soc.
nationale Sci. nat. et math. de Cherbourg T. XVIII. 1892 p. 57 (217)) includes Espera mcditer-
ranea Thur. in the £enus Penicillus.

&v

Morphological.

Extern al characters. The thallus of Penicillus consists of root-mass, stipes and
capitulum. The plants grow either singly or together in clumps or in colonies. The local name
is "The Merman's Shaving Brush". In herbarium specimens the plant varies from green to
white, becoming bleached with age and exposure to light. Sometimes the stipes branches
dichotomously (as in P. dumetosus), and each branch bears a capitulum ; but in other species
the stipes is almost always unbranched. The root-mass is composed of long filaments bearing
lateral fascicles of long, straight, dichotomously branched rhizoids, which are generally matted
together into a compact mass with sand and calcareous débris. The stipes may be cylindrical,
or more or less compressed, and varies in length and width, being as a rule broad ancl com-
pressed in P. dumetosus (fig. 156) and narrow ancl cylindrical in P. capitatus (fig. 164). It
may taper downwards or rarely upwards. It is always calcified ancl varies from rigid to more
or less soft and compressible, being more or less hollow within as in P. Lamourouxii (fig. 162).
The surface has sometimes a velvety appearance, as in P. dumetosus and P. pyriformis, or
dull or polished as in other species. (For details of stipes-cortex see p. 75).

The capitulum varies in shape and size. It may be large (10 — 15 cm.) composed of
long, wide, straggling, and but slightly calcified filaments, as in P. dumetosus-, or short (2 cm.)
globose and compact, composed of short, thin, rigid and well calcified filaments as in P. capi-
tatus. I he filaments of the capitulum may all arise close to the apex of the stipes or they
may emerge irregularly at some distance down the stipes as in P. capitatus f. elongatus
(fig. 1 66), giving the upper part of the stipes a whiskered appearance. The individual fila-
ments branch dichotomously, the points of dichotomy occurring at more or less regular inter-
vals, with the intervening portion of filament free from constrictions ; or the filaments may be
constricted in a moniliform or bead-like manner, as in P. 7iodulosus (figs. 173, 174). Further,
the successive dichotomies always lie in alternate planes, thereby distinguishing Penicillus
from Rhipocepkalus^ in which the dichotomies of the comal filaments lie in one plane.

Structure. As regards the internal structure of Penicillus, we have very little to add
to the account given by Montagne in Dumont D'Urville's Voyage au Pole Sud (Botanique
vol. I 1845. pp. 26 — 29. pi. 14. fig. e — i). Montagne was in error in figuring and describing
the filaments of the capitulum of P. arbuscula (= P. nodulosus) as being septate (compare
our fig. 173(7); but apart from this we can confirm nearly all that he says. The few mam
filaments which constitute the skeleton of the stipes are modified into rootlets below and into
the free branches of the capitulum above. The main rootlets, 2 — 10 cm. long, fairly straight,

nodulose al at lower end, transparent, are usuall) simpje, but emit

on .ill sides .it shorl intervals throughout their whole length numerous lateral root-hairs, long
and transparent, which, branching dichotomously, rapidly taper into very fine fibrils

\ ii|> into the stipes, the transition into the typical stipes-filamenl

it-hairs gradually become stouter, thicker and interwoven, and so are

il "crampons 01 abbreviated dichotomous lateral branchlets, the calcified

with those of adjacent branchlets to form the cortical layer of the

I i ;i lateral branchlets have the appearance of standing on a pyramidal

th( constriction found near 1 1 h ■ base ol all branches except the rooi fibrils.

min filaments ot the stipes ma) 1"- straight or flexuose, cylindric or nodulose,

simpl .paringly dichotomous. At the apex of the stipes thej lose their lateral branchlets,

.kcd with granular contents, increase in size and acquire a thicker wall; then

jing from the stipes they branch repeatedly and dichotomously, become more or less

calcified and constitute the free filaments of the capitulum. These free filaments as seen in

herbarium specimens present the appearance of an inner green tube which has shrunk away

from the rigid outer calcified sheath. (This is sometimes less obvious in /'. dumetosus, in

which species the filaments are but slightly calcified I 'he outer calcified sheath has the

appearance of being perforated (compare fig. 182) by numerous small rounded pon-s sec p. 102 .

Il" examined in a dry state muler the microscope these are seen to consist of minute spherical

bubble-like chambers as describetl by Montauxi (loc. cit.) for his P. arbuscula each opening

b) a minute ostiole in the delicate calcified pellicle that covers them (compare also the further

remarks on pp. o and 102).

According to Woronini the calcium carbonate does not begin to form upon the filaments
ot /'. mediterraneus until the end ut the summer, so that the young ends of the filaments
stand out green anti soft from the hardened calcified thallus of the previous years.

The filaments "f Penicillus are constricted at intervals, which may be long or short
according to the species. The walls at these points become much thickened and often transversely
striate on the outside, while communication along the filaments is maintained through a much
narrowed opening. Stoppers have been described and figured by Woronine for /'. mediter-
ranen*, similar to those found in Codium (see p. 5).

Development. There are two distinct forms of development in this genus according

t<> whether the formation of the stipes follows or precedes that of the comal filaments. In two

of the species, /'. nodulosus and P. mediterraneus, the free filaments which form the primitive

capitulum are developed in the young plant immediately above the rhizoids, without any inter-

tte stipes. the stipe-, being gradually huilt up later. This is mentioned 1>\ Harvey for P.

arbuscula 1= /'. nodulosus) Phyc. Austr. vol. I. tab. XXII. and by Woronine for /'. mediter-

Ann. Sci. Nat. 41' sér. XVI. [862. pp. 208 i\\). In Kew Herbarium there are

ens of /'. nodulosus in which the primary ascending filaments or primitive capitulum

fully beaded and gradually produce "crampons" or lateral branchlets. These crampons

to form a cortex which envelopes and binds together the primary filaments into a

md stip'

72,

In the West Indian species on the other hand, the stipes is developed early in the
young plant and grows to a considerable length (P. capitatus f. elongatus), perhaps to its full
size, and then the filaments, the formation of which has been postponed, develop at the summit
of the stipes. We have seen specimens which have a fully developed stipes hearing only a
few short, slightly calcified filaments at the .apex ; and Dr. M. A. Howe from personal obser-
vation confirms the fact of the stipes being formed before the capitulum in West Indian species.

The stipes (or rhachis) evidently ceases from its growth when once the capitulum begins
to be formed ; and therein Penicillus differs from Rhipocephahts \ in which genus the rhachis
retains the power of slow continued apical growth for long after the first appearance of the
capitulum (see p. 92).

R egener at io n. As regards the power of regeneration possessed by Penicillus, Miss
Elsie Kupper has shown (in Mem. Torrey Bot. Club. XII n° 3. 1907. pp. 227, 228) that plants
of P. capitatus, when decapitated, produced, after the lapse of about a month, a young head
of comal filaments. And the accompanying figure shows that similar filaments had broken out
singly or in groups along the stipes.

Habitat. Penicillus grows on muddy sand and among débris of coral just below tide
limits. Mazé and Schramm (1. c. p. 91) record specimens of it as growing at Guadeloupe in
calm water on muddy sand at a depth of 1 meter, and again on reefs in the open or among
banks of Zostera at a short distance from the shore. Dr. Howe found P. capitatus in 3 — 10 dm.
of water at Key West and P. dumctosus in mangrove mud near low water mark in Florida.
Mrs. Pease whose name is well-known as a collector in the West Indies writes: "Penicillus
" dumetosus grew in some abundance in a pool near Manchioneal. The pool was narrow, with
"precipitous tufa walls, which towards the sea closed over the pool in an arch through which
"the waves broke heavily. The Penicillus grew among eelgrass, in muddy soil covered by a
" coating of powdered shell and coral. With it were P. capitatus, Avrainvillea longicaulis and
" Halimedas. The P. dumctosus lookecl like miniature groves of carefully trimmed evergreen
"trees, grey green in colour". Mrs. Pease in Collins' Algae of Jamaica. Proc. Amer. Acad.
XXXVII. Nov. 1901. p. 245.

The colour of living plants varies according to the amount of calcification from a full
deep-green to grey-green.

F r u c t i f i ca t i o n. No information of a satisfactory character has ever been published
about the reproduction of Penicillus. The bodies which Woronine observed in P. mediterra-
neus and which with much doubt he suggested might be zoosporangia, need re-in vestigation.
The problem of the propagation of Penicillus is one which can only be solved by a careful
stucly of the living plants.

Duchassaing (Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris 1850, pp. 27, 28) has stated that
Nesea [= Penicillus] is propagated by sporules and by propagules. As regards the former he
erroneously assumes that the numerous pores in the incrustation, which are sometimes open,
sometimes closed, are oviferous capsules. As to the propagules, he describes and figures the
development in Nesea pcuicellus [= P. capitatus], saying that a surculus, given off by the
tufted roots, travels under the sand for a distance of 10 — 12 inches from the mother-plant,

SIISOGA-EXPEDITIK I.X1I. IO

and then ü »n puts oul a tuit of branches above, which dicho

nul th, I !i. propagation is repeated, and thus whole colonies of plants

I with "ii- anoth<
lt m.i\ iii.it among other problems which awail investigation are the

chromatophores, etc . and the meaning and mode of development
•

distr ibu tion. Penicillus flourishes mainly in the West Indian region

Atlantic, and indeed Penicillus and Rhipocephalus are both especially well

Bahamas. I me species of Penicillus occurs in the Moluccas and in West

th Australia ; a new species was collected in the Malay Archipelago by the Siboga

and another occurs in the Mediterranean. The species are mosdy rather I<
nfined to their own respective regions. This at least is the case with the West Indian
and Mediterranean species lt is however not improbable that /'. nodulosus, tht- Indian < I

may be found more widely distributed, and it should be sought on the coral reefs
and islands between Ceylon and the coast of Africa as well as in the Red Sea, and perhaps
in the Pacil

Sj stemati c.

The species of Penicillus have always been founded <>n external characters and in the

ent monograph they are perforce, through scarcity of sufficiënt anatomical differences, treated

on similar lines. The absence of sharp distinctions between some of the species is feit when

collectioiis are examined ; and for this reason Harvey, who had collected specimens both

in the Tropical Atlantic and the Pacific, considered that only three species can reasonablv be

maintained, viz., P. dumetosus, P. capitatus, and /'. arbuscula (= P. nodulosus). All inter-

mediate species would therefore have to be sunk into one or other of the two first mentioned,

since P. nodulosus, recorded only from the Eastern hemisphere, has a distinct character of its

own. This view of the species of Penicillus is too limited to be maintained at the present day.

Having had the opportunity of examining the types of Penicillus in the herbaria of Dei visne

and 1 oux, and the specimens collected in the West Indies by Dr. Marshall A. Howe

and others, we have realised that at least two species stand between /'. dumetosus and /'. capi-

tatit<. < )ne of these intermediates is represented by /'. Lamourouxii Decne. and the other by

/'. / To /'. Lamourouxii we have added a variety, var. gracilis dep]), which we

to represent Nesea pyramidalis Lamouroux, the type of which, as mentioned below,

is non-existent. This new form is almost as nearly related to /'. capitatus as to P. Lamourouxii.

As to /' - 'ongatus Decne., it approaches so near to /'. capitatus that we have made it a

•ï of that spe, i

1 or the material of P. pyriformis and /', Lamourouxii var. gracilis we are indebted
i • Dr Marshali A. Howe, whose algological researches and careful observations in the West
Indi oducing many interesting results

The synopsis of species given on p. 76 is based on the diameter o\ the filaments of
ilum and on the character of the stipes-cortex. fhe habit of each species is charac

75

teristic, and, when once learned, affords a ready means of distinction ; it is however extremely
difficult to define in words, though easily expressed in drawings. A strong systematic character
is afforded by the calcified cortex of the stipes in some of the species, when examined under
a low power (X 30 — 40) of the microscope. In two of the species, P. dumetosus (fig. 159^)
and P. pyriformis (fig. \~j\a), the stipes-cortex is seen to be caespitoso-papillose, vvhile in all
the rest the cortex appears pseudoporose, that is, porous, but with the pores closed by a
thin film. The pores are comparatively large in P. Lamourouxii and its var. gracilis (fig. 163c?)
and P. nodulosus (fig. 1 7 5 <rr), and very small in P. capitatus (fig. i68<?) and P. mediterraneus
(fig. i8o«). They are still more minute in Rhipocephalus phoenix (fig. iSótf). These papillae
and pores represent the ultimate divisions or apices of the lateral appendages of the main
filaments of the stipes, as may be seen after decalcification and dissection.

The absence or presence of bead-like constrictions in the filaments of the head is only
useful as a systematic character in dividing P. nodulosus, the Australian species, from all the
others. In P. nodulosus the filaments are constricted in moniliform rows of varied length,
while in the rest of the genus such beading occurs but irregularly and much less markedly,
and forms no distinctive character.

Up to the present time the fructification of Penicillus has not been seen. It is possible
that this, should it exist, might add a systematic character to the definition of the species.

Penicillus Lamarck
Sur les Polypiers empatés, in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris XX. 18 13. p. 297.

Nesaea Lamouroux Mém. class. Polyp. corall. in Nouv. Buil. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris III.

i8r2. p. 185.
Nesea Lamouroux Hist. des Polyp. corall. flex. 18 16. p. 253.
Coralliodendron Kützing Über d. Polypiers calcifères des Lamouroux in Oftent. Prüf. Realschule

Nordhausen 1841. p. 11.
Penicillus Decaisne in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2<= sér. torn. XVIII. 1842. p. 96.
Corallocephalus Kutzing in Linnaea XVII. 1843. p. 95; Phycolog. generalis 1843. p. 310.
Poropsis Kützing Tab. Phyc. VI. 1856. p. 29, tab. 85, I.
Espera J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 55.
Penicillus J. G. Agardh op. cit. p. 58.
Espera De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 499.
Penicillus De Toni op. cit. p. 500.

Penicillus Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 391.
Penicillus Wille in Engler und Prantl naturl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. 1890. p. 141, fig. 93.

Thallus composed of stipes, capitulum and root-mass. Root-mass fibrous, long, branched,
sometimes matted into a dense bulb. Stipes erect, usually terete, encrusted externally, hollow
and laxly fibrous within (when dry), composed of numerous unicellular, longitudinal, interwoven
filaments, dichotomously branched and bearing lateral appendages, the peripheral endings of
which are approximated together to form a cortex, which becomes thickly calcified. Capitulum
composed of a more or less dense, brush-like tuft of unicellular free filaments; filaments repeatedly
dichotomous in alternating planes, sometimes trichotomous, constricted at base of each branch
and elsewhere ; branches always spreading, covered with a porous calcareous pellicle.

Key to t h e sp
1. Plant distinctl) differentiated into stipes and capitulum (Pent-

\ ( laments of capitulum nol continuously

moniliforni i \ are West Indian

Filaments <>t capitulum 400 — Soo fi or more in diam.,
calcified, about as |. stipes, spreading.

• stipes caespitoso-papillose under microscope. 1. /'. dumetosus (p. 76).
Filaments of capitulum 300 — 500 u. in diam., calcified,
short, erect. Stipes compressible, flattened; surface

pseudoporose under microscope 2. /'. Lamourouxü (p. 7

Filaments of capitulum 100 — 300^., calcified, crowdcd.

Stipes terete, hard: surface niinutely pseudoporose . 3. /'. capitatus (p. 81).
Filaments of capitulum [50 — 200 u. in diam., calcified,
interlaced; capitulum pyriform. Stipes usually short,
rough', wrinkled, with surface caespitoso-papillose; under

microscope 4. P. pyriformis (p. 85).

Filaments of capitulum 160 — 200 /jt, calcified. Mediter-

ranean). Stipes with surface minutely pseudoporose. 6. /'. mediterraneus (p. .v;
H Constrictions of filaments of capitulum continuously monili-
form below, of varying length aböve. Indian Ocean). Stipes

with surface uneven, spumosely pseudoporose .... 5. P. nodulosus (p. S6).
II Plants not differentiated into stipes and capitulum. {Espera).
Ascending filaments 100 — 1 20 u, caespitose. Mediter-

ranean) , . 6. State of /'. mediterraneus.

Ascending filaments 90 — 140 a. (Malay Archipelago). 7. P. Sibogae (p. S9).

1. Penicillus dumetosus Blainville \adumetosa',\

Manuel d'Actinologie. 1 S34. p. 553.
Syn. Nesea dumetosa Lamouroux Hist. Polyp. Corall. flex. 1816. p. 259, tab. VIII, \v^. 3 [male depicta].
■ buisson Blainville in Nouv. Dict. d'Hist. Nat. XXII. [818. p. 583.
ea dumeh ■ Deslongchamps in Encyclopéd. Méthodique, Zoophyt. [824—5. p. 5
Nesea dumetosa Blainville in Dict. Sci. Nat. XXXIV. 1S25. p. 493.

Penicillus dutneti Decaisne Mem. Corallines in Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2. XVIII. 1S42. p. 109.

Penicillus dumetosus Endlicher Mant. Bot. Gen. Plant. Suppl. III. [843. p. [8.

xllocephalus dumetosus Kützing Spec. Alg. [849. ]>. 506.
Penicillus <lu»: Harvey Nereis Bor.-Amer. III. 1857. p. 44. tab. 53, A.

rallocephalus Lamourouxü Kützing Tab. Phyc. VIII. [858. p. 13, tab. 29, fig. 1 (non Spec.
-\f
Corallocephalus affinis Kützing Tab. Phyc. VIII. 1858. p. 13, tab. 30.
Penicillus longiarticulatus Crouan in Ma/c et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloüpe, Ed" II.

-77- I'
Penicillus clavatus Crouan in Ma/r et Schramm, .loc. cit. p. 91.

Penicillus dumetosus Farlow in Proc. Amer. Ac, ui. X. 1875 p. 378; U. S. ImsIi Comm.
Report III p. 712.

77

Penicillus dumetosus J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 61.

Penicillus dumetosus Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).

Penicillus clavatus Murray loc. cit.

Penicillus dumetosus De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 501.

Penicillus dumetosus Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. [909. p. 392.

Hab. ATLANTIC. No locality, Herb. Laniouroux ! (type of Nesea dumetosa Lamx.). — Bahamas,
F. JA Rayner, in Herb. Mus. Brit.! -- Bahamas, Bemini Harbour, April 17. 1904, M. A.
Howe ! - - Florida, Farlow in Mus. Bot. Copenhagen ! — Florida, Old Rhodes Key, Curtiss !
— Florida, Boca Chica Key, Southwick, in Herb. Collins! — Key West, Harvey\ —
Florida, Caesar 's Creek, south of Elliott's Key, in mangrove mud near low water mark,
March 31, 1904, M. A. Howe n° 2952! in Herb. Mus. Brit. — Jamaica, Manchioneal, Pease
and Butler in Phyc. Bor.-Amer. n" 769 pro parte in Herb. Mus. Brit. ! — Antilies, Voyage
du Cap. Baudin, Herb. Mus. Paris! • ■ Antilles (sub nom. "Ar. pyramidalis Lmx.") in
Herb. Decaisnel — Anguilla, W. R. Elhott\ — Guadeloupe, St. Martin (Lac Simpson),
dans Ie sable, presqu'au rivage (eaux troubles tres salins), Mazé n° 166 sub nom. "Penicillus
clavatus" Crouan ! — Guadeloupe, Moule (brisante de la Couronne) Mazé 88, i«e sér. !,
1074!, 1075! (all three sub nom. " Penicillus longiarticulatus Crouan").

The largest and coarsest species of the genus. Stipes very variable, 2.5 — 8.0 cm. long
and 5 — 15 mm. in diameter, often branched, thickened upwards generally compressed, with
dull, sometimes rough, calcified surface, which is seen to be caespitoso-papillose under microscope.

Capitulum subglobose, usually green (or faded) when dry, attaining a diameter of
1 5 cm. or more.

Filaments of capitulum dichotomously branched mostly in alternating planes, sometimes
trichotomously branched, loosely spreading, usually flaccid and thinly calcified, collapsed and fiat
when dry, 400 — 800 p. or more (usually 500 — 650 fjt, in diameter when terete), mostly attaining
a length of 4 — 8 cm. or more, being about as long as the stipes.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages 3 — 5 times dichotomously divided and
terminated by blunt dactyline apices. [Fig. 156 — 159].

Penicillus dumetosus in its representative form (fig. 156) is the most clearly marked
species of the genus. The stipes is often branched and generally more or less compressed ;
the filaments of the capitulum are thinly calcified and are long, broad and flaccid (in dried
specimens they are green or faded), rarely if ever shewing beadlike constrictions. It varies
very much in length of stipes, size of capitulum and diameter of filaments ; but as a rule the
main characteristics just enumerated hold good and serve to distinguish all representative forms
without difficulty.

Lamouroux's type of Nesea ditmelosa, kindly leut to us by Prof. Lignier, is a small
specimen (fig. 157). lts stipes is short and thick, and the filaments flaccid and rather narrow,
400 — 500 ij. (rarely 550 p), though described by Lamouroux as being more than 1 mm. in
diameter (Hist. Polyp. Corall. Flex. 1816. p. 258. tab. VIII, fig. 3). There is however no
doubt as to the identity of Lamouroux's plant with P. dumetosus as commonly accepted.
Lamouroux's figure is a bad one ancl apt to be misleading. The comal filaments are represented
with Cliylocladia-Wke joints ; however the general outline of the figure agrees with Lamouroux's
type-specimen, though the drawing has been reversed in printing.

ecimen labelled 1>\ De( usnj ".\ ■■ leiosa Lamx.l

Antilli ■ \ idin)' probabl) representing his idea ol /' dumetosus in 1842,

he pul 1 of the genus. It has a short stipes and .1 dishevelled capitulum,

We mal filament (fig. 158a). rhere is also in Herb. Mus Paris another

men of /' but it is labelled ".V pyramidalis Lmx." in Lamouroux's handwriting.

\\ , 1 li is .1 young plant, the comal filaments < > f which are not .is long as

.1 branched comal filament (fig. 15-
is .1 figure in K rziNG's lal' Phyc VIII. 1858, which we think ought to be
1 species. It is his Corallocephalus affinis (op. cit. tab drawn from

all plant, the stipes of which has In-en broken off. The comal filaments in the drawing
from about 500- 700 ja, thus agreeing with /'. dumetosus. Kt rziNG also figures
Lamourouxii op cit tab. 29, I.) which has the lax comal habit of a slender
of /'. dumetosus, in which species we should certainly place it. bul for his statement
t'nat the magnified portions of filament alongside the main figure are "loomal vergrössert".
This would allow these filaments a diameter of t>nl\- 150— tgoju a si/e which is characte-

ristic of /'. capitatus. But Kt rziNG's figure has not the habit of /'. capitatus. Nor has it the
habit oi /', Lamourouxii nor ol /'. Lamourouxii var. gracilis. The question is whether his
illocephalus Lamourouxii can be a slender example of P. dumetosus with the magnifica
tion wrongly stated. We include it with a query under the present species. This drawin
K l'al>. Phyc. VIII. tab. 29. I 1 resembles rather nearly a specimen in the British

Museum, namely, Mazé's n" 1074 (sul) nom. Penicillus longiarticulatus] from Guadeloupe,
which has a similar lax coma and an equally slender stem. but has filaments with a diameter
varying from 550— 700^. Another of Mazé's specimens issued sub nom. /'. longiarticulatus \
namely n" 88, icu' sér., from Guadeloupe, is a dwarf plant, curiously enough very like
ng's other figure (Tab. Phyc. VIII. tab. 30, Corallocephalus affinis) discussed above. lts
filaments measure 700^. Again another of Mazé's specimens represented in the British Museum
is his n" [66 from Guadeloupe, sub nom. Penicillus clavatus. It has a long compressed dull
stipes with dull papillose cortex, slightly widening upwards, and a short dense coma, the fila-
ments of which measure from 450 — 500 1;.. and are slightly more calcified than is usual in
(umelosus, to which species we refer it.

The name of P. dumetosus is not employed at all by Mazé and Schramm in their Algues de

ladeloupe. Possibly they, or rather Crouan, were driven to invent new names for plants which

would have referred to Lamouroux's Nesea dumetosa, had the figure not been so misleading.

The geographical distribution of /'. dumetosus is the West Indian region, where it is

fairly common.

2. Penicillus Lamourouxii 1 )ecaisne

Mém. sur les Corallines in Ann. Sci. Xat. sér. 2. torn. XVIII 1842. p. 109.

\llina penicillus Ellis and Solander Nat. Ilist. of Zoophytes [786. p. i.,r (pro pari

'tiidalis Lamouroux Histoire Polypii illigènes flexibles, 1 S 1 r>. p. 258; and

Mali. 1821. p. 23.

79

Nesea penicillus var. ramulis crassioribus Deslongchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. 1824 — 5.

p. 568.
Nesea pyramidalis Blainville Uict. Sci. Nat. XXXIV. 1825. p. 493.
Penicillus pyramidalis Blainville Man. d'Actinolog. 1834. p. 553.
Penicillus pyramidalis Decaisne Mém. sur les Corallines 1. c. 1842. p. 109.
Penicillus Lamourouxii Endlicher Mant. Bot. Gen. Plant. Suppl. III. 1843. p. 18.
Corallocephalus Oedipus Kutzing Phyc. Gen. 1843. p. 310.
Corallocephahis pyramidalis Kützing Spec. Alg. 1849. P- 5°ö-
Corallocephalus Lamourouxii Kutzing Spec. Alg. 1849. p. 506. (non Tab. Phyc. VIII. 1858.

tab. 29, I.)
Penicillus Lamourouxii De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 502.
Penicillus Lamourouxii A. & E. S. Gepp in Journ. of Bot. XLIII. 1905. p. 2.
Penicillus Lamourouxii Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 392.

forma typica.

Hab. ATLANTIC. West Indies, Banc de Bahama, Herb. Laniouroux, type of P. Lamourouxii Decne. ! —
Bahamas, Great Exuma, Georgetown, Howe, n" 4081 ! — No locality, Herb. Chauvin, sub
nom. Corallocephalus dumetosusl — Annato Bay, Jamaica, Pease and Butler in Herb. Collins !

var. gracilis. A. & E. S. Gepp

in Journ. of Botany XLIII, 1905, p. 2.

Penicillus Lamourouxii var. gracilis Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II.
1909. p. 393.

Hab. Atlantic. Florida, Key West, in 3 — 10 dm. of water at low tide, Oct. 25. 1902, M. A. Hozve
n" 1412/'! — Florida, Tarpon Key, Curtiss in Herb. Mus. Brit.! — Bahama Bank, Rayner
in Herb. Mus. Brit. ! — Bahamas, Bemini Harbour, with other species of Penicillus and
Rhipocephalus, Apr. 16. 1904, M. A. Hozve n° 3238! — Bahamas, Fort George Cay, Caicos
Islands, Howe in Phyc. Bor. Amer. nu 1476! — West Indies, Scrivener Collodion in Herb.
Mus. Brit.! -- Manchioneal, Jamaica, Pease and Butler in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n° j6(j\ —
St. Croix, B'órgesen in Herb. Börgesen !

Stipes unbranched, rather short, 25 — 40 mm. in length, 5 — 8 mm. in diameter, usually
compressed, rarely subcanaliculate on one side when dry, thickly encrusted, smooth, hollow,
soft and compressible, not penetrating into the capitulum. Surface of stipes appearing pseudo-
porose under microscope.

Capitulum springing from apex of stipes, often globose, about 2 — 5 cm. in diameter.

Filaments of capitulum rigid, ascending, well calcified, about 300 — 500 u. in diameter,
constricted at unequal intervals, often globosely constricted below the dichotomy.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages which are 3 — 4 times dichotomously
divided and terminated by short truncate apices. [Figs. 160 — 163].

forma typica.

Capitulum composed of sparse filaments, mostly 400 — 500 u. thick.

var. gracilis.

Capitulum usually larger, denser, filaments of the capitulum twice as numerous as in
the type and more slender (300 — 400 u, rarely 450 u. thick), ascending, much calcified. and
very slightly entangled.

The type of thi tated by De< visni to 1" 'Nesea dumetosa var." in Herb

I \ and to I' al Bahama.

\\ t li nd in Herb Lami a sheet of specimens with the label %Nesea dunte-

Banc de Bahama", and with .1 supplementary slip bearing the pencilled word " Lamourouxii"
in D handv rh< e plants (ol which the best specimen is shown in fig. [6

\ with I ne's description and unquestionably represent his typ< But curiouslj

in Herb. Mus. Paris .1 plant of a very different character which is labelli
Dne in 1 >i ■ visne's MS.); this however, as is shown under Rhipo-
p. 99 is clearly nothing but the losl type of that species with a wrong
■
/'. Lamourouxii is distinguished from /'. dumetosus by the filaments of the capitulum,
which are few (in forma typica\ short, rigid, well-calcified, terete, and ascending, whereas those
/'. du met os; . are crowded, long (about as long as the stipes), flaccid, thinly calcified, flattened
when dry. Also the surface of the stipes of P. Lamourouxii appears pseudoporose under the
microscope, whilst that ol /'. dumetosus appears caespitoso-papillose (see p. 7) Further, an
imination ol the filaments shows that in /'. dumetosus the constrictions occur at more ur
- lengthy intervals, while in P. Lamourouxii the internodes are shorter and a bead-like
striction is often found just below or above a dichotomy (fig. [61). This is noted by De< \is\i
in liis original description of /'. Lamourouxii, where he speaks of the filaments as being
"baud ran> ad dichotomias globoso-contractis".

This species in its typical condition appears to be rare. We have seen four gatherings

it; 1. the original Bahama specimens in 1 lerb. Lamouroux-. 2. a sheet of unlocalized specimens

in Herb. Chauvin; 3. a single plant in Herb. Collins from Annato Bay, Jamaica; and 4. 1 )r. Howi 's

ecimen in Herb. Kew. It does not occur in the British Museum. Could it possibly be over-

looked bj collectors as an abnormal or poor and old specimen?

In some collections of Penicillus there is to be found an intermediate plant, the

filaments of which are too slight for the typical /'. Lamourouxii and vet too robust for P.

capitatus. This wc have described in Journal of Botany XLIII, [905, p. 2, tab. 468, fig. 2,

/'. Lamourouxii var. gracilis^ the type of which is Dr. Howe's n" 1412/' from Key West,

Florida (fig. 1021. lts capitulum is dense, the filaments are calcified (except sometimes at the

tipsi and measure from 300 400ja, in diameter; further the stipes is flattened, soft and com-

pressible. It is more common than typical /'. Lamourouxii, and in herbaria we find it placed

under /'. capitatus, from which it differs in its stouter and less numerous filaments. and its

ier, wider and softer stem. with coarser pseudoporose cortex. In habit it agrees much more

el) with /'. Lamourouxii. differing from it mainly in having much more abundant and

erer filaments.

In the British Museum are three unp 1 ed plants which must be placed under this

form. One "f these was collected on the Bahama bank by F. M. Rayner; the other two

the West Indies and were purchased from Mr. Scrivener. They ^\\\üy from typical

in having a laxer capitulum. They are of special interest, as they appear to us to

clue 1- to the identit) of Nesea pyramidalis Lamx. Lamouroux founded that

Si

on tab. 25, fig. 5 of Ellis and Solander's Natural History of Zoophytes, which forms part
of their Corallina Penicillus. Lamouroux expressly states that he had never seen the actual
plant and complains of the difhculty of founding a description on a mere figure. Ellis and
Solander's specimen is we believe 110 longer in existence ; hence it is impossible to make sure
what Nesea pyramidalis really is. If Ellis and Solander's fig. 5 is an accurate representation,
we believe that we have found in the Rayner plant, mentioned above, a clue to the original
specimen. The Rayner plant exactly corresponds with the figure quoted so far as the capitulum
is concerned ; but lacks the pyramidal stipes emphasised by Lamouroux. This in itself is not
of importance ; for the figure quoted clearly shows that the stem proper is very short and
passes imperceptibly into a large conical mass of matted root-fibres, an abnormal but not
uncommon occurrence in the genus. We therefore believe that Lamouroux was in error in
describing his Nesea pyramidalis as having a pyramidal stem ; and we consider that the
Rayner and Scrivener plants above-mentioned represent N. pyramidalis Lamx., i. e. Penicillus
pyramidalis Decne. Thus N. pyramidalis is in our opinion nothing but a lax state of P .
Lamouroux ii var. gracilis\ but of course we feel that in the absence of the type-specimen it
is impossible to be absolutely certain.

We ought to add that in Herb. Decaisne there is a specimen named aJV. pyramidalis
Lmx. (Antilies)" apparently in Lamouroux's own writing, to which Decaisne has added
"(Decaisne!)" to show his approval of the determination. This is however merely a small
plant of P. dumciosus with a pyramidal mass of matted root-fibres. The flaccid filaments of
its capitulum in 110 way resemble the well-calcified rigid filaments represented in Ellis and
Solander's figure. In diameter they correspond with those of P. dumetosus (see pi. XIX,
fig. 158 f) (see also p. 78).

An aberrant form of P. Lamouroiixii f. graeilis is seen in Dr. M. A. Howe's n" 1 74S
from Key West. It is a ragged and dishevelled specimen with a short stem and filaments
laxly disposed and varying from 6 — 1 2 cm. in length.

The geographical distribution of P. Lamouroiixii is confined to the West Indian region.

ó-

Penicillus capitatus Lamarck

Sur les Polyp. empat. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris XX. 1S13. p. 299.
Syn. Sceleton fungi terrestris Seba Rerum Natural. Thesaurus I. 1734. p. 5, tab. 1, fig. 10.
Corallina penicillus Linnaeus Syst. Nat. Ed. X. 1758, p. 807. sp. 10.
Corallina penicillus Linnaeus Syst. Nat. Ed. XII reformata, vol. I. 1766. p. 1305.
Corallina penicillus Pallas Elenchus Zoophytorum 1766. p. 428 n° 10.
Corallina penicillus Ellis & Solander Nat. Hist. Zoophytes 1786. p. 126, tab. 25, fig. 4.
Corallina penicillus Gmelin Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. I, part VI. 1790. p. 3843.
Corallina penicillus Bosc Hist. Nat. des Vers (Suites a Buffon) vol. III. 180. Paris (Déterville)

1802. p. 72.
Nesaea penicillus Lamouroux Mem. Class. Polyp. Corall. in Nouv. Buil. Sci. Soc. Philomat. Paris

III. 1812. p. 185.
Penicillus capitatus Lamarck Polyp. empat. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris XX. 18 13. p. 299.
? Nesea eriophora Lamouroux Hist. des Polyp. Corall. flex. 18 16. p. 257.
Nesea penicillus Lamouroux op. cit. p. 258.
Penicillus capitatus Lamarck Anim. sans vert. torn. II. 18 16. p. 341.

SIEOGA-EXVEDITIE LXII. II

WH. 11. il IV. |8l7. p. .

list. Nat. vol. XXII. 1818. p. 583.
ibacht. natur.-hist. Reisen [819. tab. XI, Handb.

Lamouroux Expos. Méth. 1821. p. 23. tab 4.

D longchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. [824 5. p. -!
Blainville Dict. Sci. Nat. XXXIV. [825. p. 493.
1 Blainville op. cit. p. 4

Blainville op. cit. XI. I. 1826. p. 50.
Blainville Man. d'Actinolog. 1834. p. 553.
'at ui Lamarck Anim. sans vert. Ed. II. toni. II. [836. p. 525.
xpitatus Decaisne Mem. Corall. in Ann. Sci. Nat. J"" sér. t. XVIII. [842. p. 109.
., ttus 1 lecaisne 1. c.
xllocephalus Penicillus Kützing 1'hyc. Gen. 1843. p. 310.
ephalus Penicillus Kützing Spec. .V p. 505.

rallocephalus elongatus Kützing op. cit. p. 505.
ocephalus eriophorus Kützing <>p. cit. p.
Penicillus capitatus Payer Botan. Crypt. 1850. p. 32, figs. 142, [43.
Nesea penicillus Duchassaini Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris 1850. p. 28, tab. 1.

rallocephalus barbatus Kützing Tab. Phyc, VII. 1 S 5 7 . p. 8, tab. 20. II.
Penicillus capitatus Harvey Nereis Bor.-Amer. ])t. III. 1S57. p. 45.
Corallocephalus eriophorus Kützing Tab. 1'hyc. VIII. 1858. p. 13, tab. 29, fig. II.
Penicillus capitatus Mazé & Schram m Alg. de la Guadeloupe Ed. II. 1870 — 77. p. 90.
Penicillus elongatus Mazé & Schramm 1. c.
Penicillus capitatus Farlow in Proc. Amer. Acad. X. [875 p. 37S; and U.S. Fish Comm.

Report III. 1876 p. 712.
? Nesea en, 'f hora Lamour. in J. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1SS7. p. 63.
Penicillus capitatus Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. [889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Penicillus elongatus Murray in op. cit. p. 238.

Penicillus capitatus Howe in Journ. New Vork Hot. Garden IX. 1908. p. 124, tig. 17.
Penicillus capitatus Colli ns Green Alg. X. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. ^2.

Hal'. Atlantic. Bahamas, sub nom. Corallina Penicillus, fide Ellis & Solander. — Plantae Baha-

men ", ('a/es/n'. Bahamas, Catesby in Herb. Sloane vol. 232 fol. 16 and 18!

Bancs de Bahama, sub nom. Nesea Penicillus var. Herb. Lamouroux \ — Bahamas, Quaran-
tine Cay, Herb. Collins) - Bahama, Fort George Cay, Caicos Islands, //<>;oe in Phyc. Bor.
Amer. n' 1475! Bermuda, " Challenger" Expeditión! — Bermuda, Tuckerstown, Farlow
in Herb. Kew! - Bermuda, Farlow \, Fewkes\ in Herb. Collins. - Bermuda, Eli's Harbour,
Somerset, in 1 — 2 ft. of water at low tide, .1/. . /. Ho Hungrj Bay, .1/. . /. H

n •■- [86! 21S! Bermuda, Spanish Point, n" 172 and in a protected bay, Gibbet fsland,

in shallow water, .1/. A. Howe\ — Key West. Hooper, in Alg. Exs. Am. Bor. Farl
Anders. Eaton n" 43 in Herb. Mus. Brit.! (pro parte). — Key West, Oct. 25, 1902, in
3 — 10 dm. of watei. very common, M. A. Howe n" 1412! — Jamaica, Herb. Sloane, 1
fol. Port Antonio, Jamaica. Humphrey in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n" 271!, in Herb.

Brit. ■ Jamaica, Humphrey in 1'hyc. Hor. Amer. sub nom. " Udotea conglu/inata"
n" 1482! in Herb. Mus. Brit. Jamaica, Port Antonio, Pease and Put/er in Hauck &

Richter. Phyk. univ. n" 5 Jamaica, Herb. Collins'. Porto Rico, Sintenis, A.

Port anturce, San Juan, on muddy bottom in 3 dm. of water at low tide,

May 16 1903 M. .1. //. 1871! St. Thomas, " Challenger" Expedition\ St. Croix,

in Herb. I n!, and in Alg. Exs. Wittr. Nordst. Lag. n" 1203: — Leeward

mds, St. Eustatius, ha\ fathoms, Herb. Weber van Boss, ' - Antilles, Planner

n" Guadeloupe, Ste. Anne, Mazé, n" ; Guadeloupe, Ma .. n" 1 070 sub nom.

nicillus elongatus'.. also n" 1237 sub nom. /'. arbusculus var. minor Crn. mscr!, also
79 sub nom. P. Lamouroui tadeloupe, Moule, Vieux-Bourg, Pointe de la

83

Chapelle, lacunes vaseuses au milieu des madrepores, Mazè n° 488Ó/.Ï in Herb. Mus. Brit. ! —
West Indies, Scrivener collection in Herb. Mus. Brit.! - "Carolina, Bermuda and Cari-
bees" Clerk in Herb. Sloane vol. 318. fol. 48! — "PI: Centro-Americ.'" Oersted in Mus.
Bot. Copenhagen ! — No locality, sub nom. *Nesea Penicillus" in Herb. Chauvin\ — No
locality, sub nom. "iVesea penicillus Lamx. Penicillus capitatus Lamk. Coll. de Lamarck"
in Herb. Mus. Paris) - No locality, Lord Valenticis collection in Herb. Mus. Brit.!

forma clongata.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Banc de Bahama, Herb. Lamouroux ! — Bermuda, Farloiu in Herb. Collins ! -
Bermuda, in the ponds of Walsingham (having subterranean communication with the sea),
Howe n" 119! — Key West, Hooper in Alg. Exsicc. Am. Bor. Farl. Anders. Eaton, n" 43
(pro parte) in Herb. Mus. Brit.! - - Florida, Key West, Howe n° 1533! -- St. Croix Bór-
gesen ! — Guadeloupe, Saintes, Anse du Marigot, dans Ie sable, sub nom. P. elongatus,
Mazé, n° 166, ière sér. and n° 1073!

Stipes simple, very rarely branched, of varying length (2.5 — 14.5 cm.), narrow (3 — 5 mm.),
cylindrical, occasionally becoming wider above, hard, rigid, thickly encrusted, smooth, with
surface minutely pseudoporose (under microscope).

Capitulum globose or sometimes oblong, 2 — 6 cm. in diameter.

Filaments of capitulum densely crowded, slightly entangled, ascending, sometimes spreading
below, thickly encrusted, rigid, slender, 100 — 300 u in diameter; branchlets sometimes shortly
subtorulose or here and there constricted ; apices slightly swollen, often subtorulose.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages 4 — 5 times dichotomously divided, and
terminated by very small short truncate apices. [Figs. 164 — 168].

forma typica.

Corallina Penicillus Ellis and Solander, loc. cit.

Capitulum dense ; filaments generally 100 — 200 p. in diameter. Stipes about 4 — 8 cm.
long, usually not penetrating to middle of capitulum. [Figs. 164, 165, 168].

forma elongata.

Penicillus elongatus Decaisne, loc. cit.

Capitulum narrow, oblong, often interrupted or prolonged below ; filaments generally
200 — 300 ij. in diameter. Stipes elongate, 5.5 — 14.5 or more cm. long, penetrating beyond
middle of capitulum. [Figs. 166, 167].

P. capitatus is the commonest species of the genus, and was figured in literature as
long ago as 1734 by Seba. Though it is apt to vary in the size and shape of the capitulum
and the length of the stipes, the specific characters are fairly constant. The filaments are
slender, very numerous and well-calcified ; and the stipes is thin, hard, rigid and round; is
commonly 7 — 10 cm. long, and very rarely is branched. Harvey, who admitted only three
species in Penicillus proper, took a broad view of P. capitatus, and, as his herbarium shows,
included under this species anything intermediate between it and P. dumetosus. The delimi-
tation of the species is simplified by an examination of the stipes, the cortex of which under
the microscope (see p. 75) is seen to be minutely pseudoporose (fig. 168a), while that of

/■ -papillo Bul for the stipes-cha the fcwo species

might be sometimi owing t" the similarity of size <>f the capitulum filaments.

/' / is distinguished by its hollow compressible stipes and thicker

Amonj cimens in Herb Mus Paris is a plant of /'. capitatus Lamarck, "coll.

de Lamarck", I > i ■ usni . and this we figure for its historica! interest (fig [64 .

iall) short. The comal filaments have a diameter of [50 200 fi (fig.
non in the older collections.

tate of the species is represented in the British Museum b) a diminutive and

cimen (Jamaica, Humphrey), published under the name <>f Udotea conglutinata

l'h\ \mer. n" 14S2 and subsi-i|ucntly referred to f', cyathiformis in Collins's Green

■1' North America ]>. 395. It is a small starveling plant of /'. capitatus with typical

loporose stipes-cortex and rather thin (Vee comal filaments (100 — 150 ;j., rarely 200 v., in

diameter). In habit and si/c of plant it corresponds with /'. mediterraneus.

< >ur f. elongata is. as may be seen in the diagnosis above, founded on /'. elongatus
Decne. Mém. sur les Corallines p. 109), the type of which is in Herb. Lamouroux according
to I >i 1 visne. We have found specimens under the name *Nesea Penicillus var. Banc de
Bahama" in herb. Lamouroux, which exactly fit Decaïsne's description. One "f these speci-
mens is represented in fig. [66. Hie difference between these specimens and typical /'. capi-
tatus appears to consist in the extent to which the stipes penetrates into the capitulum, and
in the thicker comal filaments. In f. typica the stipes seldom reaches the middle of the capi-
tulum : in f. elongata it penetrates beyond the middle. In other words, the capitulum-filaments
arise from the stipes for a greater distance below the apex in f. elongata than is the case in
f. typica. In f. elongata subsidiary mits ol filaments sometimes arise from the stipes below the
main capitulum (PI. XIX. fig [66). This form of Penicillus is described and well figured by
K rziNG under the name of Corallocephalus barbatus (Tab. Phyc. vol. VII. p. 8, t. 20 fig. 2 .
The diameter of the filaments <>f /'. elongatus Decne. is generally about 200 — 300 [j. (fig. 167).
whereas that of typical P. capitatus is usually not more than 2007. (fig. [65). There are
however many intermediate links between the two forms which cannot be referred with d
tainty t" either. We are therefore in doubt whether f. elongata can really be maintained.

There is sometimes a little difficulty in distinguishing f. elongata from old dried speci-
mens of Rhipocephalus oblongus with which there is a strong superficial resemblance. The
must trustworthy distinguishing feature is that in Rh. oblongus the characteristic fiabellules can
always be found sec fig. 191 ) in the apical cavity of the capitulum even in battered speci-
ind at the bases of these fiabellules the dichotomies are closer together than the basal
otomies of the comal filaments ol P. capitatus f. elongata. This point is more fully dis
under Rh. oblongu

K i.iN'. has figured a plant in Herb. Sonder under the name of Corallocephalus erio-

l'ab. Phyc. VIII. 1858. p. 13, t. 2ii fig. Ik, which, judging from the figure, we believe

an old battered and dishevelled specimen of /'. capitatus. But whether Nesea

Lamx. (Hist. Polyp Corall. flex. 1816. p. 257) must also be referred to P. capitatus

«5

we do not know, since we have not seen the original specimen (Herb. Richard). It is strange
that Decaisne makes no reference to Nesea eriophora Lamx. in his monograph. Agardh's
suggestion that it was merged in P. Lamourouxii by Decaisne is untenable. Agardh had
never seen Decaisne's type of P . Lamourouxii. It occurs to us that the type of N. eriophora
Lamx. ma)- when examined prove to be a specimen of RhipocepJialus PJioenix with its comal
flabellules so lacerated and disintegrated as to have lost its generic character. There is in the
British Museum an ancient specimen (Herb. Samuel Dale) approaching such a condition and
presenting in part an appearance of cotton-wool (see p. 97).

The geographical distribution of P . capitatus is confined to the region of the West Indies.

4. Penicillus pyriformis A. & E. S. Gepp

in Journ. of Bot. XLIII. 1905. p. 1, pi. 468, fig. 1.
Syn. Penicillus Lamourouxii Mazé et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe 1870 — 77. p. 91 (pro parte).
Penicillus dumetosus Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XIV. 1874. p. 312.
Penicillus dumetosus Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Penicillus capitatus Murray loc. cit. (pro parte).
Penicillus pyriformis Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 393.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Bahamas, Bemini Harbour, April 16 1904, in 1 — 8 dm. of water, low tide, with
P. capitatus, Rliipocephalus Phoenix, etc. M. A. Howe, n° 3236, in Herb. Mus. Brit. ! -
Bahamas, Mariguana Island, Hozve, in Phyc. Bor. Amer. n° 1477! — Bermuda Islands,
Eli's Harbour, Somerset, on sandy bottom in 1 — 2 feet of water at low tide, Howe n° 244! -
Key West, Harvey ! and Hooper in Farlow, Anderson and Eaton's Alg. Exsicc. Amer. Bor.
n" 43 (pro parte) in Mus. Bot. Copenhagen ! -- St. Thomas, 5 — 15 fathoms, " Chal/cuger"
Expedition! and 20 fathoms, Börgesen, n° 1137 (pro parte)! — Guadeloupe, Pointe a Pitre,
ilet a Jarry, Masé n° 488 in Herb. Mus. Brit. ! — Without locality, Herb. Sloane, in Herb.
Mus. Brit. ! — Without locality, Lord Valentia, in Herb. Mus. Brit. !

Stipes short, not running up into capitulum, sometimes branched, 10 — 30 mm. long, and
6 — 7 mm. thick, somewhat compressed, with surface uneven, appearing caespitoso-papillose
under microscope.

Capitulum pyriform, large, (5 — -7 cm. long, 3 — 4.5 cm. wide), sometimes infundibuliform,
compact, thick and glaucous-green when dried.

Filaments of capitulum calcified, ascending, matted together, crowded, 150 — 200 u. in
diameter, divaricate, sometimes globosely constricted above or below the dichotomy.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages 3 — 4 times dichotomously divided and
terminated by tapering acute dactyline apices. [Figs. 169 — 171].

This species was discovered by Dr. M. A. Howe in the Bahamas and Bermudas and
with his courteous permission was described by us in 1905 (loc. cit.). When growing with other
species it can be recognised at once, as Dr. Howe pointed out to us, by its pyriform shape
(fig. 169), the density of the capitulum, the distinct interlacing of the filaments, and sometimes
also by its infundibuliform habit. WTe believe also that the clensely papillose cortex of its short
thick stipes is an infallible character (fig. 1710). The plant occurs in large colonies, and always
with the same characters.

In the size and crowding of the filaments it is most nearly allied to P. capitatus, from

which it differs much in the short, stout, sometimes branched stipes with papillose cortex, 1 1 1< -

voven <ln.. led filaments, and th< tant pyriform shape ol the capitulum.

It' a needie >«r pin into the capitulum under a few ol the filaments ol P pyri/ormis,

they will 1" ■ much interlaced to admit of being separated along their length

ipitulum. (The filament figured in fig. 1711 was extracted with considerable

periment be tried with a plant of P. capitatus^ the filaments are easily

■ ■in the rest ut' the capitulum, showing that they are not nearlj so densely

filaments of /'. pyriformis are sometimes globosely constricted above or below

■

dried specimens brought by 1 >r. Hcwi are very heavy as compared with other
equal si/c. This is due, as he pointed out, to the dens<- mass of matted comal
ind to tin- sand which has settled and become entangled among them.
The geographical distribution of /'. pyriformis is confined to the West Indies

5. Penicillus nodulosus Blainville

Man. d'Actinologie 1 834. p. 553; Atlas t. 97, fig. 1.
Syn. Nesea nodulosa Lamouroux [haud granulosa] in Freycinet Voyage autour du monde. Zo<>!
1824. p. 622, tal). 91, figs. 8, 9.
Nesea nodulosa Deslongchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. 1824 — 5. p. 569.
Penicillus arbuscula Montagne in D'Urville Voyage au P6le Sud. Bot. 1842 — 45. p. 25,

tal». 14. fig. 4.

Nesea granulosa Lamour. fide Decaisne in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2m« sér. toni. XVIII. 1842. p. 109.
Penicillus granulosus Decaisne loc. cit.

rallocepltalus granulosus Kutzing Species Algarum 1849. p. 506.
Corallocephalus arbuscula Kutzing loc. cit.

Nesea nedulosa Milne Edwards in Cuvier Le Règne Animal. Ed. III. vol. X. 1S49: p. 130.
Penicillus arbuscula Montagne Sylloge gen. sp. crypt. 1856. p. 451.
Penicillus arbuscula Harvey Phycologia Australica vol. I. 185S. tab. XXII.
Penicillus arbuscula J. (i. Agardh Til! Alg. Syst. V. [887. p. 63.
Penicillus granulosus J. G. Agardh loc. cit.

Penicillus arbuscula De Toni Sylloge Algarum I. 18S9. p. 502.
Penicillus granulosus De Toni loc. cit.

llah. InijIi . Baie des chiens marins, [sles Rawak et Yaigiou (sub nom. Nesea granulosa et Nesea
lulosa), Freycinet in Herb. Lamouroux! — Moluccas, Hcrb. Chauvin\ — West Australia,
Fremantle, Harvey Alg. exsicc. n° 564! — West Australia, Clif/ou'. — West Australia.
ttnest [sland, Markwell\
Pa< [FIC. Ile Toud. D'Urville, herb. Montagne in Herb. Mus. Paris!

Stipes short, not exceeding 3 cm. in length, 2 — 5 mm. in diam., terete or irregularly
com| . thickly encrusted, sometimes branched. Surface uneven, spumosely pseudoporose

Capitulum subglobose, 2 — 6 cm. in diam.

Filaments itulum rather ilenscly crowded, calcified, rigid, usually 20 — 30111111. long.

slender, 300 — 400 ;;. in diam.. constricted below subtorulosely, and above at frequent but
ular interv;

Filaments "f stipes bearing lateral appendages 3 — 5 times dichotomously divided and
by short capitate or rounded apices. [Figs. 172 — 175].

§7

This species has hitherto been known in the genus under two names - 1'. arbuscula
Mont. and P . granulosus Decaisne, both established in the same year 1842. A comparison of
the two original plants proves at once that they are the same species. Montagne's plant (fig. 172)
was collected by Dumont d'Urville at the Island of Toud amid the Warrior Reefs in Torres
Straits. Decaisne's P. granulosus was founded, as he says (loc. cit.) on " Nesea granulosa Lmx.
Uranie. iter. Freycinet. p. 622, tab. 91, fig. 8—9. Hab. in Moluccis". And here we encounter
a strange error; for Lamouroux's plant was published and figured as Nesea nodulosa (and not
as N: granulosa), and as such it was quoted by Deslongchamps in 1824 — 5 and as N. nedulosa
in "Cuvier's Le Règne Animal" (Disciples' Edition) and also as Penicillus nodulosus Blainville
in 1834. This last as the oldest specific name must take precedence of the two better known
names viz. P. arbuscula Mont. and P. granulosus Decaisne. The latter was published in August
1842, and P. arbuscula in the same year; but, which preceded the other, we have failed to
discover. The origin of the name granulosus is found in Lamouroux's herbarium; for there, in a
cover marked "Naesea granulosa', is the very specimen figured as N. nodulosa by Lamouroux
in 1824. And with it are two labels in Lamouroux's MS.: - - 1) "28. Freycinet. Nesea nodulosa';
2) " Nescea granulosa. Freycinet. Baie des chiens marins". Decaisne by a slip employed the MS.
name (granulosa) instead of the published name. Subsequent authors have perpetuated the error.

P. nodulosus is the most easily distinguished species in the genus. Hitherto it has been
recorded from the Eastern hemisphere only, where until now it has been the sole represen-
tative of the genus. It is readily recognized by the moniliform constrictions of its comal
filaments, which are regularly beaded below, irregularly constricted above (figs. 173, 174). In
no other species are the constrictions so abundant or so well-defined as here. In some examples
of P . capitatus the filaments are slightly beaded ; but the constrictions do not occur in numbers
of more than 3 — 4 close together, and they are situated, not at the base, but in the upper
part of the filaments. Harvey's PI. XXII in his "Phycologia Australica", Vol. I is good,
except in so far as it represents the filaments as being septate. The cortex of the stipes in
P. nodulosus is pseudoporose (fig. 175^).

As regards the development of P. nodulosus, it appears to differ from the West Indian
species. These latter apparently form first the stipes, which grows up for some length before
producing the normal capitulum. But in P. nodulosus the process is different. Harvey (Phyc.
Austral. I. pi. XXII) describes it as follows : — "In the young f rond the stipes consists of
"but two or three filaments, and a strata [? state] of the frond occurs in which there is no
"stipes, but the moniliform, confervoid filaments arise directly from the matted root-fibres".
Young plants are figured by Harvey (1. c), and still younger ones are preserved in Kew Her-
barium, which latter entirely confirm what Harvey says.

The recorded distribution of the species comprises the Molucca Islands and the North
and West Coasts of Australia.

6. Penicillus mediterraneus Thuret

ex Bornet Alg. de Schousboe in Mém. Soc. Nat. Sci. Cherbourg. XXVII. 1892. p. 217.
Syn. Espera mediterranea Decaisne in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2™e sér. torn. XVIII 1S42 p. rii.

88

:.m^ in Descrizionc >li Genova i del Genovesato, vl. I. pai II
ilc, pp.

Lil.. Phyc. VI. 1856 p. 29. tab. 85, I.
Notaris fide Kützing loc. cit. p. 30.
Woronine in Ann. Sn. N.it. .)"" sér. tom. XVI. 1862 p. 20S, pi. io, 11.
Woronine loc. cit.
1 olmeiro Enum. Crypt. Esparta y Portugal II. 1867. p.
1 tnea J. G. A .u. lh l'ill Alg. Syst. \'. 1SS7 p. 57,
' tnea De 1 < • n 1 Syll. Alg. vul. I. 1889 p. 500.

MEDITERRANEAN. Villa Franca, Kisso (sub "Espera mediterranea Dne". in Decaisne's hand-
writing), //t/V'. Mus. Paris\ — Cannes, Herb. Thuret\ — Cannes, Lagerheitn in W'ittr. &
Nordst. Alg. Exsicc. n° 1019! — Antibes, in Herb. Mus. Brit.\ — Cannes, Antibes, N
and Genoa, Herb. Thuret\

forma perfecta.

Hab. MEDITERRANEAN. Antibes, Herb. TAuretl

1'lant varying much between a non-stipitate form tufted likc Chlorodesmis and a stipitate
Penicilloid form, both calcified

forma typica.

Plant about 2.5 — 12.5 cm. high, consisting at base of a densely felted mass of branches
and rhizoids, and of a coma of free and radiating filaments above, about 2 — 2.5 cm. long.
basal filaments not encrusted, irregularly branched and emitting slcnder colourless branched
rhizoids; upper filaments lightly encrusted, hut green towards apices, repeatedly dichotomously
branched, branches constricted at base, about 100 — 1 20 -;. in diam. [Figs. 1 70, 177].

forma perfecta.

Plant about 2.5 — 8 cm. high, solitary or two or more arising from a thickened base,
stipitate, capitate; stipes 0.5 — 3.5 cm. long, about 2 mm. thick, simple, terete, hard, thickly
encrusted, smooth, appearing minutely pseudojjorose under microscope. Capitulum pyriform,

»nic or almost globose, about 2 — 2.5 cm. long, about 1 — 2 cm. wide; filaments encrusted,
about 7 mm. long, 200 — 160 u in diam., dichotomously branched. Filaments of stipes bearing

al appendages 2 — 3 times dichotomousl\- divided and terminated by very smal! short
truncate apices. approximated together to form a cortex, which is hardened with a calcareous
deposit. Figs 178 — 180].

This species lias been hitherto placed by most systematists in a separate genus, Espera,

which was founded by I '1 ■ usni doe cit.) on a specimen collected by Risso at Villa Franca, and

s.-nt i" l»i- usni by J. G. Agardh (PI. XX, fig. 17'')- In the few collections of /'. mediter-

that we have seen, there lias been no plant which reaches the siz<- of Dei usne's t\'i>e-

imen, the length of which measures 125 cm. It ronsists of an abnormally large mass

of a multitude of slightly calcified, free, ascendin<^ filaments, arising from a thick.

itted base.

89

In 1862, Woronine made a study of Espera and published a paper on the subject in
Ann. Sci. Xat. sér. IV. torn. XVI. Bot. p. 208. He discovered large stretches of it spread over
the sea-bottom in the neighbourhood of Antibes and he was therefore able to observe the
plant in its different stages of development. It is very variable in habit, and only one stage
of its growth is represented in Decaisne's diagnosis.

Woronine describes the plant in its young condition as consisting of filaments dichoto-
mouslv branched above and buried at the base in the substratum, and emitting very fine,
almost colourless rootlets. The development of the perfect stem is described as follows : "La
fronde de X Esp era présente a un endroit un gonflement, duquel sortent, vers Ie haut ainsi
que vers Ie bas, des hlaments entièrement libres et qui au commencement ne différent d'abord
entre eux d'aucune maniere. Sur les filaments du haut, qui se ramifient dichotomiquement, se
montrent des ramuscules latéraux, des crampons, pour mieux dire, lesquels, entrelacés les
uns aux autres, relient les filaments de la fronde de X Espera en une tige plus ou moins haute
et épaisse, qui n'est rien autre chose que Ie stipe du Penicillus" '. The filaments of the stem as
well as those of the capitulum are figured by Woronine.

Thanks to the kindness of Mons. Bornet we have been permitted to study the interesting
and extensive series of specimens of Penicillus mediterraneus preserved in Herb. Thuret,
representing numerous stages of growth. No one who has had the privilege of seeing this
remarkable series can have any doubt as to the validity of the conclusions arrived at by
Woronine. While the comal branches of the perfect or stipitate form are thickly encrusted,
those of f. typica are but slightly encrusted, with a porose deposit ; and the youngest ramuli
are, according to Woronine, green and destitute of calcification until the approach of winter.
Woronine describes and figures both annular and partial (i. e. lateral) stoppers (cloisons) formed
by the ingrowth of the cell-wall in the upper filaments. The sporangia are still unknown.

Though Woronine claimed that Espera is congeneric with Penicillus, he omitted in his
paper to coin the binomial Penicillus mediterraneus. Thuret appears to be the authority for
that combination. Woronine also omitted to figure or to describe clearly the perfect Penicilhis
form (fig. 178) of the plant. Consequently J. G. Agardh, who obviously had seen no example
of this perfect form and had to rely upon Woronine's figures, maintains Espera as a separate
genus on the erroneous assumption that it has no definite properly-constituted stipes like that
of Penicillus ; but he admits that it stands nearest to Penicillus. He also believes that it has
an affinity with Chlorodcsmis in habit. That genus however is distinguished from Espera by
its total lack of calcification - - a distinction of prime importance (see p. 6).

The geographical distribution of ƒ>. mediterraneus is confined to the south coast of France.

7. Penicillus Sibogae n. sp.

Hab. Indic. Siboga Expedition. Stat. 296. Bay of Noimini, South coast of Timor! alcohol
specimen.

Plant (immature?) about 1 cm. long, consisting of a solitary branched calcified fila-
ment; resembling Espera or immature plantlets of P. uod ulosus but smaller and more slender.

SIBOGA-EXPEDIT1E I.XII. I2

Filament simpli I uncalcified below, calcified above and branched diobotomously

in alternatc pla dly trifurcately, slightly inflated below each dichotomy; branches

constricted al n subtorulose immediately above il and occasionally at intervals

along th ili. i | i in diam. ; calcareous sheath minutely porose I igs. 181, 182].

Th of which we have seen only one gathering, is mixed with Udotea javensis

and < and was probably dredged up from between 8 and 36 meters, h appears

immature state of a more highly developed species hitherto undescribed and unknown.
Had ii been possible t" maintain De< vïsne's Espera as an independenl genus, we should
witho iitation have placed this species in it. But, as Woroninj shewed nearly half a cen-

tury ago, Espera is nothing but a state of a species of Penicillus, which is now known
,i- P terraneus. Our sp< fig. 181) so closely resembles in its simple halm small

plantlets of the Espera- state of /'. mediterraneus (luit differs in having the filaments smaller,
frequently beaded and often trichotomous), as to suggest the possibility of its being the
/>/<•;•,; stat»- of an Indian Ocean species of Penicillus. The only species hitherto recorded
from that region is /'. nodulosus Blainv. (= /'. arbuscula Mont.), which in its early stage
consists of small plantlets of branched and beaded filaments. But the dimensions of those fila-
ments are about 300 f* in diameter, whereas in /'. Sibogae they are only about too/üi in dia
meter, and the beading is less conspicuous. The two plants, though closely allied, are not
conspecific, though they may well be congeneric. There are two points of interest in /'. Sibogae
to which attention may be called. In the firsl place, we find in /'. Sibogae instances of trifur-
branching, a mode ol ramification which occurs also very rarely in /'. dumetosus and
other species, and more commonly in />oodlco/>sis isee also p. 3). In the second place, we
have found a solitary instance of lateral cohesion between two adjacent parallel ramuli along a
very short distance of their length, viz., 0.5 mm. (Fig. iSi,m. This must probably is a mere
chance conglutination due to the simultaneous calcification of the two filaments which happened
to be in close and parallel contiguity. But on the other hand it may possibly point to the
formation of simple flabellate fronds in a more- mature state of the plant, such as are found
in Tydemania, Udotea and Rhipocephalus \ but the evidence is far too slender to allow any
definite inference to be drawn from it, and. we are inclined to regard the said cohesion as
accidental. Moreover it must be remembered that the successive dichotomies of /'. SU
occur in alternate planes, a fact which [joints much more towards the formation of a Peni-
cilloid capitulum than of a Udoteoid flabellum. However it is conceivable that /'. Sibogae, like
Tydemania, may have the power of producing both capitulum and flabellum.

Another possibility about /'. Sibogae is that it may be another such primitive Sipho-

form as Chlorodesmis, from which of course it differs in being calcified and not gre-

garious. And whereas Chlorodesmis indicates the ancestry of Flabellaria and other green

genera, 10 P Sibogae might indicate the ancestry of some of the calcified genera

sample, Penicillus, Tydemania, etc.

iphical distribution is at present limited to Timor in the Indian ( tcean.

9'

Species i n q u i r e n d a.

" Penicillus} comosus Crouan in Schramm et Mazé Algues de la Guadeloupe ed. I.
"[1865] p. 44, n. 158. - - Griseo-viridis ; stipite brevi, cylindraceo, incrustato, filamentis nume-
"rosis, laxe anastomosantibus, superne in comam subplanam, flabelliformem, intertextam, mar-
"gine laciniatam abeuntibus constituto.

"Hab. ad insulam Guadelupam (Mazé). - In editione ejusdem operis altera ne memo-
"ratus quidem".

This diagnosis is copied from De Toni's Sylloge Algarum I. p. 503 (1889). We have
never been able to see Schramm and Mazé's first edition, nor have we seen any named specimen
of the plant. Were it not for the word "anastomosantibus", we should be inclined to refer it
to Udotea conglutinata or U. cyathiformis.

12. Rhipocephalus Kützing.

(Figs. 183—192).

H is tor ie al.

The history of the genus RJiipocepliahts is closely bound up with that of Penicillus,
from which genus it was separated in 1843. The oldest specimen of which we have cogni-
sance is in the British Museum (see p. 97) and belonged to Samuel Dale who died in 1739.
The first of the species mentioned in literature appeared under the name of Corallina Phoenix
described by Ellis and Solander in their Nat. Hist. Zoophyt. 1786 p. 126. tab. 25. figs. 2,
3, where it is placed with C. Penicillus, as we relate in our account of the genus Penicillus
(p. 68). It then follows the fortunes of Corallina Penicillus {Penicillus capitafus) through
the phases of Ncsaea and Penicillus till Kützing (Phycologia generalis 1843 p. 311), sepa-
rated it off to form his new genus Rhipocephalus. From that time Rhipocephalus has main-
tained its position except at the hands of Mazé and Schramm (Algues de la Guadeloupe p. 87)
who call their plant Udotea Phoenix, and of Harvey (Ner. Bor.-Amer. III. 1858. p. 46) who
was clearly of opinion that R. Phoenix should not be separated from Penicillus (see under
Penicillus p. 70 supra).

The second species of the genus was created by Decaisne (Mém. sur les Corall. in
Ann. Sci. Nat. XVIII. 1842. p. 109), under the name of Penicillus oölougzis and was placed
with P. phoenix and P. pyramidalis in a subdivision of Penicillus (see p. 70). In 1843
Kützing removed it with /'. phoenix to Rhipocephalus. No other species has ever been added
to the genus.

M orph ological.

Extern al characters. The thallus of Rhipocephalus broadly resembles that of
IJc)iicillus in habit and structure. It consists of root-mass, stipes and capitulum. The stipes is
ahvays simple, terete, firm and calcified, and may be short or long. The capitulum varies very
much in shape from ovoid to cylindric, and in size up to 10 cm. long. It is composed of

ui i,ni flabellules, arranged normally in subverticils around

the rhachis, and vai inch in size, being io mm or more in length. In R. phoenix the

rticil are usually laterally connate into collars which mon 01

lachi rhe rhachis appears to have a power ol contirtuous but

slow growth in I youngest Flabellules are found at the apex of the rhachis, which

|n /v' longer or shorter than the capitulum. When the rhachi is longer, the

ipitulum is conical, owing to the gradual diminution in size of the successive

on the < «t li< r hand the rhachis is shorter, i ï 1 « - capitulum terminates in an

.; the bottom of which are seen the youngest flabellules. This is sometimes the

in A'. phoenix, but nearly always in A'. oblongus — at least in fresh or pickled plants;

in dried herbarium specimens the cavity escapes notice, having become closed as the result

of pressure in dr) ing.

\\ hai the limit of the apical growth <>f the rhachis is «e do not know. We give,
under R. phoenix f. longi/olius, a description of a unique specimen of twice the ordinary
rhe total length of the stipes is 15 cm. and the flabellules .w<- nearly 5 cm. long. It is
quite easy to explain the existence of such an abnormally large plant ol R. phoenix by means
of the theory of continued apical growth, young flabellules being continually added above,
while the older om-s drop off below. This continued growth of the rhachis forms one ol the
fundamental differencés between this genus and Penicillus.

The flabellules of RhipocepJialus arise as branches of the main filaments within the
stipes. Each such branch passes out through the cortex and soon divides dichotomously, first
at quite short, then at greater or vastly increased distances, but always in one and the same
plane, diminishing in diameter at each dichotomy. The component filaments are parallel, being
either laterally coherent [R. phoenix), or approximated but free 1 A'. oblongus). Their external
pellicle is calciticd and porous.

The geographical distribution of the genus ranges from Florida to Guadeloupe. The
plants appear to grow in colonies on coral sand in calm and shallow waters.

Sy st e m a t i c.

The two species which compose this genus are easily distinguished from one another,
by the composition of the flabellules, the filaments of which are narrow and laterally coherent
in R. phoenix, and free from one another and 2 —3 times as thick in R. oblongus.

The genus itself broadly resembles Penicillus in size and genera! habit, but is distin-
guished from it l>y the possession of flabellules in contrast with the fascicles which compose
the capitulum of Penicillus. The flabellule of Rhipocephalus is a branch-system with the dicho-
tomie, arranged all in one plane and is fundamentally distinct from the fascicle of Penicillus,
which has its dichotomies arranged in alternating planes Another point of difference is that
in Rhipocephalus the rhachis poss< es the power of continued apical growth, whereas in
Penicillui the apical growth is limited.

tppear to us to be amply sufficiënt to indicate that these two genera,

though passingly alike, are not in reality closely allied. Rhipocephalüs is more nearly allied
with the simple species of Udotea, namely U. javensis and U. glaucescens, being as it wei
a stalked community of those species ; in the same way as Penicillus is a stalked community
of Espera (see pp. 72, 89). Rhipocephalüs and Penicillus clo however find an intermediate in the
curieus dimorphic Tydemania expeditionis, which produces flabellules near its base and glomeruli
above, composed of iïlaments dichotomously branched in alternating planes (see p. 66).

Rhipocephalüs Kützing
Phyc. Gen. 1843. p. 311.

Nesaea et Nesea auctorum pro parte.
Penicillus auctorum pro parte.

Rhipocephalüs J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 64.
Rhipocephalüs De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 503.

Rhipocephalüs Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 393.
Rhipocephalüs Wille in Engler und Prantl natürl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. 1S90. p. 142;
also Nachtrage 19 10. p. 129.

Root-mass fibrous, long, branched, sometimes matted into a dense bulb.
'Stipes erect, terete, encrusted externally, hollow or laxly fibrous within, composed of
numerous, longitudinal, interwoven filaments, dichotomously branched, and bearing dichoto-
mously branched lateral appendages, the obtuse or truncate peripheral endings of which are
approximated together to form a cortex, which becomes thickly calcified, and appears very
minutely porose under the microscope.

Capitulum green to glaucous or bleached, globose or oblong to cylindrico-conic, com-
posed of numerous normally clistinct and imbricate, erect or ascending (rarely spreading), flat,
cuneate flabellules, often arranged in pseudo-verticils ; each flabellule emerging from the rhachis
as a single filament which divides dichotomously 4 — 6 or even more times in one plane.

Filaments of the flabellule parallel, contiguous and cemented together, or approximated
and free, constricted at the base of each branch, covered with a porose calcareous pellicle.

Key to the Species.

Filaments of flabellules laterally coherent throughout their length, 60 — 90 p.

above in diameter, 200 — 300 u. at base 1. R. phoenix.

Filaments of flabellules free throughout their length, 160 — 200a above in dia-
meter, 200 — 350 ix at base; stipes usually twice as long as in R. phoenix. 2. R. oblongns.

1 . Rhipocephalüs phoenix Kützing

Phycologia generalis 1843. p. 311.

Corallina Phoenix Ellis et Solander Nat. Hist. Zooph. 1786. p. 126. tab. 25, figs. 2, 3.

Corallina Phoenix Gmelin Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. I, part VI. 1790. p. 3843.

Corallina Phoenix Bosc Hist. Nat. des Vers (Suites a Buftbn) vol. III. i8m° Paris (Déterville)

1802. p. 72.
Nesma Phoenix Lamouroux Mém. Class. Polyp. Corall. in Nouv. Buil. Sci. Soc. Philomat.

Paris III. 1812. p. 185.

Sm les Polyp. empat. in Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris torn. 2u.

Hist. Polyp. Coralli I [816. p

roux op. cit. |
Pinceau flabellé] Lamarck Anim. s.ms vert. tom. II. 1816. p. 341.
iviei Règne Animal. I\'. 1817. p. yj.
Lamouroux Expos. Méth. 1821. p. 22, tab. 25, figs. 2, 3.
Deslongchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. 1824 5. p.

I ' ■ • hamps in op. cil p.
Blainville in Dict. Sci. Nat. XXXIV. 1825. p. 492.
■ ; Blainville in op. cit. p

Blainville in op. cit. XI. I. [826. p. 50.
Penicillus Phoenix Blainville Man. d'Actinolog. 1834. i>. ^53.

•■.leillus triophora Blainville op. cit. p. 553.
Penicillus Phoenix Lamarck Anim. san- vert. Ed. II. tom. II. 1836. p. 525.
Penicillus Phoenix Decaisne in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2^« sér. tom. XVIII. [842. p. 110.
? Corallocephahts eriophorus Kützing Species Algarum 1X49. p. 506.
Rhipocephalus Phoenix Kützing op. cit. p. 506.

Nesea phoenix Duchassaing Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris 1850. p. 28,
Rhipocephalus Phoenix Kützing Tab. Phyc. vol. VIII. 1858. p. 12. tab. 27, fig. II.
Penicillus phoenix Harvey Nereis Bor.-Amer. vol. III. 185S. p. 46. tab. XI. III. c.
Udotea plumula Crouan in Schramm et Mazé K-^ai de Class. Alg. de la Guadeloupe iSój.p. ?.
Udotea Phoenix Crouan in Maz< el Schramm Essai de Class. Alg. de la Guadeloupe. Ed. II.

1870- - 1877. p. 87.
Udotea Phoenix var. elatior Crouan, in Mazé et Schramm loc. cit.

Penicillus Phoenix Farlow in Proc. Amer. Acad. X. 1875. p. 378; also in U. S. l-'ish Comm.
Report, III. 1876. p. 712.
? Nesea eriophora Lamour. in J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. [887. p. 63.
Rhipocephalus phoenix J. G. Agardh op. cit. p. 65.
RJiipocephalus phoenix Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 23S.
Rhipocephalus phoenix var. elatior Murray loc. cit.
Rhipocephalus phoenix De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889 p. 504.

Rhipocephalus phoenix A. & E. S. Gepp in Journ. of Botany. XI. III. 1905 p. 4.
Rhipocephalus phoenix Howe in Journ. New York Bot. Garden. IX. 1908. p. 125. fig. 18.
Rhipocephalus phoenix Collins Green Alg. X. Amer. in Tufts College Studus II. 1909. p. 393.

//<//'. ATLANTIC. Banc de Bahama (sub nom. "Nesea Phoenix") Herb. Lamour oux\ — Bahamas,
Ilerb. Lamouroux in Herb. Mus. Paris) - Bahama Bank. F. M. Rayner\ — Bahamas.
Bemini Harbour, in 1 — 6 dm. of water at low tide, .1/. A. Howe n" ^239! — Bahama,

irantine Cay, Herb. Collins) Florida, Rugel\ — Florida, Boca Chica Key, Southwick
in Herb. Collins! Florida, Key West, Harvey ! - - Key West, .1/. A. Howe in Phyc
Amer. n" 1030! — Key West, on sandy bottom in 6 dm. of water at low tide, Howe
n" [612! — Guadeloupe, Mazé n°s 848, 868, 1521, [ère Ser. 11" 176, n" 24 (sub nom.
'■Udotea Phoenix var. elatior" ' Antilles, Herb. Decaisne] Without locality, Herb.

\uvin\ — Without locality, Heib. Samuel Dale (1659 — 1739) in Herb. Mus. Brit.\

Stipes usually short 1 — 2.5 cm. in length (in one extraordinary specimen 15 cm. long .
5 mm. in diameter, compressed or terete, with smooth calcified surface very minutel)
lopor — under microscope.

ipitulum very variable, from globose to cylindrico-conic, reaching ;i length ol 10 cm.

1 width of 4 cm., usually about 3 5 cm. long and 1.5- 2.5 cm. broad; formed ol numerous,

te, truncate or obtuse, normall) ascending, unilamellate, shortlj pedicellate Rabellules,

95

o. 5 — 2 cm. long (4.5 — 5. o cm. long in forma longifoluis), normally arranged in closely imbricating
whorls or plates, the constituent flabellules being either laterally coherent into collars which
completely encircle the stipes, or into less complete collars or plates, or becoming completely
detached from one another.

Filaments of flabellules 60 — 90 [j. in diameter above, 200 — 300 u. at base, six or more
times dichotomous, and laterally cohering in one plane, calcified, rigid, here and there constricted
along the internodes (rarely beaded).

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages 5 — 7 times dichotomously divided and
terminated by very narrow, more or less dactyline, obtuse or truncate apices. [Figs. 183 — 188].

forma typicus A. & E. S. Gepp 1. c.

Hab. Atlantic. West Indies, Bahamas (figured by Ellis and Solander (loc. cit.) sub nom. Coral-
lina Phoenix). — Banc de Bahama, Herb. Lamouroux ! and Herb. Mus. Paris !

Flabellules about 15 mm. long, about 10 mm. wide, forming an ovoid capitulum (about
5 cm. long by 3 cm. wide), which for three-quarters of its length is penetrated by the stipes
(rhachis). [Fig. 183].

forma brevifolius A. & E. S. Gepp 1. c.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Bahamas, Bemini Harbour, in 1 — 6 dm. of water at lovv tide, M. A. Hoiue,
n" 3239! — Guadeloupe, Mazé n° 24, fère sér. in Herb. Mus. Brit.!

Flabellules 5 — 10 mm. long, about as wide as long, usually laterally conjoined into
ascending, sheathing, densely imbricated collars or verticils arranged in a neat capitulum, which
is often cylindric or elongato-conical ; stipes (rhachis) percurrent almost to the apex of the
capitulum. Filaments of flabellules 90 to 70 u. in diam. above, up to 300 u. at the basal pedicel.
[Figs. 184—186].

forma longifolius A. & E. S. Gepp 1. c.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Florida, Key West on sandy bottom in 6 dm. of water at low tide, Howe n° 1612!

Flabellules 20 mm. or more long, 4 — 5 times longer than broad, cuneato-linear (elongate,
up to 50 mm. long and 6 — 8 mm. wide, in one abnormal specimen which has a stipes 15 cm.
long), truncate or obtuse and entire at apex or sometimes laciniate, usually ascending and
imbricate, in large plants not coherent into collars. Stipes (rhachis) penetrating to l/3 — 3/4 of the
length of the capitulum (depending upon the length of the flabellules). Filaments of flabellules
mostly 60 p. (rarely 55 y.) in diam. above, increasing to 200 — -220 u. at the basal pedicel.
[Figs. 187, 188].

Rhipocephalus phoenix is characterised by the form of its capitulum. This consists of a
central rhachis from which arises normally a close series of ascending imbricating verticillate collars
or plates, each composed of one or more flabellules. Each flabellule emerges from the rhachis
as a short simple filament which, dividing dichotomously, first at short intervals (generally four
close to base), then at greater or vastly increased distances, but always in one and the same

the fan-likc flabellule. llx- branching filament, ol which .1 flabellule is compo
from the monosiphon e to the apices visibly al first, bul afterwards ver)

lualh and imp» onsequence of this the ultimate ramuli are distinctly thinner

m i rhe filaments composing the flabellule have .1 porous

ith and are laterally coherent. Further the flabellules cohere laterally with their
t'horl, and so form wide plates <>r complete collars which encircle the
.il cohesions <>!" flabellules are liable t" become broken by wear and tear
h should be added that the successive dichotomies in the flabellule are so neatly
first that, in f. brevifolius at least, they tend to lie in concentric zones lig, 1
apitulum ol A'. phoenix is however very variable in its external appearance,
il ihape, in the length of the flabellules and in their degree of lateral cohereno
with one another. These differences unfortunately do not afford sufficiently constant data for
.1 satisfactorj grouping of these varying plants. Nevertheless, for the sake of convenience three
principal forms may be singled out for definition, as shown above. F. brevifolius (fig. [84) is
the most clearly marked ol these with its long regular subcyKndric capitulum of closely imbri-
cating short green collars. F. longifolius (lig. 1S7) is also fairly definite with its shorter obovate
capitulum composed of irregularly imbricatin^ separated plat<s 01 flabellules, which are 2— 4 times
as long as those ol t. brevifolius, and consist ui' filaments with narrower diameter for the
..kt part of their length. Intermediate between these two is f. typicus.

1 , typicus, the oldest representative of the species, was figured by Ellis and Solandek
it as Corallina phoenix, the original plant of which is lust [our lig. [83 is a copy of
their figure). Lam i roux copied Ellis and Solander's figures in his Expos. Méth. pi. 25, figs.
2, 3. Through the kindness of Prof. Lignier of Caen, we have heen abl< to examine the plants
referred to Nesea phoenix in Lamouroux's herbarium. They are labelled in his MS. as coming
from "Banc de Bahama". ( )ne of his specimens is in the Paris Herbarium, and bears two
labels, one written by Lamouroux, the other by Decaisne (" Penicillus Phoenix- Bahama, ex
herb. Lamouroux"; with the pencilled addition ^Phipocephalus"). These appear to bc the
oldest specimens known, except that of Samuel Dale.

Au attempt was made in Mazé & Schramm's Algues de la Guadeloupe Ed. II. 1870 ~~
p. 87 to divide this called by them Udotea phoenix, by splitting off a var. elatior

Crouan without description). Under the latter is given as a synonym Udotea plumula Crouan,
published in Schramm and M azé's first edition 118051 of the book, a very rare volume which
we have never been able to meet with. Ma/i. issued examples <>f this variet) Udotea phoenix
var. elatior Crn.) under n°. 24, 1 ! sér., in his exsiccatae. There are in the British Museum
and in the Kew Herbarium specimens of this which are entirely different from one another.
The British .Museum specimen is 10 cm. long including the rhizoids, and has a tapering capi-
tulum s cm. long composed of short flabellules; it is an excellent example of our f. brevifolius.
Keu plants on the other hand are very short, not exceeding 4.5 cm. high, with lax
composed of flabellules up to 2 cm. long, and must be referred to our f. longifolius.
therefore unable to understand what were the characteristics of Crouan's var. elatior.
Tl- 1 -: preserved specimens of R. phoenix which we have seen were collected b)

97

Dr. M. A. Howe, some dried, some in formalin, the latter answering well to their local name
of "Noah's Ark Trees". As was fitting, we seiected from these the types of our f. brevifolius
(fig. 184) and f. longifolius (fig. 187).

The most remarkable specimen of R. phoenix that we have seen was collected in
Florida by Rugel and is in the British Museum (fig. 1S8). It is characterised by the great
length of its stipes (15 cm.) and of its comal flabellules (4.8 cm. long). Though nearly twice
as long as any other specimens known to us, it is nothing but an overgrown lanky example
of our f. longifolius, differing only in size and laxity, the result of long-continued apical growth
under favourable conditions. The tapering filaments of the flabellule diminish to about 55 u.
towards their apices. Further remarks on this plant were made in Journal of Botany XLIII
1905, p. 4.

The flabellular filaments of A'. phoenix are so slender that to this species we are
inclined (see p. 85) to refer Lamouroux's Nesea eriophora (Hist. Polyp. Corall. Flex. 181 6.
p. 257), described as having filaments "déliés comme des filamens de laine". There is in Herb.
Mus. Brit. a specimen of R. phoenix (Herb. Samuel Dale) in which the flabellular filaments
are bleached white, and by rough usage have become partly decalcified and dishevelled, giving
the appearance of soft fine wool answering to the description of N. eriophora. Lamouroux at
that time (1816) had never seen an actual specimen of R. phoenix, as is shown by the asterisk
placed before Ncsca Phoenix (op. cit. p. 256). He had only seen Ellis and Solander's figure.

The present species exhibits an interesting affinity with two other genera - Udotea
and Tydemania — in the fact of possessing calcified monostromatic flabella. In U. javensis
(fig. 36) and in U. glaucescens, when young, the flabellum is solitary and terminal on the
monosiphonous stipes. In Tydemania expeditionis (fig. 154) the flabella arise in single or
doublé pairs from one or more basal nodes on the monosiphonous main axis. In Rhipocephalus
phoenix the flabellules are arranged in pseudo-verticils around the rhachis, forming a capi-
tulum; they are terminal on branches from the filaments of the compound stipes.

The geographical distribution of R. phoenix is confined to the West Inches.

2. Rhipocephalus oblongus Kützing

Species Algarum 1849. p. 506.
Syn. Penicillvs oblongus Decaisne Mém. sur les Corallines in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2de sér. torn. XVIII.
1842. p. 109.
Rhipocephalus oblongus J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 62, 65.
Rhipocephalus oblongus De Toni Sylloge Algarum I. 1889. p. 504.

Hal'. ATLANTIC. Bahama, (sub "-Penicillus Lamourouxü Doe" jn Decaisne's hand-writing), Herb.
Mus. Paris ! — Banc de Bahama, (sub " Nesea penicillus var.") Herb. Chauvin\ and Herb.
Lamouroux \ — Bahamas, Bemini Harbour, in 3 — 8 dm. of water, low tide, with R. Phoenix
&c. Howe, n° 3235! — Bahamas, Berry Island, Lignum Vitae Cay, Howe n" 3647!

Stipes penetrating to about 3/t of the capitulum (rarely excurrent at apex), variable in
length, generally 4 — 6.5 cm., about 6 mm. wide, sometimes terete, with more or less smooth,
calcified surface, minutely pseudoporose under microscope.

Capitulum green, sometimes bleached, up to 5.5 cm. long, and 1—3 cm. broad, having

SIBOGA-EXPEDITIE LXII. 13

the top, at the bas< of which lie the young apical il.il.--llul.-s. sub-

cru»

p|a mm. long, arranged in ascending imbricate pseudoverticils.

Filaments ol with a diameter <»t' h o ft above, 200 thick-

walled irds apex. branching dichotomouslj in one plane, digitate, sub-

.il riers very short, the upper ones much longer, with occasion al
nternodi

itipes bearing lateral appendages 5 —7 times dichotomously divided and
narrow, more or less dactyline obtuse apici ■ Figs 189 — 192].

Th is nol by any means so well-known as R. phoenix and is not commonlj

ind in herbaria, at least under its own name. Ik main characteristics are as follows 1

flabellules arise in pseudo-verticils around the top of the stipes (rhachis), curve upwards and

imbricated. Each flabellule emerges from the rhachis as a short simple filament, which

divides dichotomously, first at very short, then at much longer distances, but always in one

and the same plane; the resulting branches are arranged digitately side by side, but they are

closely contiguous nor cement» ether as in R. phoenix. They may perhaps occasion-

ally be partially cemented together, as Decaisné s diagnosis implies, for instance, at the base

■ 't' the flabellule; but we have never seen them otherwise than entirely tree. The ultimate

ramuli of the flabellule-filament are usually twice as thick as those of R. phoenix. hein-' about

• in diameter.

At the top of the capitulum is a cup-shaped hollow fig. mr formed by the upper

whi : curvately ascending flabellules. At the bottom of this hollow is visihle the apex of

the stipes (rhachis) bearing the youngest flabellules, which have almost the appearance of being

cruciately arranged (fig. 191^). The apical cup-shaped depression was first noticed by Dr. M. A.

Howe and is clearly evident in tin- pickled material presented by him to the British Museum.

In specimens that have been dried by pressure the cavity is closed by the compression and

- notice. It is only partially, if at all. recoverahle when the plant is soaki

A'. oblongus may be briefly described as distingüished trom R. phoenix by dn- hollowed

apical cavity in its capitulum, by the flabellules composed of free filaments (not laterally coherent

with one another), and by the diameter of the filaments which is twice as large as in R. phoenix.

1 uriously enough, R. oblongus is sometimes liable to be mistaken for Penicillus capi-

tatus. In old and battered specimens of R, oblongus tin- filaments of the different flabellules

apt to ime so tangled together that the flabellules become unrecognisable ; if then

the apical cavity has become obscured, such specimens are Hkely to be referred to /'. capi-

tatus by reason of the diameter of their filaments. Their true character may however be ascer-

tained by an examination of the apex. On opening up the cavity it is generally possible t"

find the digitate apical flabellules which characterise R. oblongus. Further, the two or three

it joints of R. oblongus are more or less short and of equal length, while those ol /'. capi-

about twice as long, of irregular lengths, and often exhibit an occasional bead-like

1: moreover the successive dichotomies are in alternate planes.

99

In his original diagnosis of Penicillus oólongus (loc. cit.) Decaisne says "Hab. in
Antillis (Bahama). (Herb. Mus. Par.)". Unfortunately there does not appear to be any specimen
in the Paris Herbarium bearing the name of P. oblongus. There is however a plant which
exactly answers to Decaisne's diagnosis ; but to it has been attached a label in Decaisne's
own MS. which says: "Penicillus Lamourouxii Dne. Bahama". This specimen (hg. 189), as
has been shown under P. Lamourouxii (p. 80), is not ihat species. It is in fact without doubt,
we think, Decaisne's actual type of P. oblongus, but with a wrong label attached to it. It
bears out Decaisne's diagnosis in having the comal filaments ("articuli") flabellately arranged
as in R. phoenix, and thicker than in that species, "nee in lamellis arcte connati" ; the
"articuli" are indeed entirely free from one another (fig. 190) and not "subliberi" as stated
by Decaisne. We feel absolutely justified in accepting this plant as Decaisne's type.

Having only a dried and pressed specimen, Decaisne naturally overlooked the charac-
teristic apical hollow, which is nevertheless present in it.

Single specimens of this species were found by us in Herb. Lamouroux and Herb.
Chauvin under the name "Nesea Penicillus var.", both from "Banc de Bahama" but without
any collector's name. They are so much alike, that they were probably gathered at the same time.

The geographical distribution of R. oblongus, as known at present, is conhned to the
Bahama Islands.

13. Udotea Lamouroux.
(Pigs. 1 — 28, 36—68).

H i s t o r i c a 1 .

The earliest record of a plant of this genus is in Sloane's Natural History of Jamaica,
1707. vol. I. p. 62, where Udotea flaóellum is confused with Padina Pavonia, both these plants
being included under the following description : "XXXII. Fucus maritimus gallo pavonis pennds
"referens, C. B. Prod. p. 155. Cat. p. 5. This grows sticking to the Stones in the bottom of
"the Sea, whence it is thrown on Shore in several places about Port Royal ; and of it there is
"a variety, with thicker and whiter Leaves, which is nothing but an incrustation of a Coralline
"white matter over it." The variety here mentioned is U.flabellum as is shown by an examination
of the original plants in the Sloane Herbarium, preserved in the British Museum.

The next reference of interest is to U. conglutinata and U. flaóellum. Ellis & Solander
give excellent figures and descriptions of these plants under the names Corallina conglutinata
and C. Flaóellum in their "Natural History of Zoophytes", 1786, pp. 124, 125, tab. 24, 25, hg. 7.

A few years later Esper (Fortsetzung der Pflanzenthiere, II. Theil, 1 79S — 1806) published
two coloured plates (Tab. VIII & IX) labelled „Corallina pavonia" and " Corallina pavonia
variet.", but published them without explanation. It has not been possible to find any account
of these plates in the subsequent parts of the work, edited after Esper's death by Prof.
Hammer of Strasburg. Esper's Tab. VIII contains a figure which is an unmistakeable, though
not a good, representation of U. flaóellum, although to this plate Lamouroux himself (Hist.
Polyp. coralligènes p. 312) takes exception, saying that the plant hgured is so much divided

th.it it is .ui unnatural ition of thi [*he divisions "I the thallus are however

such as ma) nd quite commonl) in specimens of U. fiabellum. 1 other plate

and Solander's l.il.. 24. / label lum was
erall) r< irly authors as an animal, and even in later times was placed with

11 1 encrusted algae in a subdivision of the animal kingdom.
In 1812 I founded the genus Udotea (Mém. class. Polyp. coralligènes in Nouv.

Buil. d Sci. par la Soc. Phil. de Paris torn. III. 1N12. p. 1 86), mi Corallina Fiabellum Milis
and placed it among the Corallineae, a famil) of "Polypiers coralligènes oon

, year Lamo roux published the third part of his paper entitled "Essai

de la Familie des Thalassiophytes non articulées" (Annales du Muséum

d'Hi N'aturelle, Paris tom XX. [813 pp. 267 292), in which he shortlj describes his

new genus Flabellaria, placing in it. as the only species, the Con/erva flabelli/ormis ol

mn under the name of Flabellaria Desfontainii. And of course he describes it as a

plant, that is, he includes it among the true vegetable seaweeds.

Now at t his time the two writers Lamouroux and Lamarck were publishing papers on
the same groups «'t' marine organisms, and the similarity of the authors' names and still more
of thi vations ol their names, is apt to be misleading; especially as they chance to have

invented the very same generic name [Flabellaria) at the same time to denote certain species
[F. Desfontainii of Lamouroux, as just mentioned above, and F. conglutinata and F. pavonia
of Lamarck which 1 )i 1 \1s\1 thirty years later united generically under Udotea. Curiously
enough, the very next paper to Lamouroux's is by Lamarck and is entitled "Sur les Polypiers
empatés" Annales <lu Museum vol. XX. 1813, pp. 294—312); and in it he too describes a
genus, Flabellaria, (1. c. p. 299) which he divides into two sections, one containing organisms
with * Articulations réunies", and the other with "Articulations distinctes". In the first section
places two species, Corallina conglutinata Eli. et Sol. (see U. conglutinata p. 114) as
Flabellaria conglutinata Lamarck, and Corallina fiabellum Eli. & Sol., (which, as shown above,
had already been made the type of Lamouroux's genus Udotea) as Flabellaria pav onia Lamarck
pro parte. (The second section of Flabellaria is composed of species now known as Halimedd).
mention is made by Lamarck of Lamouroux's usc of the name Flabellaria in the paper
immediately preceding his own ; and one is therefore justified in supposing that both Lamouroux
and Lamarck simultaneously invented the same name, Flabellaria, one to denote a new genus
of plants. tli'- other a new genus of animals ; and both. strangely enough, were founded on
es which since 1X42 have been included in ('do/ra at the instance of De< usne. I or
reasons stated on p. 48 we regard Lamouroux's Flabellaria as sufficiently distinct to be
maintained .is a genus distinct frorh Udotea]. Lamarck moreover was apparently ignorant of
reation of the name Udotea in the previous year, to designate Corallina Fia-
bellum of Ellis and Solander.

To return to Lamouroux ; in 1816 he published his "Histoire des Polypiers coralligènes

ement nommés zoophytes", and on p. 310 he gives a fuller description of his

than he had done four years earlier, and quotes as a synonym of his I'. fla-

IOI

bellata the Flabellaria Pavonia of Lamarck. Lamouroux also adds as a second species, though with
some hesitation, Udotea conglutinata [Flabellaria conglutinata Lamarck). He regards them both as
animal structures, but takes exception to the view held by Lamarck as to their inclusion among
the "Polypiers empatés" and says that all other zoologists agree in regarding them as Corallines.

In the years that foliowed these publications, the group of Corallines, in which was
included the genus Udotea. was mostly regarded as either belonging to the animal kingdom
or else was placed among the algae with reservation, as being unconnected with any other
family of algae. It remained for Decaisne in his "Mémoire sur les Corallines" in Ann. Sci.
Nat. Bot. 2me série, torn. XVIII. 1842. pp. 96 — 128, and also for Chauvin in his Recherches...
Caen, 1842 pp. 124 — 128 independently to lay down clearly and iinally the fact that the
Corallines are plants. Decaisne divides them into Zoosporeae (= Siphoneae), Aplosporeae
(= Galaxaura, Liagora and Actinotrickia), and Choristosporeae (= Corallinaceae). For Udotea
he describes four species, U. flabellata Lamx., U. palmetia n. sp., U. cyathiformis n. sp.,
and U. Desfontainii (the Flabellaria Desfontainii of Lamouroux). Decaisne gives an account
of the structure of the thallus of Udotea, and in his remarks alludes to U. fiabellum under
the name of U. pavonia, without however giving the name of U . pavonia as a synonym for
U. fiabellum. The genus therefore contained in 1842 only four species.

We must now return to Chauvin. It is clear that his paper was publishecl after that
of Decaisne, for Chauvin in a footnote to his Essai d'une Répartition des Polypiers Calcifères
de Lamouroux dans la Classe des Algues (Recherches .... Caen, 1842 p. 124) says: —
"Lorsque Ie Mémoire de M. Decaisne sur les Corallines ou Polypiers calcifères a été rendu
"public, Ie nótre était terminé ; il a été livré a l'impression tel qu'il avait été composé d'abord".

Chauvin divided the Polypiers calcifères into two groups onlv - - Zoosporeae and Cho-
ristosporeae, placing in the former group Lamouroux's Flabellaria reformed to include the
following four species: — 1. F. Desfontainii Lamx. (= Codinni ïuonbranaceuni Ag.); 2. F.
finibriata Chauv. (= Codium flabelliforme Ag.); 3. F. conglutinata Chauv. (= Udotea con-
glutinata Lamx.) ; 4. F. incrustata Chauv. (= Udotea Jiabellum Howe). His first two species
are of course regarded as synonymous nowadays.

The next connected account of Udotea is given by J. G. Agardh in his Till Alg. Syst.
V. 1887 p. 67. This author alludes to the confusion over the two genera of Flabellaria and
to other historical details, and gives a description of the structure of various species. He
divides the genus into four subdivisions : I. Palmettae, II. Incrustatae, III. Fibuliferae, IV. Cor-
ticatae. Among these subdivisions he distributes seven species, one of them, U. peltata, being
new to science. Under "Species mini nullo specimine cognitae", he adds 6 names with references
and, in four cases, the locality. This summary of Udotea served as the basis of De Toni's
treatment of the genus in his Sylloge Algarum (vol. I. 1889 pp. 505 — 5 12) where fifteen species
are enumerated, of which six are either doubtful, little known or excluded from the genus.

Morphological.

External characters. The thallus of Udotea consists of stipes and frond with or
without a root-mass. As a rule, a single stipes arises from the root-mass and bears a single

frond is usually simple and flabelliform, infundibuliform, sometimes proliferous or

ternal form is subject t>> variation in most of the spe-
en concentrically zoned, and sometimes longitudinally striate or rugose,
but both these ch ar from stable. The colour of dried specimens may be any

shade from hy-white. I h<- margin, or even the frond itself, maj be mon or

ut this is probablj often the result of external influences, such as wave-

ilcification. All the species ol Udotea^ .is here defined, are calcified, some spei
much more than others, e g. U. flabellum is thickly encrusted, while U. indica is thinly
speaking the species maj be divided into two groups in regard to calcifica-
i those in which the filaments of the frond remain obvious, as in U. orientalis

etc, where they have the appearance of being separately
d with a thin layer ol calcium carbonate; 2) those in which the mairt filaments become
entirely concealed, as in U. argentea, U. flabellum ^ etc, where the filaments and their lateral
appendages become involved in one common mass of incrustation.

In the first group, the calcareous sheath of the filaments is seen to 1"- porose, just as

in Penicillus compare fig. 182). The pores are variable in size and distribution even in the

same plant. What is the meaning of these pores? They can scarcely be regarded as windows

for the more efficiënt illumination of the interior of the filament, since the calcareous sheath

is already so thin and translucent as to offer little hindrance to the passage of light. In all

probability their distribution corresponds with that of the green chromatophores inside the

filaments. and they themselves mark the spots where bubbles of oxygen were evolved during

the photo-synthetic process of the plant. Presumably the deposition of calcium carbonate would

ted at the time of photosynthesis only and naturally could not occur at those points

where bubbles of gas were clinging to the sides of the filaments. It will doubtless be objected

that the chromatophores, owing to the streaming movement of the protoplasm, would not

in stationary long enough to lay down even the foundations of the pores. But we would

point out that at and near the growing apices of the filaments the protoplasm is usually densely

congi uniek, in the very region where the thin porose calcareous sheath first begins

to be visible. Thus there is a stasis of the protoplasmic circulation at the young ends of the

filaments. which appears to be sufficiently prolonged for the mapping out of the young pores.

The pores, thus initiated, doubtless become permanent, since they would naturally provide the

outlets for the oxygen-bubbles. In these plants of the first group the starch is found

1. not in the well-illuminated main filaments of the frond, but in those of the thickly

and hence dark 1 stipes.

In the second group, on the other hand, abundant starch is found stored in the main

of the frond (as in U. flabellum\ indicating the darkness of the interior ol the fr<

the thick encrustation. The question arises how in this case is sufficiënt illumination

the formation of this large store of starch. The answer to this question is

inyone when the calcified surface is submitted to examination under a low power of

diameters,. The surface is seen to be pitted with innumerable "pores which

io-

vary in size according to the species (compare the stipes-cortex of Penicillus, figs. 163, 168,
175). They are very minute in U. flabellum, and so large in U. argentea var. spumosa as to
be visible under a pocket lens. These "pores" are the uncalcified apices of the simple or
branched lateral appendages of the frond filaments ; and these apices, being flush with the
surface, form innumerable "windows" for the entrance of liijht. And these "windows", like the
pores of Penicillus, U. conglutinata, &c, presumably escape calcification owing to the bubbles
of oxygen which, evolved by the chromatophores lodged inside, cling to the outside of the
"windows" (see p. 5).

Internal structure. The thallus of Udotca is composed of continuous non-septate
filaments which, branching dichotomously and repeatedly, more or less in one plane, form a
flabellate frond which may be monostromatic as in U. javensis, U. glaucescens, etc, or pluri-
seriate as in U. conglutinata, U. flabellum etc. The diameter of the filaments varies with the
species from about 25 (a to 1 00 j;., and is a diagnostic character of some importance.

According to the structure of the filaments the genus may be divided into two groups v).
In one the filaments are destitute of lateral appendages ; in the other they bear lateral appen-
dages which vary according to the species. In the first group the simplest structure is found
in U. javensis (fig. 36) which has a persistently monosiphonous stipes, and a monostromatic
frond. In l \ glaucescens (figs. 3, 5) the frond remains monostromatic, but the stipes in mature
plants becomes branched and corticated, and the base of the frond covered with fibulae. In
U. conglutinata (fig. 44) and U.orientalis (figs. 1, 4) the frond is pluriseriate. U. cyathiformis
(fig. 2) belongs to the same structural group, but has an infundibuliform frond, not a flabellum.

In the second group, which is characterised by its lateral appendages, the simplest form
is U. papillosa (figs. 17, 37), with monostromatic frond composed of filaments studded on
frond and back with papillae (fig. 20), and with a stipes monosiphonous in young stages. The
other species all have a compound stipes. In U. vcrticillosa (fig. 1 6) the frond is mono-
stromatic above, pluriseriate below ; the upper filaments are closely beset on front and back
with 2 — 4-furcate spinose appendages in pseudo-verticils (fig. 23 a). In U. argentea (figs. 57
and 15) the frond is distromatic above, pluriseriate below ; and the filaments bear capitate lateral
appendages arranged distichously (figs. 58^7, b, c). In l\ flabellum (fig. 26) the filaments are
pluriseriate, and the lateral branchlets are fewer in proportion and bear cymoid heads (fig. 2777).
In three species forming a section of the second group, the lateral appendages are produced
only where they are functionally required, that is, on the exterior surface of those filaments
of the pluriseriate frond which are situated superficially on the frond, and the lateral appen-
dages are, as explained elsewhere, needed as "windows" (p. 5). These three species are U.
indica (fig. 52) with short truncate appendages (figs. 13, 53), U. palmetta (figs. 10, ii) and
U. spiuulosa (figs. 55, 56 and 12) with acute, simple, or forked appendages. The same arrange-
ment is also found in the lower (pluriseriate) part of the frond of U.verticillosa and U. Wilsoni.

Cortex. The cortical covering of the frond, as may be gathered from what has been

1) For the decalcification of specimens the best medium is Perenyi's fluid (4 parts nilric acid 10 7„; 3 parts alcohol: 3 pavts
chromic acido.5°/0). After treatment with this Huid the structure becomes clearly visible.

I' ' I

:rs only ii ind varies in charactei according to the shape ol

the lateral .ij.pt- It is from the approximated or contiguous ends of the lateral appen

tli.it thi is formed. For instance, in U. indica fig. 53 and U. argentea

ple monostromatic pseudo-parenchyma. In U. flabellum it is firmer and

smaller elements. In U. pahnettay U. spinulosa and U veriicillosa

th, superficially from the two surfaces ol the frond, form a loose furry cor-

rhe deposition of calcium carbonate either strengthens on the one hand
th< the component elements of the cortex or, on the other hand, helps to bind

ose spinose lateral appendages into a more or less continuous mass.
1 ns. rhe filaments do nol normally coalesce in the upper margin <>t" the frond
i, in the manner characteristic of the central strand in the articulations of Halimeda.
int in U. ii/\rc)i/id, at the base "l the marginal proliferations of the frond, we have occa-
mally noticed .1 distinct fusion of two filaments into one, which thereupon branches dicho-
tously in normal fashion. This however is apparently of rare occurrence and is always
difficult to detect, being obscurrd l>v the presence of numcrous lateral appendages. In other
two or more filaments are found coheriner tosrether laterallv, lmt not fusiner, at the base
of a proliferation. Whether perchance these junctions or cohesions may somehow be due to
fortuitous injury of the apices of the filaments al an earlier period, we are unable to say. Be
this as it may, we have in a few species commonly noticed that at the base of a prolifera-
tion, the outline of the previous margin of the frond is plainly indicated l>v a zone consisting
of a deformed thickening of the filaments (for a length of 20 — 30 u.) and of their walls. And
further, these thickened filaments end each in a blind apex, the new growth consisting ol a
single branch (not a dichotomy), which lias emerged a little below the aforesaid apex. This
shows clearly that there was for some reason a resting staj^e bcfore the forming ol the new
iliferation. We have noticed that snch a zone is sometimes marked in U. verticillosa by .1
thin fringe "f short loose excurrent branches of the frond-fïlaments.

Stipes. The stipes, as shown above. is monosiphonous in the simplest species, U.
. and in small specimens of U. papillosa and U. glaucescens. In older plants
of these two latter species, the stipes becomes polysiphonous : in U. papillosa by the produc-
tion of rhizoids (fig. 37) which descend and form a covering of the original siphon ; and in
U. glaucescens by the production of branches (fig. 43) which become bound together and
eloped by a cortex composed of ramified lateral appendages, such as characterise the other
•cies of Udotea. The stipes-structure of U. orientalis is well figured under the name U.
%lutinata by Okamura (Icones of Japanese Algae I. [908 tab. XLV figs. 9, to). In the
i which have a corticated frond, the lateral appendages of the stipes-filaments usually
iw a broad resemblance to those of the frond-filaments The corticated stipes is simple in mosi
the species, but is very shortly branched at the apex in (J \ glaucescens and U. Wilsoni (fïg. 6<
Root-mass. The root-mass consists of a loose felt-work, which is composed ol .1
ratively small number of fairly straight, thick filaments, bearing throughout their length
icles of repeatedly and furcately branched, tapering, slender, colourless root-
These root-hairs become interlaced with each other and with the particles ol

io5

coral sand in which the plants grow, often forming a bulbous mass, as is seen in the figure
of U. flabellum (PI. III. tig. 26).

Cell-contents. For want of living material, we are only able to state that starch
occurs in great abundance in the parts of the plant which are not exposed to light, namely
in the rooting parts, and in thickly calcified sterns and fronds, for instance in the frond-
filaments of U. flabellum.

As to the distribution and character of the chromatophores, we are unable to offer
any remarks (save in relation to the pores of the calcareous sheath p. 102).

Fruit. The sporangia of Udotea are unknown. So-called zoosporangia have been
described and figured for U. Desfontainii, a species which we exclude from the genus Udotea,
and describe under the name Flabellaria petiolata (p. 48). As stated under Flabellaria, these
zoosporangia require confirmation. In Udotea proper the sporangia may be expected to occur
at the apices of filaments at the margin or on the surface of the frond, as in Avrainvillea
or 'Halimcda. We have been unable to find any tracé of sporangia in Udotea, unless it be
that the blind apices referred to above in the paragraph on Fusions (p. 104) represent the
bases of old sporangiophores.

Geographical Distribution. Udotea flourishes principally within the tropical zone,
but is not confined thereto, for U. orientalis extends to Natal and U. javensis occurs in
Japan. Few details are available respecting the habit and marmer of growth, but they appear
to flourish on coral reefs and sand, even down to a depth of 100 meters below sea level. The
geographical distribution of each species will be found under its own name.

Systematic.

Up to the time of publication of J. G. Agardh's account of Udotea in Till Alg. Syst.
(loc. cit.), there was no attempt to classify the species of this genus according to groups. This
author however divides the genus, as mentioned above, into four sections, founded on differences
exhibited by the filaments of the frond as regards straightness, juxtaposition, manner and
degree of calcification and the presence or absence of cortex and of connecting fibulae or
lateral branchlets. The four sections are called Palmettae, Incrustatae, Fibuliferae, Corticatae.
The first of these, Palmettae, contains three species - U. glauceseens, U. palmetta J. Ag.
non Decaisne (= U. orientalis A. & E. S. Gepp), and U. infundibulum Suhr (= U. cyathiformis
Decaisne) ; the second, Incrustatae, contains only U. conglutinata ; Fibuliferae contains U.
Desfontainii (= Flabellaria petiolata Trevis. see p. 48), and U. peltata J. Ag., which as we
show on p. 45 must be regarded as representing a new genus, Rhipiliopsis. Corticatae contains
only U. Jïabellata. Six other species are mentioned by name only, being unknown to the
author. As Agardh omitted to borrow and examine Decaisne's type of U. palmetta, and
evidently overlooked the original figure, he had only Dkcaisne's short and incomplete descrip-
tion to rely upon. Thus he feil into the error of regarding l \ suborbiculata Sonder as syn-
onymous with U. Palmetta Decaisne. The plant described by Agardh as U. Palmetta, must,
we are convinced, be referred to our U. orientalis.

The species of Udotea are roughly separable into two groups, as Ellis and Solander

SUIOGA-EXPEDITIE LXII. 14

ihadowed more than ia i those in which the main filaments of the

frond are plainly and are not concealed 1>\. .1 co in which the main

filaments or mor.- or less obscured by the presence ol papillae or

highl) appendages. Into the first division fall U.javensis, U. glaucesi

. ('. orientalisy and U. explanata. In the second division are
on the one hand V. argentea, f ientalis and U. flabellala, with pseudo-parenchymatous

ither hand U. papillosa with its subspecies subpapillata, U. indica, I
U verticillosa and Cl. Wilsoni, characterised by the presence ol
1 hi 51 species constitute the genus, as delimited in the present paper.
/ing morphological and geographical grouping might also be suggested
,\ Main filaments of frond destitute of papillae and of lateral appendages
East (ndies. Wist [ndies.

i '. favensis.
( '. glaucescens.

I '. or ientalis. I . conglutinata.

U. explanata. U. cyathiformis.

W Main filaments papillose.

East Indies.
( '. papillosa.

U. papillosa var. subpapillata (sp. prop.?).
C. Main filaments bearing lateral appendages:
Lateral appendages monostichous, secund.

East Indies. West Indies.

/ \ indica.

('. palmet ta. U. spinulosa.

6) Lateral appendages subverticillately or subdistichously arranged in upper part of frond :

West Indies.
U. verticillosa.
U. Wilsoni.
c) Lateral appen produced on all sides of the main filaments (often appearing to be

distichous), capitate, pedicellate ; capitula simple or componnd, neven- with acute apices :
East Indies. West Indies.

I ' . argentea. U. occidentalis.

I '. flabellum. U. flabellum.

From this distribution table it will be seen that only one of the species U. flabellum)
ommon to the Eastern and Western hemispheres.

Another remarkable point which is of great systematic value is found in the relative

the two constrictions above each dichotomy of the frond -filaments. These supra-

dichotomial constrictions occur in all but three of the species [Cl. flabellum, f .verticillosa and

ind are markedly uneven (see lig. 47) in the East Indian species with one

ip7

exception {U . explanata) \ and are even, that is, equidistant above the dichotomy (see fig. 45)
in the West Indian species with the exception of U. occidentalis. What the cause of this
difference is, and why it should be associated with such a difference of geographical distribution,
we are unable to suggest. It appears to be a fundamental character, for it can be detected
at an early stage in the budding dichotomy at the apex of a frond filament. There is thus
a parallelism of species in the two regions, as the above table shews.

As regards the above exceptions, it should be noted that U. occidentalis, though a
West Indian species, has uneven constrictions and is very closely allied to U. argentea, a
species with a wide distribution extending from the Red Sea to Queensland. It seems possible
that U. occidentalis may be an offshoot of U. argentea, modified by its West Indian environ-
ment, lts distribution is very limited.

As to U. cxfilanata, an East Indian species with even constrictions (fig. 50), it has no
actual parallel in the West Indies, unless it be the cup-shaped U. cyatJiiformis\ and its presence
in the East Indies is perplexing (see p. 121).

In U. verticillosa (fig. 23^7) and U. JVilsoni (fig. 67) the constrictions seem to be
masked, or rather suppressed, as a consequence of the abundant production of lateral appen-
dages. These originate so close to the apex of the filaments in these two species, as to inter-
fere with or prevent the normal formation of the supra-dichotomial constrictions.

In U. fLabellum there seems no reason why the supra-dichotomial constrictions should
not exist, but the fact remains that they are absent in this species ; and further, that this
species is the only one which ia common to the Old and New worlds (see pp. 106, 133). As
stated on p. 133, we have failed to discover distinctions sufficiënt to separate the Eastern from
the Western representatives of this species.

We have removed from the genus Udotea the following six species: U. pcltata J. Ag.
(= Rhipiliopsis, p. 45), U. Desfontainii Decaisne ancl U. minima Ernst which are placed in
Flabellaria (p. 46), U. amadclplia Mont. which is an Avraitwillea (p. 42), U. plumula Crouan
which is a synonym of Rhipocephalus Phocnix (p. 93), and U, sordida Mont. (= Avrainvillea
erecta, p. 29).

Udotea Lamouroux
in Nouv. Buil. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris III. 1S12. p. 186.

Syn. Flabellaria Lamarck in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. XX. 1813. p. 294.

Udotea Decaisne in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 2^ sér. XVIII. 1842. p. 105 (pro parte).

Flabellaria Chauvin Recherches... 1842. p. 123 (pro parte).

Udotea J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 67 (pro parte).

Udotea De Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 505 (pro parte).

Rhipidosiphon De Toni op. cit. p. 517.

Udotea Wille in Engler und Prantl natürl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. 1890. p. 142, fig. 94

(pro parte)
Rlupidosiplion Wille in op. cit. p. 144.

Udotea Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 394.
Udotea Wille in Engler und Prantl natürl. Pflanzenfam. I. Teil, 2. Abteil. Nachtrage 19 10.

p. 129 (pro parte).

Udotea Lamouroux.

Thallus tipes and frond, with or without a root-mass.

Rooi composed of a few fairly straight, simple, thick fila-

ment "i repeatedly forked, tapering root-hairs, looselj interwoven.

onally divided above, either monosiphonous and bearing .1 few rhï-

upon the root-mass and composed of numerous branched filaments, which

are ' en and bear lateral appendages; peripheral endings of the lateral appen-

• igether to form a cortex which is thickly calcified.

Frond either monostromatic and simply flabellate, or bi- to pluri-seriate and flabelliform
or rarely infundibuliform, simple, lobed <>r proliferous, sometimes crispato plicate, often concen-
trically and longitudinally striate, deep-green to ashy-white, varying in thickness and

calcification.

Filaments of frond branched dichotomously, occasionally trichotomously, all more or
parallel, or parallel in obliquely crossing layers; often bearing numerous papillae, or lateral
appendages (<>r branchlets). Appendages unilateral, distichons, subverticillate, or irregularly
distributed, occurring in the form of r) acute or truncate papillae, 2) spines, sessile or stalked,
simple or more or less furcate, with acute apices, or 3) stalks bearing simple or lobed or
cymoidly branched capitula. Cortex, when present, composed of the approximated or contig-
uous apices of the lateral appendages, and encrusted with linie. Calcareous sheath of frond-
filaments porose in those species which are destitute of lateral appendages.

The following characters are of prime importance in the discrimination of the species:

1 . Structure of frond :

a) W'hether monostromatic or pluriseriate.

Whether the filaments bear lateral appendages or not.
c) The shape and arrangement of the lateral appendages.

Whether the filaments are unevenly or evenly constricted above the dichotomies.
e) The diameter of the filaments.

2. Structure of the stipes, whether monosiphonous or compound.

The following Key is based upon a consideration of the above characters.

Key t o the species.

A. Main filaments visible in surface view, when magnified about
50 diameters. Frond often fissile.

a. Frond monostromatic. Filaments parallel, laterally coherent.
i-j. Filaments of frond without papillae.

1. Plant small. about 1 — 2 cm. high. Stipes always mono-
siphonous. Filaments of frond \o 50^ thick . . . 1. I '. javensis (p. 1 10).

2. 1'iant larger, up to g cm. high. Stipes compound,

ticated. Filaments of frond 6 \ or more) thick. 3. U. glaucescens (p. m ;, .

109

B.

subsp. subpapillata (p. i i 2).

4. U. conglutinata (p. 1 14).

6. U. oriënt alis (p. 119).

7. U. explanata (p. 120).

|3. Filaments of frond bearing numerous, more or less ob-
vious, distichous papillae.

1. Filaments 30 — 45 u. in diam. ; beset with evident
papillae from base to apex. Length of papillae equals
diameter of filament 2. U. papillosa (p. nf

2. Filaments 30 — 55 u. in diam., fibuliferous at base of
frond, bearing low, inconspicuous papillae above .

b. Frond distromatic to pluriseriate.

a. Frond filaments without lateral appendages.

* Frond flabellate. Cortex of stipes running up on to base
of frond.

a. Filaments 25 — 50 a in diameter.

1 . Constrictions of frond-filaments quite or almost
equidistant above dichotomy. Filaments 25 — 70 y.
in diameter. (Western hemisphere)

2. Constrictions of frond-filaments at markedly une-
qual distances above dichotomy. Filaments of
frond 25 — 35 ij. in diameter. (Eastern hemisphere).

b. Filaments 50 — 65 u. in diameter. Supra-dichotomial
constrictions even. (Eastern hemisphere) ....

** Frond cyathiform. Filaments 35 — ioou in diameter.
Cortex of stipes ending abruptly, not running up on to

frond 5. U. cyathiformis (p. 117)

|3. Frond-filaments with lateral appendages, unilaterally but
interruptedly arranged (i. e. alternately unilateral).

* Appendages simple, truncate or subpeltate. ....
** Appendages simple or 2 — 3-fid, acute, usually sessile.

1. Supra-dichotomial constrictions uneven. Main fila-
ments about 30 ij. in diameter. (Indian Ocean) .

2. Supra-dichotomial constrictions even. (West Indies).

Filaments 45 — 70 [j. in diameter . . U. spimdosa var. palmettoidea (p. 125).

*** Appendages 2 — 8-pronged, stalked. (West Indies).
Main filaments 46 — 84 u. in diameter, supra-dichotomial

constrictions even 10. U. spimdosa (p. 124).

Main filaments not visible in surface view, being concealed by
a close cortex composed of numerous branchlets, simple or
subdivided, contiguous. Frond not, or rarely, fissile.
a. Main filaments distromatic to pluriseriate. Cortex easily
separable after decalcification. Lateral appendages short, of
approximately equal length, very numerous.

8. U. indica (p. 121).

9. U. palmetta (p. 122).

I IO

i S spumos* Lateral appendages

wil nple, inil.it' it< head.

\I.un filament! diameter (Indian < >< ean).

.l.iüi fil . ■ diametei \\ i si Indie

\ spiculoso-granulose or papillose

simple "i forked, mostij shortl) pedi

■ 1 in close subverticils or distichousl) secund

• ndages spinose,

appendages ver) obtuse

icnts pluriseriate, requiring to be torn apart after decalci
l ortex very coherent. Lateral appendages of une
iiLial length.

i. Frond thick, much calcified; appendages mostly springing
from opposite sides of the filament, at irregular inter-
vals, cymoidly subdivided at apex

ii. U. argentea (p. i .■

i2. U. i>i < identahs (p. 1271.

1 3. I ' . verticillosa (p. 1 28 I.
14. U. Wilsoni (p. 130).

15. U. flabellum [p. 131).

1. Udotea javensü \. & E. S. Gepp

in Journal of Botany XI. III. 1904. pp. 363 — 4, tab. 467. figs. 1 — 4.
Syn. Rhipidosiphon javensis Montagne Prodr. Phycolog. Antarct. 1848. p. 14.

Rhipidosiphon javensis Montagne in Dumont D'Urville's Voyage au Pole Sud, Bot. I.

23. I'l- /"• fig- 3-
Udotea glaucescens var. tennis or tenuior Grunow in Ferguson's Ceylon Algae n' 1
Udotea javensis Okamura Icones of Japanese Algae. I. 1908. p. 228, pi. XI. V. figs. 1 — 7.

Hab. Indic. Leyden, Batavia, Hombron\ — Ceylon, Ferguson\ — Maumeri, Flores, Dec. 1888.

n" 1037. Madame Weber van Bosse) — Macassar, Lei-lei, coral reef, Nov. [888, n° 932,
Madame Weber van Bosse \

Expedition. Stat. 16. Kangeang Island reef! — Stat. 43. Island Sarasa, Paternoster
Islands, reef! — Stat. 53. Bay of Nangamessi, Sumba, reef! — Stat. 71. Macassar reefs! —
Stat. 7>i . Island Kabala dua, Borneo bank, reef! — Stat. 81. Island Sebankatan, Bon
bank, reef! — Stat. 125. Sawan, Siau Island, reef! — Stat. 213. Saleyer reef! — Stat. 248.
Tiur Island, reef! — Stat. 261. Elat, Great-Kei Island, reef! — Stat. 282. X. E. point
of Timor, reef! — Stat. 296. Bay of Noimini, South Coast of Timor, reef! — Stat.
tti Island, reef! — Stat. 322, Sankapura roads, Bawean Island, reef!
1' .\' lil' . Hiuga, Kiushiu, Japan, Yendo (well fïgured by Okamura, loc. .

Stipes simple, 'reet. monosiphonous, smooth, not encrusted, sometimes radicelliferous,
60 — ioou thick.

l-'rond 2.5 — 30.0 mm. high, glaucescent-green, cuneate at base, rotundate and fimbriate,
rate above, flabellately expanded, formed by repeated dichotomy of the Rlaments,
tromatic, calcified.
Filaments laterally coherent by calcilication, straight, smooth, mostly 45 — 50 p thick (u\>
■ • base). Supra-dichotomial constrictions uneven. Calcified sheath porose. [Fig. 36].

Th formerly known as Rhipidosiphon javensis Mont., was made the type ol

Rhipidosiphon and placed in Siphoneae by Montagni (1. c.) in 1842. The plants

I 1 [

described had been collected by Hombron off Java, and since that time they had never been
recorded in any later collection of marine algae, until our note and figures were published in
the Journal of Botany (1. c).

Montagne (1. c.) described and figured Rliipidosiphou as a fan-shaped thallus composed
of dichotomous and anastomosing filaments ; and though in the Siboga collection we found
several plants e.xactly like Montagne's figure in size and habit, we were unable to detect in
any of them the characteristic anastomosis insisted upon by Montagne. So striking however
was the resemblance, that it inevitably suggested the possibility that Montagne had made some
error in his observation. And so indeed it proved ; for we discovered at last in one of our
plants some instances of "anastomosis", or rather of pseudo-anastomosis. In other words, the
so-called anastomosis observed by Montagne was an anastomosis, not of the filaments of the
flabellum, but of the lines of calcareous cement which fills the grooves between contiguous
filaments and also forms a connecting ring round the constriction at the base of each supra-
dichotomial branch. Montagne in fact mistook the opaque lines of cement for filaments, as
we endeavoured to shew by figures in Journal of Botany (loc. cit.). Finally, Montagne's type
in Herb. Mus. Paris is identical with the Siboga specimens and has no anastomosing
filaments. Another synonym is U. glaucescens var. temiis (or tenuior) Grunow in Ferguson's
Ceylon Algae (n° 439).

U.javensis is the simplest form of Udotea, being characterised by a permanently mono-
siphonous stipes, simple, uncorticated and translucent, and by its small monostromatic flabellum
of filaments destitute of all lateral appendages.

lts nearest allies are U. papillosa and U. glaucescens. From U. papillosa, which it
closely resembles in size, it differs in being entirely destitute of papillae on the filaments of
the frond. From U. glaucescens it differs in having a permanently monosiphonous stipes. In
U . glaucescens the stipes is monosiphonous m young plants only, and later becomes compound
and clothed with a cortex, produced by a multitude of lateral branchlets. Curiously enough
there is in the Siboga collection from Noimini Bay, Timor, a composite specimen which
in its frond exhibits filaments of U. papillosa chiefly, with a few filaments of U. javensis
intercalated side by side.

U. javensis occurs in the Indian Ocean and on the shores of Japan.

2. Udotea papillosa n. sp.

Hab. INDIC. Siboga Expedilion. Stat. 296. Bay of Noimini, Timor reef! — Stat. 16. Kangeang
Island, reef! — Stat. 322. Sankapura roads, Bawean, reef!

Plant usually small, reaching a height of about 2 cm. Stipes (or primary filament), when
young, simple, erect, monosiphonous, papillate above, not calcified, 70 — 100 p. in diameter; in
plants exceeding 1 cm. in height, this primary stipes becomes more or less concealed by a
covering of descendins? rhizoids issuino- from it at different levels.

Frond thickly calcified, usually about 1 cm. long, and 0.5 — 1.0 cm. wide (4.5 cm. long and
2 cm. wide in subsp. suöpapillata), cuneato-flabelliform, monostromatic, striate, not zoned in
type, often deeply lacerate, here and there proliferous.

l I 2

in diameter (without papillae), la te rail) coherent in one plane by

numerous approximated obtuse or mamillatel) apiculate

conical pap I in single i>r doublé rows along the fronl and back of the filament,

ing pair-wi posite one another; on the basal filaments they form close

whorls lii-r>- .nul there, and 01 onall) ari forked or geminate. Supra-dichotomial constrictions

uneven. •

:i il. subsp.

i Expedition. Stat. 285. South Coast of Timor. 34 meters. Lithothamnion bottom !

int 5 cm. high. Frond 4.5 cm. long, 2 cm. wide, zonate. Differs from the type in

much shorter and more obtuse papillae, often inconspicuous, and at somewhat wider

intervals on the filaments of the frond. The frond filaments are about 30^ in diam. above

and about 55 y. at base, where the) are irregularly beset with short fibulae 30 — 70 7. long.

fig. 41). [Figs. 39—42 .

U. papillosa (fig. 37), which in genera! habit resembles U.javensis (fig. $6) is one of the
simplest of the genus. Smal! specimens were found preserved in spirit together with equally small
plants of U.javensis, trom which species U. papillosa may usually be distinguished, even before
decalcification, by its opaque and perforated appearance (fig. 20) when seen under the micros-
cope. W'hen decalcified and teased out, the filaments composing the frond are seen to be
papil the papillae being arranged for the most part in single or doublé opposite

rows on front and back of the frond. They vary in shape even in the same filament, being
usually either obtusely conical or mamillatel)- apiculate, usually simple, but occasionally geminate
near the base of the plant; sometimes also they are arranged in whorls on the basal filaments
or on the stipes of the proliferations (fig. 38). These whorls or subwhorls and opposite pairs
of papillae are interesting in view óf the normal arrangement of the lateral appendages in U.
verticillosa (fig. 23) or U. Wilsoni (fig. 38). In subsp. subpapillata (fig. 39) the papillae are
low, broad, inconspicuous bosses on the upper filaments (fig. 42); near the base (figs. 40, 111
they are obvious and long (fibulae). The function of the papillae appears to be either to
maintain a plentiful and easy communication by osmosis between the interior of the hlament
and the circumambient sea-water, or to permit of a readier access of light into the cell-cavity
which is rendered dark by the thickness of the calcareous deposit which coats the frond (see
pp. 5 and 102, 103). The papillae, reaching to the surface of the calcareous coating appear
translucent in the opaque frond (fig. 20).

In mature plants, the primary filament becomes hidden bj a coverinij; of descendin^
rhizoids or prolonged outgrowths of the papillae (fig. 37). The older the plant, the thicker
the covering, just as in U. glaucescens \ but in U. glaucescens there is an additional tomentos

of "fibulae" (compare top of fig. 43), which conceal and bind together the component
filaments of the stipes, and extend over the bas.- of the flabellum. Such "fibulae" are verj
in U. papillosa (type), being in fact merely elongate papillae.

Th ubpapillata (fig. 39) is described from a single specimen only, which was

1 1

obtained from deep water (23 fathoms). It is more than twice as large as the type, has a delicate
thin frond, and differs in having in its upper filaments (tig. 42) much less prominent papillae
which are more widely spaced out, and in having the base of the rlabellum beset with fibulae
(fig. 40). Possibly its differences are due to the depth at which it grew. At first sight it is
remarkably like U. glaucescens. Having only the one specimen and that from deep water only,
we hesitate at present to carry out our intention of publishing this plant as a new species under
the name - ■ Udotea subpapillata. We have however placed it as a species in the table
of affinities (p. 7).

As mentioned under U. javensis^ we have found among the specimens from Noimini
Bay, Timor, a frond of U. papil Vosa containing a fortuitous intercalation of filaments of
U. javensis, growing amicably side by side. The geographical distribution, as at present
known, is confined to the Malay Archipelago, where it is found with U. javensis.

3. Udotea glaucescens Harv.

List of Friendly Islands Algae, n° 82 (nomen tantum).
Syn. Udotea glaucescens J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 70.
Udotea glaucescens De Toni Syll. Alg. vol. I. 1889. p. 505.

Hab. INDIC. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms, J. Stanley Gardinerl — Sumatra, Wray, in Herb. Kew!

Siboga Expedition. Lirung! with monosiphonous stipes.

PACIFIC. In the lagoon, Tongatabu, Friendly Islands Algae, Harvey n" 82 ! - - Rawa, Feejee
Islands, 1850, Harvey in Herb. Kew! — Cape York, North Australia, " Challenger" Expe-
dition! — Torres Straits, "Challenger" Expedition!

Plants varying in length to about 8 cm., encrusted with lime, radicelliferous below.
Stipes simple, sometimes once branched, sometimes sparingly divided at apex, up to 4 cm.
long, monosiphonous at first, subsequently becoming covered with descending branches and a
thick cortex of fibulae or lateral appendages.

Frond from a cuneate or rounded base, flabellate, typically monostromatic (except
sometimes at base), sometimes consisting of two or more loosely superposed lamellae arising
from the inconspicuously divided top of the stipes, glaucescent, not zoned, not corticated.

Main filaments of the frond more or less calcified, 65 — 105 a in diameter, radiating
from the stipes to the margin, parallel, dichotomously or rarely trichotomously branched,
unequally constricted above the dichotomies, laterally adherent, not flexuose.

Filaments of stipes of mature plant bearing lateral appendages which terminate in short,
simple or lobed, truncate capitula, botryoidally arranged, and form an irregular cortex to the
stipes. [Figs. 3, 5, 7, 8, 43].

Udotea glaucescens Harvey existed first only as a herbarium-name to denote plants
found by Harvey in the Friendly Islands, and distributed as n" 82 in bis List of Friendly
Islands Algae (fig. 3). It was first described by Prof. J. G. Agardh (Till Alg. Syst. 1. c), who
likens the thallus to the frond of Rhipocephalus. Its chief characteristic is the monostromatic
frond composed of parallel, closely adherent filaments (fig. 5), which branch dichotomously

SIBOGA EXPEDITIE LXLI. 15

i 14

and I character ii has in common with U, javensii

■ n ;uished by its stouter frond-filaments and by its stipes,
which, n '. puts < »n t several descending branches or rhizoids (fig. \\ •-. these

bran 'her into a compact column by means <>t" smal! lateral appenda

ound the main filaments. The stipes of / m the other

hand of .1 single uncorticated filament, which sometimes throws out a

numl

tative of this species in the Sib( llection was ed at

li agrees with Harvey's authentic specimens in the characters of its

frond-fil; tnd the fibulae at the base of the frond. It is a small plant, but an important

and inst 1 in respect of its stipes. The stipes is very long and monosiphonous, thinly

ending branches or rhizoids; and at its upper end it has begun to be
fibuliferous ... It is an indication of the process of developmenl of the compact stipes

of the mature plant. Compare also the stipes of U. papillosay p. 112).

Harvey's Friendly fslands specimens are but thinly calcified, having therefore a i^reen
appearance, and their frond-filaments measure 65- 70 p in diameter. The specimens collected
at ["brres Straits by the "Challenger" Expedition are more calcified and have an ashy-grey
colour, with filaments of similar dimensions. Mr. Stanley Gardiner's specimens from Cargados
ijos were dredged up from a depth of 30 fathoms; thej are larger, with simple flabelliform
fronds, rotundate at base, monostromatic and not lamellate; the frond-filaments have a diameter
of 70 [i in young green specimens, varying up to 1057. in mature well-calcified filaments.

I . glaucescens differs from Udotea orientalis, also an Eastern species, in having a
monostromatic frond composed of parallel, closely adherent, filaments; while the frond of U.
orientalis (fig. 1 l is pluriseriate and composed of filaments which are very much smaller, llexuose
and not closely paralli

The distribution is confined to the Indian Ocean and tropical Pacific.

4. Udotea conglutinata Lamouroux

lli<t. Polyp. Corall. Flex. 1816. p. 312.
Syn. Corallina conglutinata Milis and Solander Nat. Ilist. Zoophytes. 1786. p. 125. tab. 25, fig. 7.
mglutinata Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. 1. part VI. 1790. p. 3843.
nglutinata \\>^c Hist. Nat. «les Vers (Suites a Huffon). vol. III [8mo Paris (Déter-
ville). 1802. p. ~\.
Flabellaria conglutinata Lamarck Sur les Polyp. empatés in Ann. d. Mus. < 1 ' I list. Nat. XX.

13. p. 301.
Flabellaria conglutinata Lamarck Anim. s.ms Vertèbn tom. II 1816, p. 343; also op. cit.
II tom. 2. 1836, p.
rallina conglutinata Cuvier Règne Anim. il. IV 1S17. p. jj.

Jutinata l.i I Mi th. 1821. p. 28. tab. 25, fiv;. 7.

.'n/in, i/a Deslongchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. 1S24 — 5. p.
'utinata Blainville in l>ict. Sci. Nat. LVI. iS.'S. ]>. 229.
lutinata Blainville Man. d'Actinolog. 1834. p. 55
■-.'.' r ■lutinata Chauvin Recherches 1842. \>. 1

'utinata Kützing Species Algarum 1849. p. 502.

H5

Udotea conglutinata Duchassaing Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris 1850. p. 29.
? Penicillus comosus Schramm et Mazé Algues de la Guadeloupe Edit. I. 1865. p. 44. [See p. 91]
Udotea conglutinata Farlow in Proc. Amer. Acad. X. 1875. p. 377; U.S. Fish Comm. Report.

III. 1S76. p. 711.
Udotea conglutinata J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1SS7. p. 72.
Udotea conglutinata Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Udotea conglutinata De Toni Sylloge Algarum I. 1889. p. 507.
Udotea conglutinata Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club XXXVI. 1909, p. 96; pi. 2 & pi. 8,

figs. 11 — 13.
Udotea conglutinata Howe in Journ. New York Bot. Gard. IX. 190S. p. 126, fig. 19.
Udotea conglutinata Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 395.

Hal'. Atlantic. Among "Plants & Submarines gathered at Carolina, Bermuda & the Caribbees
by the Rev. Mr. Clerk" in Herb. Sloane vol. 318. fol. 42. n° 8! fol. 48. n" 11! — Key
West, Florida, in Herb. Mus. Brit.l — Florida, W. G. Farloiu in Herb. Collins! and in
Herb. Weber van Bosse\ — Bahia Honda Key, Curtiss, Algae Floridanae ser. I! — Baha-
mas, Bemini Harbor, Hou<e, n° 3240! -- St. Croix, F. B'èrgesen, herb. n° 14807!

Plants much calcified, varying in length to about 9 cm. Root-mass bulbous to elongate.
Stipes simple, 1 — 2.5 cm. long, varying to 0.5 cm. thick, corticated, cortex finely spongiose
or velutinous, subterete below, flatly expanded and cuneate above and (in structure) passing
gradually into the flabellum, the base of which is corticated.

Frond narrowly or widely flabelliform to subreniform, up to 7 cm. long and 1 1 cm.
wide, pluriseriate, plane, sometimes divided above into 2 — 3 wide overlapping lobes, often zoned,
green to ashy-white, surface minutely and longitudinally filamentoso-striate above, velutinous or
spongiose towards and at base ; margin subentire to eroso-lobate.

Filaments of frond 25 — 50 a (rarely 70 a) in diameter, here and there larger, calcified,
radiating from the stipes to the margin, repeatedly dichotomous, as a rule evenly constricted
above the dichotomies, flexuose, pluriseriate, somewhat felted and conglutinated together and
stiffened by calcareous deposit. Filaments at base of frond, for a short distance above the
transition from stipes, concealed under a loose covering of fibulae or lateral branchlets, shorter
and simpler than those of the stipes.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral branchlets, dichotomously divided, and terminated by
apices which vary from dactyline to abbreviated and obtuse, and are approximated together
so as to form an external cortex, hardened by a calcareous deposit. [Figs. 44 — 46].

The type of this species is, as stated above, the Corallina conglutinata of Ellis and
Solander ; and though unfortunately the original plant has been lost, it is quite easy to grasp
the identity of this species. The main characteristic, which is implied in the name, to wit, the
"branches dichotomous and glued together, but not covered" is further explained in the fol-
lowing note by the authors (loc. cit. p. 125): "We can plainly distinguish all the dichotomous
"branches of this Coralline on its surface, which are each of them separately covered with a
"thin calcareous substance full of pores ; these, by growing so close to one another, become
"glued or united together by their covering. This was found on the coast of the Bahama
"islands. It is of a seagreen color, and one inch and an half high". This makes their species
tolerably unmistakeable and supplements what is poorly rendered in their fig. 7 on tab. 25.

1 1'.

1 | his / i "> loc cit and Lamo roux his Udotea

ipon the description, figure and habitat of Ellis and Solander,

api ;t havii en specimens of the plant. And Lamouroux al least does not

em to ha\ identity of th<- plant, for he gave 1 1 1 < - name <>f U. conglutinata to

a . '\ is U. flabellata. It is labelled in Lamouroux's handwriting and a

phi ^ in the Herbarium of the British Museum.

• failed to realise the difference between U. conglutinata and U. flabellata

icription of U. flabellata clearly and trui) represents that species, yet in

he includes Flabellaria conglutinata of Lamarck, which as shown above is the

vata of the present day. Further he cites in his synonymy of U. flabellata

lowii "Corallina Sol. el Eli. ]>. 125 t. 24". The omitted specific name is pre-

|y intended to In- conglutinata since the dash is placed immediately under the specific

nam " ., 'utinala" used in the * Flabellaria conglutinata Lmk." in the preceding line). On

the other hand Decaisne cites also the tab. 24 of Ellis and Solander which represents the

truc f 'lata of the present day. Thus Decaisni evidently confused Ellis and Solander's

two spe»

('. conglutinata has often been confounded with U. cyathiformis Dccne. and the fun-
damental differences between the two species were never defined satisfactorily until the publi-
tion of I 'r. M. A. Howe's observations in Buil. Torrey Hot. Club XXXVI. 1909 pp. 94 97.
Dr. Howi has collected plants of both species representing successive stages of growth and
reproduces a most instructive series of photographs (loc. cit. plates 2. 3) in illustration, which
prove that from quite an early stage typical U. cyathiformis is infundibuliform, and U. con-
glutinata is flabellate.

We have at times had difficulty in distinguishing herbarium specimens of these two
species in consequence of the variability of the habit and structure in each. But we are inclined
to regard the following as the most useful characters lor discriminating between tin- two species.
In ' '. conglutinata the frond is plane (fig. 44), non-fissile, the filaments being matted
and conglutinated together; the stipes is flattened above and passes gradually and cuneately
into the flabellate frond: the base of the frond is covered with a cortical coating of short
lateral appendages (fibulae), and the upper part usuallv has a tomentulose nap-like surface.
The felting of the filaments is due to their much-repeated dichotomies ; and the nap-like
surface is due to the short, tortuous, and often somewhat divaricate ultimate branchlets isee
Howe op. cit. p.

In U. cyathiformis the frond of typical specimens is cup-shaped (fig. 2) (in dried spe-
cimens the frond is liable to be expanded and flattened out, thus losing its hollow shape) ; in
typical specimens the stipes is cylindrical throughout and passes abruptly into the frond, and
th« of the frond is destitute of corticating fibulae; the frond is fissile and its surface is

fibrous, or resembles coarse appressed nap. The lateral appendages of the stipes bear terminal
cymo iups of minute capitate apices similar to that shown in fig. 8 6).

U. cyathiformis in its typical infundibuliform state is quite distinct and easily recognised.
ition is complicated by the existence of plants with an explanate frond. These

ii7

appear to be identical with U. cyathiformis in almost every character except the possession
of a cyathiform frond. And, since they occur in the same geographical region as, and in asso-
ciation with, that species, it seems impossible to exclude them from U. cyathiformis. For
instance, n° 99 of Mazé's Algues de la Guadeloupe in Herb. Mus. Brit. has a plane, narrow,
cuneato-flabelliform frond, while the specimens under the same number in Herb. Kew are
evidently cyathiform. There are also in Madame Weber van Bosse's herbarium five spirit
specimens collected at Santa Marta, Columbia, by Dr. Versluys, all of vvhich have a purely
explanate frond with rotundate base, and which, but for their geographical origin, we should
place without hesitation under our East Indian species, U. explanata (see remarks under that
species, p. 121).

For distinguishing such flabelliform plants from U. conglutinata the most trustworthv
characters are the thin, flexible, fissile, fibrous frond, usually destitute of fibulae at base; the
less frequent dichotomies of the frond-filaments ; and the truncate or button-like apices of the
lateral appendages of the stipes.

As regards their diameter, the frond-filaments of U. conglutinata are rather variable ;
for instance, in Dr. Howe's n" 3240 (fig. 44) from the Bahamas (the type locality) they vary
from 30 to 50 u. in diameter, while those of the ancient specimens of the Rev. Mr. Clp:rk in
Herb. Sloane vary between 38 and 54 a in one plant and 45 to 70 a in another plant. This
latter, though exceptional, is an undoubted U. conglutinata, with typical habit and a fibular
coating on the lower part of the frond.

The size of the frond-filaments is thus an insufficiënt character for the separation of
U. conglutinata from U. cyathiformis. For in U. cyathiformis there is a group of plants in
which the diameter of the frond-filaments varies between 35 and 50 rj..

The lateral appendages of the stipes of U. conglutinata seem to be more variable in
shape than those of U. cyathiformis, bearing apices which range from dactyline (fig. 46) to
short, obtuse, or truncate, simple or bifid, in groups of two, 10 — 20 p. thick (rarely 30 y.),
not capitate.

Udotea conglutinata is recorded only from the tropical A.tlantic.

5. Udotea cyathiformis Decaisne

Mém. sur les Corallines 011 Polyp. Calcif. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2de sér. tom. XVIII. 1842 p. 106.
Syn. Udotea acetabulum Decaisne MS. in Herb. Mus. Paris.

Udotea cyathiformis Kutzing Species Algarum 1849. p. 503.

Udotea conglutinata Harvey Nereis Bor. Amer. III 185S p. 27. pi. XL. C (probably).
Flabellaria conglutinata Mazé et Schramm Algues de la Guadeloupe. Ed. II. 1870 — JJ. p. 88.
Udotea conglutinata Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XIV. 1874. p. 312 (pro parte), and

P- 3I5 (Pro parte).
Codium infundibulum Suhr ex J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 71.
Udotea infundibulum J. G. Agardh loc. cit.

Udotea conglutinata Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Udotea cyathiformis Murray op cit. p. 239.
Udotea infundibulum Ue Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 507.
Udotea cyathiformis De Toni op. cit. p. 512.
Udotea conglutinata Vickers and Shaw Phycologia Barbadensis. Paris 190S p. 24, pi. XXXII.

\ Gepp in 1 ran Linn 3 i Bol VII.

and I XII. 1909 p. j88.

Buil torre} Bol ' lub XXXVI. 1 1 p 96, pi. $; pi -10.

\,. N. Am., in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 395.

nt pn la Guadeloupe," D 'Avrainville in Herb. Mu Paris sub
,u" ! - ideloupe, Saintes, .\us<- sous Ie vent, sui la coquille du

;.'.: <r 1358 bis! < iuadeloupi , Ba eterre, ui la 1 oquille

du Stromb N ;. Ma n" 99, première série! — Guadeloupe, Saii

sable vaseuse, eaux tranquilles, en Février, Mazt n1 150 bis! —

-V, . Suhi sub n« uu. ' '■ 1 nfundibulum St. Thomas, " Challenger" Exped-

n, 5—15 fathoms! St. Thomas, F. Börgesen, herb. ui fathoms), rioi

fathoms), 1137 20 Fathoms), 1173 115 fathon St. Croix, F. . <t, herb.

; fathoms)! St. Jan, /•'. Börgesen, herb. u 1 148, and an unnumbered

cimen! Pedro and Morant Cays, Gulf of Mexico, 2 — 100 fathoms, Carpenter\ —

Bahama Bank, /•'. M. Rayner in Herb. Mus. Brit! — Bermuda, " Challenger" Expedition,

31 fathoms in Herb. Mus. Brit.!, 30 fathoms in Herb. Kew\ — Bahamas, Exuma I hain,

Cave Cays, Hawe n Columbia, St» Marta, baie de Tagauga, explanate examples

dredged [8. II. 1896, yacht "Chazalie", Versluys\ in llcrb. Webei van Bosse.

Plants varying in length to about 17 cm. high, moderately calcified, rather flexible.
Root-mass bulbous to elongate. Stipes simple, terete, or sometimes fiatly expanded above, up
cm. long and 0.6 cm. thick, corticated, usually passing abruptly into the frond; cortex
smooth, very minutely pseudoporose.

Frond cyathiform, or split open and explanate, sometimes flabelliform, up to ; 1 cm.
long and 9 cm. wide, tïssile, often more or less deeply lacerate, often zoned, green to ashy-
white, superficially fibrous or resembling coarse appressed nap; margin usually lacerate or fimbriate.

Filaments of frond about 40 — ioo y. in diameter, calcified, radiating from the stipes to
margin, evenly constricted above each dichot<>my, somewhat flexuous, pluriseriate, not
conspicuously conglutinated together as in U. conglutinata and less frequently dichotomous
than in that species.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages, dichotomously divided, and terminated
by truncate, cymoid heads of abbreviated capitate apices, approximated together to form a
k, which is hardened with a calcareous deposit. (See Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club.
XXXVI. 1909. pi. VIII, figs. 8—10) [Fig. 2, 6, 9].

This species was l'ounded in 1S42 by Decaisne (loc. cit.) and the type is evidently the

specimen labelled by De< visni U. acetabulum in Herb. Mus. Paris, and kindly Ient to us

Another example of the same species is the Codium infundibulum of Suhr [Udotea

ndibulum J. Ag.). Through the kindness of Major Reinbold we have been enabled to see

and examine Suhr's original plant, which is a smal! specimen of U. cyathiformis Decne. and

mbles the type in the small si/c of its filaments (about 40 — 50 tj.). Suhr's plant is labelled

oming from "W. India", meaning presumably the West (ndies, and before il came into

Major Reinbold's possession was preserved in the Herbarium of Prof. Jessen, the friend and

l>n 1 >ïl of Slhr. J. G. Agardh (Till Alg. Syst. V. p. 71) quotes the East Indies, "ad oras

fide Suhr)", as the locality for this plant, but he remarks later that the

lig

locality is doubtful. His description agrees precisely with the plant which Major Reinbold lent
us. The supra-dichotomial constrictions are usually formed above the dichotomy at a distance
equal to the diameter of the filament.

U. cyathiformis differs from U. conglutinata in having normally a cup-shaped and not
a flabelliform frond. Recently Dr. Howe (loc. cit.) has demonstrated that the fïmdamental
difference of habit which distinguishes the two species obtains even in young plants ; as is
shewn in his series of photographic reproductions (loc. cit. plates 2, 3.).

Too much dependence must not however be placed on this charactér (difference of habit)
alone, in view of the occasional occurrence of specimens of U. cyathiformis with a purely fla-
belliform frond. For example Mazé's n" 99 from Guadeloupe in Herb. Mus. Brit. would pass
at first sight for U. conglutinata, were it not for other characters. It should be noted that
the corresponding specimens in Herb. Kew shew a cyathiform tendency. We have summarised
the most trustworthy characters for distinguishing the two species in our remarks under
U. conglutinata (p. 116).

The specimens of U. cyathiformis, which we have seen, fall into two groups according
to the size of their frond-filaments. On the one hand, the filaments of the frond measure
35 — 50 u in diameter in Decaisne's type from Guadeloupe (fig. 6), and in Suhr's Codium
infundibulum, and in Mazé's n". 99 from Guadeloupe. The other group consists of specimens
whose frond-filaments measure between 50 and 100 p. ; for example, Mazé's 135 Sbïs from
Guadeloupe. And this latter group is the commoner of the two.

The geographical distribution of U. cyathiformis is confined to the West Indian region.

6. Udotea orientalis n. sp.

Syn. Udotea suborbiculata Sonder in F. von Mueller's Fragm. Austral. XI. Suppl. 1880. p. 38.

sub n° 973.
Udotea Palmetta J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 71.
Udotea infundibulitm Hauck in Hedwigia XXVII. 1S88 p. 92.
Udotea Palmetta De Toni Syll. Algarum I. 1889. p. 506.

Udotea infundïbulum Hieronymus in Engler Pflanzenvvelt Ostafrikas. Theil C. p. 24. 1895.
Udotea conglutinata Okamura Icones of Japanese Algae I. 1908. p. 231, plates XLIV, figs.

11, 12, XLV, figs. 8 — 13.
Udotea conglutinata A. & E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908. p. 175; and

in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) XII. 1909. p. 385.

Hab. INDIC. Siboga Expedition. Stat. 64. Island Tanah-Djampeah, 30 m. n°s 261! 262! 263! ■
Stat. 99. Island North Ubian, Sulu Archipelago, 16 m. ! — Stat. 133. Lirung, Salibabu
Island, reef! — Stat. 301. Pepela Bay, Rotti Island, reef!
Lamu Harbour, Zanzibar coast, covered at lovv water, Hildebrandt, n" 1918! — Bluft, Natal,

Evans ! — Durban, Natal, Weder van Bosse\
Pacific. Queensland, Cape Gloucester (fide Sonder). ■ Queensland, Cape Flattery, Algae
Mullerianae in Herb. Kew ! — Queensland, Brammo Bay, Dunk Island, Banfield\ — Queens-
land, Port Denison, fide J. G. Agardh. — Macclesfield Bank, China Sea, Bassett Smith ! -
Japan, Riukiu, Kuroiwa, Ando, and Kanagusuku (well figured by Okamura, loc. cit.).

Plants varying to about 7 cm. in length, usually about 5 cm., more or less calcified.
Root-mass bulbous to elongate. Stipes simple, up to 2 cm. long, 1 — 2 mm. thick, corticated

•r velutinous), flattened above and in structure passing gradually into

the flabellum.

1 ,,,. , .., ... , ate, rarely cuneate, rarely auriculate base, subrotundate to

flabelliform, a m. long, and 5 cm. wide, greenish-white, zoned, surface minutel) and

longitudina ate above, velutinous or spongiose towards and at base, margin

,:i\ lobate.

15 35 f* in diameter rarely 45 /ut), slightly caJcified, radiating from

peatedl) dichotomously branched, unevenl) constricted above '-ach dicho-

;, pluriseriate, usually densely conglutinated together by calcareous deposit. Fila-

of frond bearing a few short, simple, lateral branchlets or fibulae (compare

rit. pi. XLIV, fig. I l

Filaments ut' stipes bearing lateral appendages, dichotomously divided and terminated
>mall, short, obtuse, sometimes ovoid, apices. [Figs. 1, 4, .17, 48].

I'his species (see fig. 1) is the parallel in the [ndian < )cean of the West Indian U.
xglutinata (fig. 44), trom which it differs essentially in having the supra-dichotomial con-
strictions of its frond -filaments very unevenly situated (compare hg. 47 with hg. 45). Also l
orientalis is more slender tlian the West Indian species, and its frond-filaments have a
slightly smaller diameter.

It should be noted that U. orientalis (fig. 17) and its ally, U. glaucescens, as well as
U.indica and U. palmetta, all inhabitants of the Indian Ocean, have the characteristic uneven
supra-dichotomial constrictions, which distinguish Chlorodesmis comosa (figs. 72. 73/M oi the
Indian and Pacific Oceans. The West Indian species, U. conglutinata and U. cyathiformis,
are distinguished at once by their even constrictions.

The distribution of U. orientalis lies between Timor, Celebes, and Macclesfield Bank on
the east and Zanzibar and Natal on the west. The number of specimens in the Siboga collections
shows that the plant is not uncommon in the Malay region. The Natal plants are deep green
in colour and diverge from the type in having stouter frond-filaments reaching 45 ;j. in
diameter (bul with the uneven constrictions typical of U. orientalis), and in the stouter apices
of the lateral appendages of the stipes-filaments.

The geographical distribution of U. orientalis is within the Indian and Pacific < >ceans.

7. Udotea explanata n. sp.

Syn. \Flabellaria Palmetta Kützing Tab. Phyc. VIII. 1858 p. 12, tab. 27. fig. 1.
? Udotea Palmetta Sonder <-x Kützing loc. cit.
r Udotea Kützingii De Toni Sylloge Algarum I. 1889 p. 511.

//<i/'. Indic. Siboga Expedition. Celebes! ? Arabian Gulf, Sonder.

I'lant about 7.5 cm. high. Stipes 1.5 cm. high, cylindric below and 2 mm. thick, flat-

to a width of 5 '> mm. and in structure passing gradually into the flabellum;

pongy-velutjnous, continued on to the base of the frond for a distance oi

2 m m .

I 2 I

Frond from a truncate base semicircular, with a radius of about 5 cm. from the stipes,
fissile, much and deeply lacerated, with margin lobate and ragged through unequal growth,
indistinctly zoned, isabelline, fissile, not much conglutinated, surface fibrous or like appressed nap.

Filaments of frond mostly 50 — 65 u. in diam., radiating from stipes to margin, pluriseriate,
parallel, nearly straight, calcified, porose, with even (never with markedly uneven) constrictions.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages dichotomously divided and terminated
by cymes of small, short, obtuse or truncate apices. [Figs. 49 — 51].

This plant is rather perplexing, and we have only one specimen of it (hg. 49). Though
a product of the Indian Ocean, it lacks the markedly uneven supra-dichotomial constrictions,
which are so characteristic of the other species of Udotca indigenous to Eastern waters. lts
constrictions are even (fig. 50), like those öf mo'st of the West Indian species. Compared with
the East Indian species it differs from U. orientalis in having its frond-filaments about twice
as thick ; and from U. glaucesccns in having a pluristromatic frond. As to the West Indian
species, it differs from U. conglutinata in its larger frond-filaments and its fibrous, fissile, non-
conglutinated frond ; and from U. cyathiformis in its purely explanate (not cup-shaped) frond,
and in the continuation of the stipes-cortex on to the base of the frond.

We have alluded on p. 1 1 7 to the striking resemblance between the unique specimen
of the present East Indian species and the explanate American specimens of U. cyathiformis
collected by Dr. Versluys at Sta Marta in Columbia. Were it not for the widely separated
habitats of the two gatherings, we should not hesitate to combine them in one species. But,
in view of the limited distribution which characterises all the species of Udotca with the one
exception of U. flabellum, we prefer for the present to regard the Celebes and the S,a Marta
plants as specifically distinct. The Celebes plant represents a purely explanate species, viz.,
U. explanata, while the Sta Marta examples represent an explanate variant of U. cyathiformis.
The discovery of cyathiform examples in the East Indian Archipelago would involve the
merging of U. cxplanata in U. cyathiformis. And if on the other hand the Sta Marta plants
should prove to be always purely explanate, they would have to be referred to U. explanata.
In either case we should arrive at a species which in its distribution leaps at one bound from
the East to the West Indies or vice versa.

We have never had the good fortune to see the plant figured by Kützing (loc. cit.)
as " Flabellaria Palmctta (in sinu arabico. Herb. Sonder)". Kützing's figure however is so like
our plant as to suggest that it is the same species. Both plants came from the waters of the
Indian Ocean ; both have a pluristromatic and fibrous, fissile frond ; both have the supra-
dichotomial constrictions even and frond-filaments of about the same diameter. We assume of
course that Kützing's figure of the filaments is accurate both as to shape and size. We also
assume that "in sinu arabico" indicates either the Red Sea or the Arabian Sea.

S. Udotca indica n. sp.

Hab. INDIC. Kurrachee, Sind, 1880—3, J. A. Murray in Herb. Mus. Brit.! sub " Udotea Desfontainü
Decne." in Dickie's MS. 90, 90 A, 90B 3/82, 90C 3'82, in Herb. Kew J. A. Murray ! — Kurra-
chee, sub nom. " Udotea conglutinata' (Harvey's MS.), uCyclops Dec. 59. C.C.T." in Herb. Kew!

SIBOGA-ExrEDlTIF. LXII. l6

I 2 -

Plants up to 6 cm 1 as much broad, slightly calcified, Root mass a small tufl

Stipes Mmp!.-. slen aboul i cm. long, about i mm. tliick. Frond rotundato-flabellate,

orbicular, pandurifi • irregular, often bearing a broad prolification above, usually

rounded at 1 slightly cuneate, sometimes subcordate, green or faded, con

entire, lobed or la» erate.
1.1 about .}o <). in diameter, radiating from the stipes to the margin,
sul,].. sted, pluriseriate to triseriate, those of the different layers crossing

»ly but inconspicuously branched, the supra dichotomial constrictions being
markedh filaments bearing here and there numerous unilateral, short, peltate or

abrupth truncate papillae, usually simple, sometimes bilobate, borne onlj on the exposed surface
of the iil. munt :ternal to the frond); filaments bare of papillae within the frond. Papillae

t'itti- ther at their edges so as to form a primitive cortex.

laments of stipes much and irregularly dichotomously branched, having lateral branches
with dichotomously divided ends which form an external cortex. [Figs. [3, 14, 52, 53].

Th which we have seen more than 30 specimens, all collected at Kurrachee,

n- ar the mouth of the Iiulus, by J. A. Mürray, lias. so far as we know, never been found
elsewhere. In habit it is not unlike green specimens of U. orientalis, but it is much more
lik<- U. palmetta in possessing lateral appendages. In U. indica the appendages are short,
peltate, or truncate button-like papillae (fig. [3), and are generated only on the outer surface
of the superficial filaments of the frond (see Introduction p. 3). Where a filament dips under
another filament or passes into the interior of the frond, there it is entirely destitute of papillae
(fig. 53). Hence the unilateral and interrupted occurrence of the papillae upon the filaments
(fig. 13a, / . These truncate papillae, fitting close together side by side almost all over the
frond, form a primitive cortex, [n ('.palmetta the lateral appendages are pointed conical
spines, simple, or shortly bifurcated or trifurcated, but always with acute apices.

9. Udotea Palmetta Decaisne

in Essai sur Classific. cl. Algues etc. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2m^ scr. toni. XVII. [842 p. 380,
pi. 17, fig. 15; also Mem. sur les Corallines Op. cit. XVIII 1S42 p. 105.
Syn. Udotea Palmetta Kutzing Species Algarum 1849 p. 503. (non Tab. 1'hyc. vol. VIII. 1S58.
p. 12. tab.
Udotea Palmetta Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908 p. 175; also (Zool.) XII. 1909 p. 385.
tea Palmetta Howe in Huil. Torrey Hot. Club XXXVI. 1909. p.

Hab. INDIC. Cargado- l t ; fathoms, 7. Stanley Gardiner\ Sine l<>co, Ucrb. du Petit-

Thouars in Herb. Mus. Paris '.

Plants varying in length to about [3 cm.; moderately calcified. Root-mass small,
bulbo I elongate. Stipes simple. slender, to about 4.5 cm. long, and about 2 mm. thick.
Iliform, suborbicular from a cordate base. greyish-green, conspicuously zoned, margin
enti- times lacerate, sometimes proliferating above.

1 i' of the frond about 30 jut in diameter, uncalcified, radiating from the stipes to

1 2

the margin, subparallel, congested, pluriseriately arranged, the layers of filaments crossing
obliquely, dichotomously but inconspicuously branched, normally unevenly constricted above the
clichotomy, bearing numerous unilateral, short, simple or bifid (rarely trifïd), sessile (rarely
pedicellate), pointed appendages.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages, 2 — 4 times dichotomous and terminated
by dactyline tapering acute apices, which are approximated together to form the cortex of the
stipes. [Figs. 10, 11, 54].

The type of U. Palmetta Decne. is preserved in the Paris Herbarium (tig. 10), but
there is no information to shew where the specimen was gathered. And since Decaisne gives
none in his original description, there is unfortunately no clue as to the original home of the
type. Decaisne's specimen was for some years the only representative of this species so far
as we can ascertain. The home of U. palmetta remained therefore a mystery until the collec-
tions of Mr. Stanley Gardiner yielded fresh examples, which indicate without doubt that the
original locality of the type was situated in the western Indian Ocean, possibly indeed at
Galega Island. We have discussed this question in a paper in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII.
1908. p. 175.

The main filaments in the frond of U. palmetta are sometimes disposed in two layers
only, but sometimes in as many as three to five layers.

The nearest ally of U. palmetta is U. spinulosa Howe, a West Indian species, which
it resembles in having unilaterally situated, spinose appendages on its frond-filaments. It differs
however from that species in having the frond-filaments about half as thick as in U. spinulosa,
the lateral appendages usually sessile and simple or forked or trifid (rarely stalked and never
pluri-spinose) (lig. 11), and the supra-dichotomial constrictions markedly uneven.

The West Indian U. vertieillosa differs in having the lateral appendages disposed
around the upper frond-filaments in dense subverticils (fig. 23 a).

U. indica has unilateral appendages on the superricial filaments of the frond ; but they
are short, blunt, peltate or truncate (fig. 53). As in that species and in U. spinulosa, so also
in U. palmetta, the lateral appendages are situated only on the external surface of the super-
ricial filaments, and function as "windows" (see pp. 5 and 103); they are absent from the
inner surfaces where the filaments touch one another.

Decaisne's original description of U. palmetta in his Mémoire sur les Corallines
(1. c.) was short and insufficiënt and omitted all mention of the lateral appendages of the
filaments, though they had already been figured in his Classification des algues (1. c.) and
mentioned in his short obscure note (1. c. p. 380) explanatory of the figure, where he describes
the main filaments as "Cellules dentées, qui par leur enchevêtrement, constituent toute la
"partie inférieure de la plante ; dans leur premier age, ces cellules sont presque cylindriques".
This passage and the figure seem to have been entirely overlooked. Consequently Kützing,
J. G. Agardii and others, who have never examined the type-specimen, have failed to form
a true conception of this species. They have confused it on the one hand with some Australian
specimens which we include under U. orientalis, and on the other with a plant from the

13 1

Ar.ilu.ui G Red Sea which i ■ •■ '■''■ Phyc. VIII 1858 tab. 27 under the

narne /. 1 and which we discuss under U. explanaia (p. 121

( ,, we know, confined to the western Indian Ocean

I lowe

i„ ï I 1 Club XXXVI. 1909 p. 97, pi. IV. fig. 2; pi. VIII, figs. 1 -7.

1 ollin Gn Vlg N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II

. Collected on a sandy bottom mar low-watei mark in Bemini Harbor, Bahamas,
April 17, 1
sine loco sub nomine " ('. conglutinata' Chauvin MS. in Herb. dun'. - St. Jan. Danish
West Indies, B'órgesen n" 1915 pro parte and n" 2101 pro par St. Thomas, 5 1;

fathoms, *Challenger" Expedition, in Herb. Keu!

■Plants 7 8 cm. high, from a fusiform or fasciculate-funicular rhizoidal base, grayish
en, strongl) calcified; stipe simple, subterete below, flattened above, 1 2 cm. long,
*3 — 4 mm. wide, corticated, its surface nearly smooth or minutely velutinous-tomentulose :
'flabellum obovate with a subcuneate base, 5 — 6 cm. long, 1 -6 cm. wide, 0.4 — 0.6 mm. thick,
'longitudinally furrowed or striate, not at all or very faintly zonate, rather rigid and brittle
"when dry, lateral margins subentire, apical margin more or less laciniate and commonly
■fractured, the surface appearing minutely corrugated or spongiose-velutinous under a lens,
"becoming compact and nearly smooth toward the base: filaments of the flabellum in 3 — 7
"layers, nearly |>arallel or flexuose and interwoven, subcylindrical, sparingly dichotomous,
"stronglj constricted just above the dichotomies, 4') -84 •>. in diameter, enclosed in a non-porose
"calcarcous sheath especially in the outer parts, or irregularly incrusted, the superficial (or the
"interior wherever they touch the surface) thickly beset externally with short cylindrical, trun-
"cate-conical, subturbinate or obconical processes- 16 — 407. in diameter, each crowned with
"2 — S acuminate prongs or spines formeel l>v 1 — 3 close-set dichotomies, these lateral processes'
■(mostly 55 — 160 ju, long, including their spinulose crowns) forming an imperfect kind ol cortex;
"medullary filaments of the stipe 70 — MOa in diameter, the lateral corticating branches 4 — 6
"times dichotomous, their ultimate divisions taper-pointed, 28 — 200 ju. long and S — 24 7. in
"metlian diameter". [Figs. 12, 55].

We give I )r. Howe's full description as published. The plant described and figured by
I )r Howe is unmistakeable (our lig. 55). We found a specimen of it seven years ago among
' \ in's algae preserved in the Caen Herbarium. That specimen is without locality, like
U. palmetta, and lias always been a mystery to us. There can be but little doubt
now that Chaüvin's plant came from the West Indies and probably from the Bahamas, like
others of his calcified algae

U. spinulosa differs from its nearesl ally, U. palmetta, an Indian Ocean species, as

•iis out, "in the thicker (0.4 0.6 vs. d.09 — o. 16 mm.), more rigid, less zonate

■•Hum and its subcuneate base, by the larger (46 84 u. vs. S — .;<>;/). less flattened fila-

ilarly and strongly constricted above the dichotomies, and by the character

125

"of their lateral appendages, which are closely i — 3 times dichotomous instead of simple or
"once furcate and are 55 — ióoy. long instead of 11 — 30 (u long, the spines crowning a thick
"stump-like base or pedestal instead of being practically sessile."

There is however a form in which the lateral appendages of the frond-filaments are
very weakly developed, being much reduced in size, and disappearing altogether in the apical
part of the filament; that is to say, the topmost 2 — 3 mm. of the filaments are entirely
destitute of lateral appendages. For this form we propose the name

forma palmcttoidea.

Syn. Udotea conglutinata Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XIV. 1875. p. 312, pro parte.

Hab. ATLANTIC. St. Thomas 5 — 15 fathoms, "Chat/enger" Expedition in Herb. Kevv!

Filaments of the frond bearing lateral appendages arranged secundly as in the type,

but smaller (10 u. long), simple to trifid, and sessile above ; below 2 — 3-fid, sometimes simple,

40 — 70 (sometimes up to 110) u. long, pedicellate-, all acute; absent from the topmost 2 — 3 mm.
of the filament. (Fig. 56].

The type in Kew Herbarium bears in Dickie's MS. the name " Udotea conglutinata' and
was published as such by him. It is the larger of two plants stuck on the same mount, the
other plant being a specimen of our U. verticillosa.

Though f. palmcttoidea differs much from the type of U. spinulosa in the weak deve-
lopment of its lateral appendages, it must not be confused with U. paliuetfa, an Indian Ocean
species, which at first sight it broadly resembles. It is easily distinguished at once by its
even supra-dichotomial constrictions (fig. 56), and by its 2 — 3-fid pedicellate lateral appendages.
The supra-dichotomial constrictions of U. palmetta are uneven (as is the case in almost all
East Indian species of Udotea) and the lateral appendages are simple or bifid (rarely trifid)
and sessile (rarely shortly pedicellate).

Dr. Börgesen collected in St. Jan (11" 2101 pro parte) a plant intermediate between
the type and the f. pahncttoidca.

The differences which distinguish U. verticillosa from U. spinulosa are given under the
former species (p. 129).

The geographical distribution of U. spinulosa is confined to the Bahamas and the
Danish West Indies.

1 1 . Udotea argentea Zanardini

in Plant. Mar. Rubr. in Mem. R. Ist. Ven. vol. VII. 1858. p. 290. tab. X, figs. 1, ia, 1 b.
Syn. Udotea ar genten J. G. Agardh Till Alg. Syst. V. 1889. p. 76.
Udotea argentea De Toni Syll. Algarum I. 1889. p. 511.

Udotea argentea A. & E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VII. 1908. p. 176; also op. cit.
(Zool.) XII. 1909. p. 386.

forma typica :

Hab. INDIC. Red Sea, Suez, Portier. — Suez Bay, Crossla/id'. -- Seychelles, Coetivy reef, J. Stanley
Gardinerl — Cargados Carajos, 22, 30, and 47 fathoms, J. Stanley Gardiner\

; Karkaralong Islands, reef! St.a. i I salibabu

.■
Pacifi sland, . Herb. Mus. Brit.! Dunk Islam island, Banfield\

Stat. 64, 1. ui. ili Djampeah, 30 m. n° 273! Stat. 96. Pearl Bank,

1; in.: St.it. 213. Saleyer, reef:

n length, reaching about 15 cm. in height, much calcified. Root-ma
buil 5i s • > simple, usuallj short and thick.

varying from simple, subreniform-flabellate to repeatedly, abundantly and remark-
sometimes zoned; usually longitudinally striato-plicate ; ashy-green, the surface
from smooth to minutely spumose or polyporoid in appearance; margin entire, ei

M.iin filaments ol frond 40 -6ou in diameter, parallel, not contiguous, distromatic to
pluriseriate, sparingly dichotomous, very unevenly constricted above each dichotomy, bearing
distichously numerous short lateral branchlets of nearly equal length (about 100 — 180 ju, in

. each constricted above the base and bearing an inflated pyriform simple or more or
lobed head; such heads contiguous, forming a cortex, concealing the main filaments.

Filaments of stipes bearing long branchlets (0.5—1.0 mm.), 1 4 times dichotomously
branched, with very obtuse apices. [Figs. 15, 21, 22 <\ 22a?, 25a, 57 — 62].

forma typica.

Plant 3 — u' cm. high. Frond subreniform-flabellate to rotundate, sometimes very proli-
ferous; surface very minutely and obscurely cellular to indistinctly spumose (rarely distinctly
spumose or polyporoid). Frond-filaments 40 — 60 ;;. in diameter, bearing lateral capitate branchlets,
with head distinctly and variously 2 — 6-lobcd, sometimes embossed with 2 — 9 rounded promi-
nences, sometimes complanately flattened and subpalmatelj lobed. Figs. 21, 22*. 220,57—60].

var. spumosa.

Plant up to 15 cm. high. 23 cm. wide, with proliferations widely overlapping; surface
distinctly spumose or polyporoid. Frond-filaments 40 — 60 u in diameter, bearing elongate-pyri-
form lateral branchlets, usually simple, with apex rounded (in lower part of frond) or flattened

or depressed (in upper part of frond). [Figs. 15. 25a, 61, 62].

The identity of this species was not at tirst easy to determine, owing to the disap-

mce of Zanardini's type. All efforts to tracé this have failed, although Dr. John Bru

most kindly searched the Delessert Herbarium in Geneva which contains many oi Zanar-

plants, and Prof. De Toni lias also tried to tracé the plant in haly. In default then ol

anything better, we have been compelled to depend al most entirely on Zanardini's description

• u . and fortunately the figure of the internal structure is sufïiciently good to

the identity of plants in the Siboga and other collections to be determined. Indeed.

to do this satisfactorily and to separate off var. spumosa five years before we

■ ne to »e< anj specimen oi U. argetitea from the Red Sea. Recently through

127

the kindness of Prof. R. J. Harvky Gibson we have had the privilege of examining- a specimen
from the type-locality.

The main characteristic of U. argentea lies in the position and form of the lateral
appendages, which are close together, short and of approximately equal length, having either
a simple and inflated (figs. 61, 62), or a lobed (figs. 58 — 60), head. The proximity of the
branchlets causes the heads to be appressed against each other above and thus to form a
closed pseudo-cortex covering the main filaments.

The lateral appendages of the frond-filaments of U. argentea exhibit sufficiënt varia-
bility in different specimens to suggest a separation of the plants into two groups. The typical
form is found in the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean (fig. 57), and as far east as the coast
of Oueensland. lts lateral appendages bear each a distinctly and variously lobed capitulum,
which is inflated and adorned with a few low bosses, as in specimens from Cargados (see
figs. 58 «, 58 c and 59) and Oueensland; or complanately flattened and subpalmately lobed as
in the Lirung specimens, (see figs. 58^ and 60). The Karkaralong specimens of the Siboga
Expedition bear appendages of both these kinds, and also here and there show groups of
appendages almost as simple as those of var. sptimosa (see fig. 22 e).

The var. spumosa (fig. 15) occurs only in the eastern Indian Ocean and is distinguished
from the type by the simple elongate pyriform capitulum (figs. 61, 62), which terminates each
of its lateral appendages. The surface of the frond is minutely spumose or polyporoid ; but
this character is also shared by some of the plants of f. typica.

The nearest ally of U. argentea is U. occidenta/is, a species confined to the West
Indies and distinguished by its narrower frond-filaments with shorter lateral appendages (not
or rarely exceeding 100 u. in length), the capitula of which are more divided and are adorned
with more numerous and smaller prominences.

Inasmuch as the branchlets in U. argentea abut against one another and are not intricated,
they are easily teased apart after decalcification, and are thus in marked contrast to the lateral
appendages of U. flabellwn, which are so much interlocked that it is almost impossible to
separate them without tearing them.

U. argentea occurs in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

12. Udotea oecidentalis n. sp.

Syn. Udotea Halimeda Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XIV. 1875 p. 312.

Udotea flabcllata Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro parte).

Udotea Halimeda Murray op. cit. p. 239.

Udotea argentea Howe in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club. XXXVI. 1909. p. 99.

Udotea argentea Collins Green Alg. N. Amer. in Tufts College Studies II. 1909. p. 396.

Hab. Atlanic. West Indies, St. Thomas, 5 — 15 fathoms, " Challenger" Expedition, (sub. nom.
" U. Halimeda") in Herb. Mus. Brit.! — St. Jan, F. Bórgeseit, herb. nos 1767, 2101, and an
unnumbered specimen! — West Indies, Fleming in Herb. Mus. Brit.!

Plants up to 8 cm. high, much calcified. Root-mass small, bulbous, fibrous. Stipes simple,
terete, short (up to 1 cm. long), slender (1.5 mm. thick).

I • bove, from a cuneate bas< obovate, mon or less pi

liici surfaci verj minutely and obscurely cellular.

ond filamenl . i in diameter, approximated, rarely contiguous, pluriseriate, bearing

■ •; long occasionally iip to i8o/jt at base of frond) witli
r divided lobately, inflated .md embossed with 6 20 low rounded prominences
n the incrustation ; see p. 103); supra-dichotomial constrictions uneven

bearing long stalked lateral appendages, each 2 3 times dichoto-
d then subdivided shortly and irregularly, terminating in numerous abbreviated
ipices I igs 18, 22a, ::/', 63 — 65].

63, 64) is se closely allied t<> U. argentea that we long regarded

ly a variety of that species, luit wc now feel that it is specifically distinct. Not only

distribution widely different from that of / '. argentea, luit it presents differences of struc-

ture both characteristic and constant. The frond-filaments are always narrower in diameter, and

their lateral appendages always shorter, bearing capitula more divided and almost botryoidally

lobulate figs. 22a, 22 />).

The type <<\ this species was collected by the "Challenger" Expedition and is in the
British Museum (fig. 63). It is destitute of a stipes, as also are the two other specimens
mounted with it. Possibly all three may be unusually large proliferations tuin off the primary
plant by the dredge; or mi the other hand they may lic three distinct fronds severed from
their stalks in the same way. Dr. Fleming's plant is stipitate and very proliferous; it came
trom an unknown locality in the West Indies. We have reccntly seen three other complete
specimens of ('. occidentalis \ they were collected at St. Jan by Dr. F. Börgesen ; and one of
them we have figured (fig. 64

The average size of the plants is smaller than that of ( '. argentea. The tendency to
proliferation, which is possibly due to injury or other external influences, is a striking feature
common to all the complete specimens that we have seen.

The distribution of ('. occidentalis appears to be very limited, being confined to the
1 lanish West Indies. so far as is shown by our material.

13. Udotea verticillosa \. & E. S. Gepp

in Journal of Botany vol. XLVII. 1909. p. 269.
Syn. Udotea conglutinata Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Hot.) XIV. 1875 p. 312, pro parte.
tea flabellata Dickie loc. cit.
Udotea conglutinata Munay in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. [889. p. 238 (pro parte).
Udotea flabellata Murray Inc. cit. (pro parte).

Hab. ATLANTIC. West Indies, St. Th.>mas. 5 15 fathoms, " Challenger" Expedition, in Herb. Mus.
Brit.! and Herb. Kew! St. Thomas, F. Börgesen, herb. aos 1019 (15 fathoms)!, 1137 (20
fathoms)!, 1173 (15 fathoms)!, — St. Jan, F. Börgesen, herb. n°s 1707'. 1823!, \$jy (15
fathoms)!, 1915!, 2101!, 221 1 !, 22^'.

boul 1 cm. high, calcified, stipitate. Stipes simple, up to about 4 cm. (usually
1 mm. thick, apex sometimes flattened om and cuneate.

i 29

Frond from a usually cordate (rarely cuneate) base flabelliform, up to about 10 cm. wide,
proliferous from margin (proliferation sometimes abundant and imbricate), sometimes striate,
usuall)- distinctly zonate; colour greyish-green. Surface very minutely crustato-spiculose or granulose.

Frond-filaments 30 — 60 u. in diameter, parallel, not contiguous, monostromatic at apex to
pluriseriate below, sparingly dichotomous, without evident supra-dichotomial constrictions, bearing
subsessile or shortly stalked 2 — 4-furcate, or long and simple, lateral appendages, arranged
in close, opposite or alternate or secund, semiverticils, or more laxly and irregularly distributed
around the filament. Lateral appendages acute, rather irregularly arranged in lower part of frond,
being often interruptedly distichous and secund, pedicellate and varying in length (30 ij. — 180 a);
in upper part of frond fairly regular in arrangement and size (40 — 90 a simple, 30 — 50 u.
coronate), originating" quite close up to the growing apices of the main filaments and speedily
attaining the normal shape.

Stipes-filaments bearing lateral appendages 170 — 350 u long, consisting of a stout pedicel
2 — 4 times dichotomous above and terminating in acute prongs. [Figs. 16, 19, 23, 25^, 25c].

The description of ('. verticillosa published in the Journal of Botany (loc. cit.) now
somewhat expanded, was founded on two specimens collected at the island of St. Thomas in
the West Indies by the "Challeriger" Expedition and preserved in the British Museum (fig. 16).
More recently we have had the privilege of examining numerous examples of this species
collected by Dr. Börgesen in the Danish West Indies. A study of these has given us a
satisfactory confirmation of the validity of our species, and at the same time has shown us in
what details of structure it is liable to vary - - namely, the shape and arrangement of the
lateral appendages (fig. 23). This variability is indeed one of the remarkable features of the
present species. In the same plant and indeed on one and the same frond-filament, the lateral
appendages may vary from 2 — 4-furcate to simple, may be sessile or stalked, varying in length,
arranged in opposite, alternate or secund semiverticils, or irregularly scattered. It is not easy
to indicate any one precise characteristic of structure applicable to the whole frond, by which
the species may always be indisputably distinguished. The best guide is to be found in the
usually subverticillose arrangement of the acute lateral appendages in the upper, especially the
apical, part of the frond, and in the fact that these appendages are found to be strongly
developed quite close up to the grovving apices of the main filaments of the frond.

The nearest allies are on the one hand U. Wilsoni, which resembles it in the verticillose
arrangement of its lateral appendag-es (fig. 67), but differs in the fact that these are always
obtuse and never acute; and on the other hand Lr. spimtlosa which resembles it in a certain
degree by having acute-pointed, bi- to pluri-spinose, sessile or pedicellate lateral appendages,
but difters in the fact that these are secund (fig. 12), and almost always are monostichouslv
secund, and never in any way verticillate. Moreover the main filaments of the frond show
distinct supra-dichotomial constrictions in l\ spinulosa, and none in l \ verticillosa (fig. 23a).

U. verticillosa is readily distinguished from U. Occidental is and U. argentea in having the
lateral appendages of its main filaments arranged in close subverticils, many-pronged and acute,
not capitate nor longly pedicellate.

SIBOGA-VXPEDITIE I.XI1. 17

In i their frond-filaments i verticillosa and U. Wilsoni

form a group whi ited to U. papillosa p 112 lli-- rationale <>f the lateral

appendages in < trs to b< as follow

In tlv ol the frond the main filaments are monostromatically arranged,

and the lateral a| being generated close up to the apices "l the filaments, are

on the front and back ol the frond. Il the main filaments 1"- not

between them is left room for the lateral appendages to spread round

of the filament and to assume the appearance of investing verticils.

the base <>t" the frond the main filaments are pluriseriate (apparentl) from the

correspondingly the lateral appendagi - exhibit a different arrangement. These

id ii>r the must part, being situated on that side of the filament which is nearest t<>

the surface of the frond. rhey are sessile when arising from a superficial filament; and when

arising from the deeper filaments have pedicels of sufficiënt length to enable them to reach the

surface of the frond.

Sometimes thej are monostichously arranged, recalling the appearance of U. spinulosa\

sometimes they are arranged in two rows mar together, likt- the legs of a caterpillar. In U.

supra-dichotomial constrictions are absent (fig. 23a), hein- either masked by the

exuberant growth of the lateral appendages, or never allowed time to form owing to the prepotent

development of the lateral aj es close up to the ver) apices of the growing filaments.

Reference was made above to the close affinity existing between the group of U.
verticillosa and U. Wilsoni (both West Indian species) and the more primitive East Indian)
species U. papillosa. In this latter, opposite papillae occur front and back on its monostromatically
arranged upper filaments; while on the lower and basal filaments the papillae are arranged in
doublé pairs and even in verticils. They are simple, acute or obtuse ; rarely, at the base of a
frond. th< \ are forked.

U. verticillosa is confined to the Danish West Indies.

1 \. Udotea Wilsoni Gepp and Howe n. sp.

Hab. ATLANTIC. Bahamas, Anguilla Isles, Salt Key Bank. North End, /'. Wilson. Howe n" 796S!

Plant about 10 cm. high, more or less calcified, stipitate. Stipes up to 4 cm. (usually
1 — 1.5 cm.) long, simple or branched above, branches free or cemented together.

Frond composed of a laminated mass of numerous flabellate proliferations arising from
one another superficially, and for the most part arising from a position mar and parallel to
the central axis of the mass ie. an imaginary prolongation of the stipes upwards). Individual
fronds generally semi-cordate at base, semi-rotundate above or semi-flabellate, entire or lobed,
striate, sometimes zonate, greyish-green with tlavescent margins when young, cinerascent when
old. very minutely spongiose or granulose.

Frond-filaments 40 — 50;/ in diameter, subparallel, mixed with flexuose intricating branches,

plun iringly dichotomous, without evident supra-dichotomial constrictions. thickly beset

or forked, very obtuse lateral appendages. Lateral appendages for the most

'3i

part arranged in two doublé rows directed towards the front and back surfaces of the frond,
about 25 — 40 ij. long, in upper part of frond; in lower part of frond less regular in arrange-
ment and size, being usually distichously secund and interrupted, about 25 — 1 20 «. long.

Filaments of stipes bearing lateral appendages one or more times dichotomously divided
and with obtuse apices. [Figs. 66 — 68].

U. Wilsoni is an interesting addition to the genus and forms with its near ally,
U. verticillosa, a little group characterised by the crowded pseudo-verticillose arrangement of
the lateral appendages of, and by the absence of supra-dichotomial constrictions from, the main
filaments of the frond. The most obvious difference between the two species is that the lateral
appendages in U. Wilsoni are very obtuse (fig. 67), while in U. verticillosa they are acute.

The specimens of U. Wilsoni submitted to us by Dr. Howe are all compound (fig. 66),
consisting not of a simple stipitate flabellum, but of a laminated mass or a congeries of
flabella hinged, as it were, upon an imaginary axis forming an upward prolongation of the
stipes. Possibly this peculiar habit may be due to the conditions under which these plants
were found growing. We have no data as to their environment, save that they were plentiful
in shallow, sandy bays (P. Wilson in Journ. New York Bot. Garden. X. 1909 p. 175).

We are indebted to Dr. Howe for permission to describe this species, the material
of which was communicated to him by Mr. P. Wilson the finder, after whom it is named.

U. Wilsoni it at present only known from the Bahamas.

15. Udotea flabellum Howe

in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club. XXXI. 1904. p. 94.
Syn. Corallina Flabellum Ellis & Solander Nat. Hist. Zoophyt. 1786. p. 124. tab. 24.
Corallina Flabellum Gmelin Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. I. part VI. 1790. p. 3842.
Corallina Pavonia Esper Fortsetzung der Pflanzenthiere. II. Theil. 1798 — 1806. tabs. 8, 9

(no text).
Corallina Flabellum Bosc Hist. Nat. des Vers (Suites a Buftbn) vol. III. iSmo Paris (Déterville).

1802. p. 71.
Flabellaria Pavonia Lamarck Polyp. empatés in Arm. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. torn. 20. 1813. p. 301.
Udotea flabellata Lamouroux Hist. Polyp. corall. flex. 1816. p. 311, tab. XII, fig. 1.
Flabellaria Pavonia Lamarck Hist. Nat. Animaux sans vertèbres. torn. II. 1816 p. 343. n" 2 ;

op. cit. ed. II. tom. II. 1836. p. 527.
Corallina flabellum Cuvier Règne Animal IV. 18 17 p. "]~j.
Udotea flabel/ata Lamouroux Expos. méth. 1821. p. 27. tab. 24.
Udotea flabellata Deslongchamps in Encyclop. Méth. Zoophyt. 1824 — 5. p. 762.
Udotea flabelliformis Blainville in Dict. Nat. LVI. 1828. p. 229.

Udotea flabellata Decaisne Mém. s. 1. Corallines etc. in Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. XVIII. 1842. p. 105.
Udotea Pavonia Decaisne op. cit. p. 107.
Flabellaria iucritstata Chauvin Recherches 1842. p. 123.
Udotea flabel/ata Kutzing Species Algarum 1849. p. 502.
Udotea Halimeda Kützing op. cit. p. 503.

Udotea flabelliformis Duchassaing Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris. 1850. p. 29.
Udotea flabellata Kützing Tab. Phyc. vol. VII. 1857. p. 8. tab. 20.
? Udotea Halimeda Kützing loc. cit. vol. VIII. 1S5S. p. n. tab. 26, figs. II. a & b.
Udotea flabellata Harvey Nereis Bor. Amer. vol. III. 185S. p. 26.

mm A eloupe ed. II. i

■ Acad. X. 1875. i>. J77i and I I h ( omm. Report.
III 11.

in F. von Muell tl. XI. Suppl p. 58.

rdh I ill Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p.
1 in . ■ i Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238 (pro pari
I..DI Syll. Algarum vol. I. [889. p. ;io.
lins G \. Amei . in Tufts 1

Baham in Herb. Sloanc vol. 16 and 18! — Among "Plants

at ' arolina, Bermuda & the Caribbees by the Rev. Mr. CUrk" in
m< vol. ji8, fol. 48, n 9 and 10! Bermuda, Farlow\ Bermuda, Hun

muda, Ponds of Walsingham, Howi n°s 120 and 203! - Bermuda,

I lorida, Key West, Ashmead\ Herb. Farlow\ Messina in Phyc.

Amer. 1, neai Lake Worth Inlet, Curtiss\ ba, Wright\ —

Jamaica, Sloaiit in Herb. Sloane vol. I. fol. 20! — Jamaica, F. S. Collins\ [amaica, Port

.\nt.'iiii>, C. E. Pease & E. Butl St. Croix, Herb. Ktitzing\ Herb. Dickie\ F. Börgesen

111 Wittrock et Nordstedt .\l;_r. Exsicc. n" i:>l'! also Herb. Börgesen, iv- 1305, 1385, 1.

14" St Thomas, Herb. ■ n, n ■ 1 1 37;l 120 fathoms), 1 173 115

fathoms), 2 St Jan. Herb. 1763 (15 fathom-. 1822, [875 (15

fath fathoms), 2174 [15 fathoms), 21 Porto Rico, Fajardo, Sintenis

n" Porto Rico, Guanica, Sintenis 11" 76! — Guadeloupe, M 93 and SS6! —

iada, Bay of Clarke's tuurt. Murray\ Grenada. Minne Rouge Bay, Murray\ —

Antilles, Herb. Shuttleivorth\ British Honduras, Mrs. Mitchell, in Herb. Keu!

lM'i>. Red Sea. Lord Valentia\ - Ceylon, Koenig\, Ferguson, n° 420! — Madras. Thurston\ —
Tuticorin, Thurston\ Wight\

Expedition. Stat. 43. Puin Sarasa, Postillon Islands, n° 173! 174!-- Stat. 71. Macassar,
Pulu Barang, sho Stat. -$. Lumu-Lumu-shoal, Borneo bank, reef! — Stat. 79''. Ka

dua, Borneo bank, reef! Stat. 99. North LJbian, Sulu Archipelago, 18 m.! Stat. 133.
Lirung, Salibabu Island, reef!

Pacific. Ooieva, Friendly Islands, Harvey n° 94! — Port Curtis, Queensland, Macleay in
Herb. Kew! — Dunk Island. Queensland, Banfield, in Herb. Kew! — Cooktoun. Queens-
land. fide Sonder.

Plants varying in length to about 21 cm., as a rule thickly calcified. Rooi mass bulbous
to elong .■ Stipes simple, varying to 15 mm. long, and 5 mm. thick, flattened abo\

1 rond stalked, very variable in form, from a cuneate base usually suborbicular-flabelli-
form, simplr at first, becoming repeatedly and irregularly proliferous from the margin and
sometimes from the surface, zoned, often striate or plicate; proliferations broad or narrow,
ently abundant and overlapping, repeating the character of the main frond; varying in
colour from green to green ish-white or greenish-brown ; usually solidly calcified, smooth to
margin entire, (ir more or less lobed.
Frond-filaments more or less parallel, radiating upwards, pluriseriate, separated, not con-
tringly dichotomous, without supra-dichotomial constrictions, bearing lateral branchlets
ual length, at irregular intervals, cylindrical or sometimes thinner above the base,
ilately or cymoidly branched above. Apices of lateral appendages obtuse,
ipitate, contiguous, combining to form a tough close cortex.
1 • ol stipes bearing lateral appendages resembling those <>r the frond, but in

! :

133

This species, the Corallina flabellum figured by Eu.is and Solander (loc. cit.) in i 786
enters largely into the early history of the genus Udotea (see p. 99).

U. flabellum (fig. 26) is a very variable species as regards outward form, being either
simple and suborbicular with entire margin, or repeatedly and irregularly proliferous with a
more or less lobed margin. Any variation may occur between these extremes. An examination
of the internal structure however reveals at once the identity of the plant, for the lateral
appendages occur at irregular intervals (fig. 27) and are of unequal length, while the dense
and irregular subdivisions of their apices (fig. 27^) are so closely interlocked that it is difficult,
even after decalcification, to disentangle them without tearing them. A comparison between
the lateral appendages of U. flabellum and U. argentea shews that those of U. flabellum are
longer and more irregularly situated than those of U. argentea, and the apices of the lateral
appendages are quite different in their form, those of U. flabellum being dichotomouslv sub-
divided (fig. 27^), and more or less cymoidly compound (fig. 27a), while those of U. argentea
are either quite simple and pyriform (fig. 61), or once or twice divided, lobulate, inflated and
often embossed.

U. flabellum is widely distributed in the tropical zone of both east and west hemispheres,
and, variable as it is in external form, it is at once recognisable in respect of its solid smooth-
looking superficial incrustation and of its internal structure, namely the spaced-out pluriseriate main
filaments with irregularly disposed lateral appendages of unequal length. The eastern plants
however, as compared with the western, sometimes shew a difference in the cymoid ramification
of the lateral appendages of the frond, the apices being truncato-capitate and not so dactyline
as in the majority of the western plants. The differences are however not sufficiently definite
or stable to enable us to separate the eastern plants as a distinct form.

In the British Museum is a queer specimen collected by Dr. M. A. Howe in the
ponds of Walsingham, Bermuda, which have subterranean communication with the sea. It is
remarkable for its narrow elongate habit and linear proliferations ; probably clue to insufficiënt
illumination, and not to a modification of -the sea-water, since Dr. Howe's other specimen
from the same locality has comparatively broad proliferations.

In the list of syhonomy for U. flabellum we have placed the name U. Halimeda
Kützing. This species was described by Kützixi; in his Species Algarum p. 503 and the
locality given as "Bahia (v. s. in coll. Binder)". The original plant described has been most
kindly lent to us for examination by Major Reixbold and shews the internal structure and
external form of U. flabellum. The plants from the Bahamas however, which are figured in
Kützing's Tab. Phyc. VIII. tab. 26. fig. 11 a and b, under the same name of U. Halimeda
are more markedly proliferous than the Bahia specimen [they resemble in outward form the
Siboga plants of U. argentea var. spumosa (see our fig. 15)]. It has not been possible to
tracé these Bahama plants. And hence their internal structure is unknown to us.

U. flabellum occurs in all oceans within the tropical limits, and is remarkable as
being the only species of the Codiaceae (apart from a few species of Halimeda and Codium)
which is found in both hemispheres, East and West.

A PPE X I ) I X

SPE( II. S OF CODIUM D iLLEl fED

SIUOC.A l.Xn.Dl 1ION

i. Codium adhaerens Agardh
Spec. Alg. I. 1823. p. 457.

Stat. \C>. Kangeang Island.

Stat. 53. Nangamessi, Sumba Island.

Stat. 60. Haingsisi, Samau Island, Timor.

Stat. 89. Kaniungan-ketjil, Celebes Sea.

Stat. 131. Beo, Karakelang [slands.

Stat. 133. Lirung, Salibabu Island.

Stat. [65. Daram, East coast of Misool.

Stat. 205. Buton Strait. drifting.

Stat. 220. Binongka Island.

Stat. 250. Kur Island, reef.

Stat. 252. Taam Island, reef.

Also specimens from Shoal "de Bril" near Macassar and from Bira, Celebes leg. A.

K VAN BOSSI .

2. Codium difforme Kützing

Phyc. gen. US43. p. 30c.,. and Tab. 1'liyc. VI. 1856. p. 35. tab. 99. fig. II. - Bornet Algues
de Schousboe in Mem. Soc. Sci. Cherbourg XXVIII. [892. p. 215.

North Ubian, Sulu Archipelago.
Stat. 205. Buton Strait.

''m in ovale Zanardini

m Nuov. Giorn. Hut. [tal. X. 1878. p. 17.

Sanguisiapo, Tawi-Tawi [slands, Sidu Archipelago.
Pearl Bank, Sulu Archipelago, Lithothamnion bottom.
. rth Ubian, Sulu Archipelago, 1

Stat. 133. Lirung, Salibabu Island, reef.

Stat. 144. North of Salomakiëe (Damar) Island.

Stat. 152. Bay of Wunoh, Waigëu.

Stat. 240. Banda, 27 m.

Stat. 301. Pepela Bay, Rotti Island, reef.

Stat. 315. Sailus Besar, Paternoster Islands.

4. Codiuiu petaloideum n. sp.

Had. INDIC. Siboga Expedition. Stat. 81. Sabangkatan, Borneo bank, reef: dried and in alcohol.

Plant small, bright green, 10 — 12 mm. in height, 5 — 7 mm. wide, complanate, obovate,
subsessile. Utricles of the external stratum subpyriform, obtusely rounded above, but often a little
impressed, small, 180 — 240 u. long, 115 — 180 [x wide, thin-walled at apex. [Figs. 193, 194].

This species is distinguished from all other species of the genus by its small size (fig. 193),
combined vvith its compressed shape and small pyriform utricles. The utricles (fig. 194) most
nearly resemble those of C. temie and C. Muelleri in shape, but are about one half as long
as those of C. tenue and about one third to one half as long as those of C. Mticlleri. And
both those species are quite distinct in habit, being filiform. C. petaloidea might be mistaken
tor dried, fiattened specimens of C. ovale, but an examination of their respective utricles reveals
at once that C. ovale is characterised by much larger utricles, nearly 1000 u. in length, and
200 u. in width, and almost cylindric in shape. The new species is represented by four specimens
only, one of which is preserved in alcohol.

5. Codiwu tomentosïim Stackhouse

Nereis Britann. 1801. p. XXIV. — Ag. Spec. Alg. I. 1823. p. 452.

Stat. 43. Sarasa, Postillon Islands.

Stat. 47. Bima, entrance of bay.

Stat. 60. Haingsisi, Samau Island near Timor.

Stat. 79''. Kabala Dua, Borneo bank.

Stat. 89. Kaniungan-ketjil, Celebes Sea.

Stat. 129. Karkaralong Islands, reef.

Stat. 131. Karakelang Islands.

Stat. 169. Atjatuning, West coast of New Guinea.

Stat. 172. Gisser Island, reef.

Stat. 213. Saleyer and South Island, reef.

Stat. 215. Kabia Island, Banda Sea, reef. n" 410.

Stat. 240. Banda, 27 m.

Stat. 258. Tual, Kei Islands, reef.

Stat. 261. Elat, Great Key.

Stat. 272. Dobo, Aru Islands, reef.

Stat. 273. Jedan Islands, Aru Islands, 13 m.

Stat. 282. East Point of Timor, reef.

Stat. 299. Buka Bay, Rotti.

Stat. 313. Saleh Bay, Sumbawa Island.

There are also specimens from Anjer, Strait Sunda, Vorderman leg. and from Stations
272 and 273, which though fiattened should, we think, be included under this species.

n. sp.

//,. (with sporangia Stat. (6o Neai

Stat. 115. Kwandang Bay, Celebi . reef, on Galaxaura lapidescens\

rhallus procum 1 ng, attached bj rhizoids here and thi re forming pat» h<

■ , nu 1 and divaricato-dichotomously branched, slender throughout, 1.5 0.5 mm. tin. 1.
when drj ixly intricate. Utricles "t external stratum obovato-clavate to subpyrifi

in length and 96 wide, thin-vvalled all round. Figs [95 -19

allies of C. divaricatum (figs. 195, 196) appear to be C repens Crouan
in Ann. Sci Nat. sér IX vol. 1 (1905) p. 56, a Guadeloupe species, and t . tenui Kut/
Indiai lt resembles ( . repens in habit, ramification, and dimensions, but differs

the shape of its peripheral utricles (figs. 107, 198), which are short, broad, and pyriform,
vvhile thos< of C. repens are longer, narrow and clavate, resembling those of C tomentosum.
M01 l . repens is recorded only from the West (ndies.

< >ur plant resembles C. tenue in its slender habit, but differs trom it in having a more
bushy ramification and in the shape of the utricles which are pyriform and only about hall as
wide as those of ( '. tenue. In C. tenue the utricles are turbinate and often truncate above.

1'he rhizoids or filamentous organs of attachment arise from the filaments composing
the medulla of the plant, and passing through the zone of peripheral utricles (fig. i 1 pand
iuto a terminal sucker (fig. 199).

7. Codium tenue Kützing

I iti. Pliyc. VI. 1856. p. 33. tab. 95
Stat. 00. North Ubian, Sulu Archipelago, 16 m.

s. Codium elongatum Agardh

Sjicc. Algarum I. 1X23. \i. 4^4.

St ■ Pearl Bank, Sulu Archipelago.

\Iis.">l [sland, reef.

APPENDIX II

CONTAINING

LATIN DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.

According to Article 36 of the second International Congress of Botanists held at
Vienna in 1905, it is requisite that the diagnoses of new plants should be published in Latin.
The novelties in the preceding pages have been described in English ; and in order to safe-guard
their priority and ensure their validity it seems advisable to render their diagnoses into Latin.

Flabellarieae.

p. 16. Chlorodesmis Hildebrandtii n. sp.

Syn. Chlorodesmis comosa Hauck in Hedwigia XXVII. 1888. p. 92.

Chlorodesmis caespitosa Murray & Boodle in Journal of Botany XXVII. 1889. p. 71 pro parte.

Hab. in oceano indico ad ins. Comoro, leg. Hildebrandt!

Plantae circa 6 cm. altae gregariae caespitosae ad basim parvam intertextae, flavescenti-
virides, filamentis inferne decumbentibus pallidis irregulariter ramosissimis, stolones laterales et
rhizoides emittentibus ; filamentis supra ascendentibus viridibus cylindricis rectis flaccidis usque
ad 6 cm. longis, 80 — 130^. crassis, per dichotomias remotas divisis, constrictionibus supradicho-
tomialibus symmetricis. [Figs. 74, 75].

p. 33. Avrainvillea clavatiramea n. sp.

Hab. in oceano indico ad litus australe Novae Hollandiae ad "Port Phillip", leg. J. B. Wilson !

Planta e viridi brunnea, usque ad 14 cm. alta, solitaria; stipite circa 3.5 cm. longo, e
basi parva tumida orto, superne in frondem flabelliformem, rotundatam vel apice prolificantem,
usque ad 7.5 cm. longam et 8 cm. latam, inferne crassam, ad marginem superum membranaceam
viridem saepe zonatam, cuneatim expanso ; frondis filamentis flavido-brunneis majusculis, plerumque
35 — 55 u crassis, strictiusculis, versus apices subclavatos obtusos saepe torulosis. [Figs. 92, 93].

SIBOGA-KXPEDITIE LXII. iS

i38

p. n. sp.

in Journal of Botany XI. III. [905. p.
//■;/■. in >• "Christmas Island", Icl^. II. N. Rjdley! C. W. Andrews!.

.ni. aha, irregulariter ramosa, lobis e basi duriori <>rtis, 2.5 —

: nn. longis, spongiosis, con saepe concrescentibus, plerumque siipiiaiis. superne

cuneatim in ulatis, difformibus, bic illic divisis; flabellis veris vel nullis vel erosis;

frondis filamentis 25 — .isms, plerumque torulosis, interdum filamentis cylindricis commixtis,

pallide brunneolis hic illic densius brunneis; ramulis ultimis nonnunquam subclavatis. [Figs. 01,96].

p. 34. Avrainvillea canariensis n. sp.

Syn. Udotea tonuntosa Vickers in Ann. Sci. Nat. 8e sér. tom. IV. 1896. p. 300.
ad "Gran Canaria, Las Palmas", leg. Domina A. Viel

Planta brunneo-viridis, circa 12 cm. alta, solitaria, stipitata; stipite 5 — 6 cm. longo
simplici compresso, superne in frondem rotundatam magnam, 6 — 9 cm. longam, 7 — n cm.
latam, inconspicue zonatam, tenuem, margine subintegram fimbriatam vel parum laceratam,
cuneatim expanso; frondis filamentis cylindricis, bic illic torulosis, versus apices haud decrescentibus
haud clavatis, e viridi fulvo-brunneis, siccitate saepe collapsis, filamentis (ubi materie colorata
farcta sunt) plerumque 30 — 40 v. diam. [Figs. 97, 98J.

p. 35. Avrainvillea Elliottii n. sp.

Syn. Avrainvillea sordida Murray & Boodle in Journ. of Botany XXVII. 1 889 p. 70 (quoad specimen
'Grenada, Murray".

vrainvillea sordida Murray in Journ. of Bot. XXVII. 1889. p. 238. (pro parte).
. vrainvillea sordida Üe Toni Syll. Alg. I. [889. p. 514. (pro part

Ilab. in oceano atlantico ad Antilias "Grenada", leg. W. R. Klliott!

Planta (in alcohol conservata) brunnea, 6 — 13 cm. alta, quasi solitaria, rhizomate recto
circa 5 cm. longo, 1 cm. crasso, interdum uno duobusve tumoribus lateralibus instructo, superne
in sti])item 1 — 4 cm. longum, 0.6 — 1 cm. crassum, parum compressum simplicem, superne in
frondem subit' > expansum, continuato. Frons e basi truncata late flabelliformis in plantis junioribus,
sed in senioribus satis irregularis, brevis (3.5 — 5 cm.) lata (5 — 10 cm.) superne erosa lobata,
lum fere ad basim fissa, modice crassa, zonata, superficie minute rugosa (lobis interdum
divaricatis et continenter crescentibus). Frondis filamenta cylindrica, turn parum torulosa, saepe
brunneo-flava, parva (20 — 30 ft crassa, ad apices juveniles raro 15 fx) apicibus baud praecipue
ramosis baud decrescentibus. [Figs. 99, 100].

p. ■ ihii'illca pacifica n. sp.

. in oceano pacifico ad ins. "Ellice", leg. David! ad "Archipelago Paumotu", leg. Seurat!
inta brunnea, pro more frondibus duabus pluribusve e basi incrassata ortis-, stipes

139

brevis (ad 2.5 cm. longus) crassus (ad 1.25 cm. latus) superne frondem cordato-semirotundatam
5.6 cm. longam, 8 cm. latam, ezonatam margine integram crassiusculam (haud membranaceam)
sustinens. Frondis filamenta tenuia decrescentia interne circa 25 ij. crassa externe ad apices
circa 6 p. crassa, copiose et valde torulosa, pallida vel brunneola, ad apices saepe tortuosa, vel
hamata, in pseudo-corticem haud intertexta sed facile separabilia, ad dichotomias divaricata.
[Figs. 103, 104].

p. 38. Avrainvillca laccrata J. G. Agardh

forma typica nov. forma.

Hab. in oceano pacifico et in indico.

Frondes ramis dichotomis ad 2 cm. longis suffultae, cuneatae plerumque obovatae
laceratae, interdum zonatae. [Figs. 105 — 107].

var. robustior n. var. (forsitan species propr. Avrainvillea robustior),

Hab. in oceano indico ad "Singapore", leg. Ridley!

Rhizoma breve crassum in ramos paucos, e quibus frondes sat confertae, stipitibus
brevibus (3 — 10 mm. longis) suffultae, oriuntur, divisum. Frondes cuneato-oblongae vel cordato-
rotundatae, interdum altera alteram intersecantes, sat tenues, zonatae, integrae fimbriataeve,
filamentis ad constrictiones supra-dichotomiales longicollibus. Planta quam f. typica omnino
robustior et uberior. [Fig. 108].

p. 42. Avrainvillea amadclpha A. & E. S. Gepp

forma Monlagncana nov. forma.

Hab. in oceano indico et in mari rubro.

Planta minor (6 cm. alta), frondibus numerosis, dense congregatis, parvis, valde erosis,
obsolete zonatis. [Fig. 112].

forma submersa nov. forma

Hab. in oceano indico profunde immersa, ins. Amirante, Saya de Malha, et Cargados Carajos, leg.
J. S. Gardiner!

Planta procerior (ad 18 cm.), frondibus paucis, magnis, integris, zonatis. [Fig. 115].

pp. 10, 45. Rhipiliopsis n. gen.

Planta haud calcareo-incrustata viridis parva stipitata, stipite tenui, brevi ; fronde excentrice
subinfundibuliformi vel flabellata tenui raro zonata, e filamentis dichotomis cylindricis laxe inter-
textis, hic illic inter sese per tuberculorum abbreviatorum oppositorum paria pseudoconjugatis,
constituta ; filamentorum constrictionibus supra quamque dichotomiam symmetrice sitis.

I I' I

I». \ipilia :

na t\ pica nov. forma.

in Antillis, Herb. Kut.
Planta robustior, fronde cuneato-flabellata, crassiuscula, subezonata. Figs. 126 — 128].

form nov. forma.

■ atlantico in mari Indiae occidentalis ad ins. -St. Jan'", leg. F. Börgi en!

Planta tenuior, stipite graciliori, fronde rotundato-flabellata vel reniformi, tenui, translucide

129].

'il ia ienaculosa n. sp.

Hab. in oceano atlantico prope oras Brasiliae, 'Barra Grande", profunde immersa, leg. "Challenger
Expedition"!

Planta tennis, dilute vel saturate viridis, solitaria vel frondes paucae e rhizomate eodem
ortae; stipes 1 — 1.5 cm. longus, 0.15 — 0.2 cm. crassus, superne compressns et in frondem subito
expansus. Frons usque ad 6.5 cm. longa et lata, rotundato-flabellata vel subinfundibuliformiter
trice peltata, tennis, fissilis, pro more- distincte zonata, margine integra fimbriata lobata
iilamentis plerumque circa 40 p crassis, in statu sicco collapsis et complanatis, ramulis
lateralibus plerumque brevissimis (circa 50 u. rarius ad 150/x longis), crassis. ad filamenta primaria
numerosissimis. plerumque vere lateralibus. Stipitis filamenta iis frondis similia sed rhizoides
paucas emittentibus. [Figs. 130 — 133].

p. 57. Rhipilia orientalis n. sp.

Haf', in oceano indico, ad "Borneo Bank" et ad "Fau" ins., leg. "Siboga Expedition".

Plantae brunneo-virides, parvae, gregariae, stipitatae; stipite ad 1 cm. longo, 0.1 — 0.2 cm.
crasso, superne in frondem parvam, 1 — 3 cm. longam et Iatam, diversiformem, turn infundibuli-
formiter et excentrice peltatam, turn cuneatim vel rotundatim flabellatam, reticulatam, tenuissimam,
translucidam, paene telae quae "muslin" dicitur brunneo-tinctae similem, hand vel vix zonatam,
margine fimbriatam vel laceratam, expanso. Frondis (in alcohol conservatae) filamenta 30 — 500,
1, laxissime intertexta, ramulos pseudo-laterales longos (70 — 350 (j. sed plerumque circa
1. longos) sat multos, sed haud numerosissimos, gerentia, ramulis vere lateralibus raris
nullisve. [Figs. 134 — 136].

pp. 11, 62. Rhipidodesmis nov. gen.

Planta haud calcareo-incrustata viridis parva, e filamentis gregariis laxe caespitosis, inferne
mbentibus et laxe intertextis, supra ascendentibus apice complanato-fastigiatis, constituta;
filamentorum constrictionibus supra quamque dichotomiam symmetrice sitis ; dichotomiis inferioribus
ren. ioribus approximatis.

141

pp. ii, 64. Boodleopsis nov. gen.

Planta haud calcareo-incrustata, viridis, pulvillos minutos, e filamento primario decumbenti
inconspicuo monosiphoneo ramoso, inferne in rhizoides dichotomos tenuissimos diviso, supra
decrescente et ramos dichotome vel trichotome et divaricate iterum iterumque intervallis brevibus
ramosissime divisos et laxe intertextos emittente, constitutos efformans; filamentorum constric-
tionibus supra quamque dichotomiam symmetrice sitis.

p. 64. Boodleopsis siphonacca n. sp.

Hab. in oceano indico ad "Dongala, Palos-bay" et ad "Muaras-reef", legit "Siboga Expedition" !

Planta depressa dense pulvinata, 1 — 5 cm. lata. Filamentum primarium tegmine ramulorum
intertextorum paene celatum, inferne circa 70 u, crassum (sed quoad crassitudinem varians),
amyli micis granulosum, parietibus 10 — 12 u. crassis, hic illic minute striatis; ramulis inferioribus
descendentibus et in rhizoides graciles laxe dichotomias circa 10 u, crassis divisisis ; ramulis
superioribus singulis vel binis e filamento primario decrescente intervallis irregularibus ortis ; his
ramulis turn ad quemque nodum, turn ad quemque secundum vel tertium nodum, iterum iterumque
divisis, cylindricis, crassitudine sat aequalibus (22 — 25 p.); ramulorum segmentis (internodiis)
plerumque 100 — 150 u. longis, viridibus vel pallidis, dense vel laxe granulosis, leptodermis,
rectis, ad nodos constrictis, interdum tumores brevissimos interdum ramulum vere lateralem
gerentibus. [Figs. 147 — 152].

Udoteae.

p. 67. Tydemania Gardineri n. sp.

Syn. Tydemania expedïtionis A. & E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) VIL 1908. p. 174, pro
parte; et in op. cit. (Zool.) vol. XII. 1909. p. 384, pro parte (figuris etiam exclusis).

Hab. in oceano indico ad "Chagos Archipelago, Salomon" et ad "Amirante", leg. J. S. Gardiner!

Plantae depressae, laxe caespitosae, calcareo-incrustatae. Filamentum primarium prostratum,
monosiphoneum, cylindricum, 350 — 400 jut, crassum, hic illic ramulos, alios cylindricos et rhizoidibus
lentis et matrici tenaciter haerentibus instructos, alios moniliformes et primum trichotome deinde
quinquies sexiesve dichotome divaricate intervallis brevibus decussatim divisos, et ad ramulorum
postremorum 4 — 6 stricturis ornatorum 250 a crassorum apices fiabella singula gerentes, emittens.
Flabella monostromatica e filamentis cylindricis a latere connatis, dichotome ramosis, superne
50 ij. (raro 40 ij.) crassis, internodiis basalibus brevissimis 200 p crassis, constituta. Glomeruli
desunt. [Fig. 155].

p. 89. Penicillus Sibogae n. sp.

Hab. in oceano indico ad ins. Timor "Bay of Noimini", leg. "Siboga Expedition".

Planta (immatura?) circa 1 cm. longa, e filamento solitario ramoso calcareo-incrustato
constituta, Esperae mediterraneae vel plantulis immaturis Penicilli nodulosi similis sed minor

' I-

iliorque. Filamentum simplex, inferne radiculiforme et baud incrustatum, supra calcareo-
incrustatum et dichotome raro trichoton itim ramosum, infra quamque dichotomiam

parutn inflatum, ramis ad basim constrictis, proxime supra basin iaepe (interdum alibi) subtorulosis,
parietis integumento calcareo minute poroso. 1 i;.;s- 181, i

]>. ui. / './..'< a / n. sp.

//..- i indico ad ins. Timor, "Bay of Noimini, reef'j ad ins. K . et ad ins. Bawean,

inkapura roa<: < ■ : ". '■ I xpudition".

riant. ie plerutnque parvae, usque ad 2 cm. altae. Stipes (vel filamentum primarium)
plantae juvenilis simplex, erectus, monosiphoneus, supra papillatus, hand calcareo-incrustatus,
crassus; stipes primarius plantae senioris (1 cm. altae et ultra) rhizoidibus undique
endentibus satis obtectus. Frons valde calcareo-incrustata, pro more 1 cm. longao.5 — i.ocm.
lata, cuneato-flabelliformis, monostromatica, striata, baud zonata, saepe valde lacerata, bic illic
prolificans. I rondis filamenta 30 — -45 (u crassa (papillis exclusis), stricta monostromatice inter sese
a latere juxtaposita et conglutinata, papillis numerosis approximatis obtusis vel mamillatim
apiculatis conicis, ordine simplice vel duplice praeter cujusque filamenti frontem et dorsum
dispositis, et plerumque invicem per paria oppositis, instructa; hlamentorum inferiorum papillae
interdum in verticillis crebris dispositae, interdum furcatae vel geminatae. Constrictiones supra-
dichotomiales asymmetricae. [Figs. 17, 20, 24, 37, 38].

p. 112. Udotea papillosa

subsp. subpapillata n. subsp. (forsan spec. prop.).

Hab. in oceano indico profunde submersa prope oram australem insulae Timor, leg. uSiboga
Expedition".

Planta major 5 cm. alta. Frons 4.5 cm. longa, 2 cm. lata, zonata; differt a typo papillis
valde humilioribus et obtusioribus, saepe inconspicuis paulo laxius dispositis; frondis tilamenta
superne circa 30 jul, inferne circa 55 ij. crassa, prope basin fibulis brevibus 30 — 70 u. longis
irregulariter instructa. [Figs. 39 — 42].

p. in». Udotea orientalis n. sp.

Syn. Udotea suborbiculata Sond. in Muell. Fragm, Austral. XI. Suppl. 1880. p. 38.
Udotea Palmetta J. G. Agardh TUI Alg. Syst. V. 1887. p. 71.
Udotea infundibulum Hauck in Hedwigia XXVII. 1888. p. 92.
Udotea Palmetta \)c Toni Syll. Alg. I. 1889. p. 506.

Udotea infundibulum Hieronymus in Kngler Pflanzenw. Ostafr. Teil C. 1895. p. 24.
Udotea conglutinata Okamura Icon. Japan. Algae I. 1908. p. 231, tt. XLIV, XLV.
Udotea conglutinata A. & E. S. Gepp in Trans. Linn. Soc. (Hot.) VII. 1908. p. 175; and (Zool.)
XII p. 385.

Hab. in oceano indico, in Archipclago malayano ad in-;. * Tanah-Djampcah" et alibi! ad Africae
oras orientales! et in oceano pacifico!

Plantae usque ad 7 cm., plerumque circa 5 cm., longae, satis calcareo-incrustatae,
Rhizoides in glebam vel in fibras granosas coarctatae. Stipes simplex, usque ad 2 cm. longus,

143

i — 2 mm. crassus, cortice spongioso seu velutinoideo obtectus, superne complanatus et in
flabellum sensim expansus. Frons e basi vulgo cordata, raro cuneata, raro auriculata, subro-
tundata vel flabelliformis, circa 3.5 cm. longa, 5 cm. lata, viridi-canescens, zonata, superficie
supra longitudinaliter filamentoso-striata, prope basim velutinoidea vel -spongiosa, margine sub-
integra erosa vel raro lobata. Frondis filamenta 25 — 35 u, (raro 45 jj.) crassa, paulum calcareo-
incrustata, e stipite ad marginem radiatim disposita, iterum iterumque dichotome ramosa, supra
quamque dichotomiam asymmetrice constricta, flexuosa, inter paginas pluriseriata, plerumque
inter sese crebre juxta-posita et conglutinata; prope basin filamenta ramellis lateralibus fibulisve
paucis brevibus simplicibus instructa. Stipitis filamenta ramellis lateralibus dichotome divisis et
bullas apicales parvas breves obtusas, interdum ovoideas, gerentibus instructa. [Figs. 1, 4. 47, 48].

p. 120. Udotea explanata n. sp.

Syn. ? Flabellaria Palmetta Kützing Tab. Phyc. vol. VIII. 1858. p. 12, tab. 27, fig. 1.
? Udotea Palmetta Sonder ex Kützing loc. cit.
? Udotea Kützingii De Toni Sylloge Algarum I. 1889. p. 511.

Hab. in oceano indico ad ins. Celebes, leg. "Siboga Expedition"! forsan in sinu Arabico, leg. Sonder.

Planta circa 7.5 cm. alta. Stipes 1.5 cm. longa, inferne cylindrica 2 mm. crassa, superne
compressa (5 — 6 mm. lata) et in frondem (quod ad structuram attinet) sensim transiens, cortice
spongioso-velutinoideo et in frondis basin per spatium parvum (circa 2 mm.) extenso. Frons e
basi truncata semiorbicularis (5 cm. alta, 10 cm. lata) valde lacerata, margine irregulariter
lobata, obscure zonata, lurido-canescens, fissilis, parum conglutinata, superficie fibrosa velut villo
appresso obtecta. Frondis filamenta plerumque 50 — 65 a crassa, e stipite ad marginem velut
radii abeuntia, pluriseriata, inter sese parallela, fere stricta, calcareo-incrustata, porosa, supra
dichotomias constrictionibus symmetricis (numquam distincte asymmetricis) notata. Stipitis filamenta
ramellis lateralibus dichotome divisis et cymos bullarum apicalium parvarum brevium obtusarum
vel truncatarum gerentibus instructa. [Figs. 49, 50, 51].

p. 125. Udotea spinulosa Howe

forma palmettoidea nov. forma.

Syn. Udotea conglutinata Dickie in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) vol. XIV. 1875. p. 312, pro parte.

Hab. in oceano atlantico ad ins. "St. Thomas" leg. "Challenger Expedition"!

Frondis filamenta ramellis unilateraliter velut in planta typica dispositis, sed minoribus
(10 u. longis), 1 — 3-fidis instructa; ramelli supra sessiles, inferne 2 — 3-fidi, interdum simplices,
40 — 70 [j. (interdum usque ad 110 u) longi, pedicellati, semper acuti; ultroque versus apices
filamentorum per spatium 2 — 3 mm. hi ramelli laterales omnino desunt. [Fig. 56].

p. 126. Udotea argentea Zanardini
forma typica nov. forma.

Hab. in oceano indico, in mari rubro, et in oceano pacifico.

Planta 3 — 10 cm. alta. Frons subreniformi-flabellata vel rotundata, interdum valde

1 1 1

prolificans, superficie minutissime <-t obscure cellulosa vel spumosa (raro evidenter spumosa vel
polyporoidea) ; filamenta ramellis lateralibus capitatis instructa; ramellorum

capitula valde et varie ibata, interdum tuberibus 2 9 subhemisphei 1 ornata, interdum

mplanata et subpalmatim lobata. Figs. 21, 22c, 22,/, 57 — 60).

p. 126. I Zanardini

var. spumosa. nov. var.

//..• ano indico, ad m^. "Tanah-Djampeah" etc, leg. "Siboga Expedition"!

Planta usque ad 15 cm. aha, 23 cm. lata, prolificationibus late imbricatis instructa.
.lis superficies evidenter spumosa vel polyporoidea; filamenta 40 — 60 u. crassa, ramellis
dibus elongato-pyriformibus, plerumque simplicibus, apice tum rotundatis (versus basim
frondis) tum planis vel depressis (versus apicem frondis), instructa. [Figs. 15, 25a, 61, 62].

1». 127. Udotea occidentalis n. sp.

//<//'. in oceano atlantico in Antillis ad ins. "St. Thomas", leg. "Challenger Expedition"! ad ins.
->:. Jan", leg. I'. Börgesen !

Planta usque ad S cm. alta, valde calcareo-incrustata. Rhizoides in glebam parvam
lïbrosam coarctatae. Stipes simplex teres brevis (usque ad 1 cm. longus) gracilis (1.5 cm. crassus).
Frons inferne cineracea, superne viridis, e basi cuneata obovata, satis prolificans, parum striata.
superficie minutissime et obscure cellulosa 1 filamenta 30 — 45 [j. crassa, approximata, raro contigua,
pluriseriata, ramellis lateralibus capitatis circa 70 — 1 20 p. longis (raro usque ad 1S0 u prope
frondis basim) instructa ; ramellorum capitula simplicia vel lobate divisa, inflata et tuberibus
6 — 20 leniter eminentibus (quae specularibus in superficie calcareo-incrustata quadrant [confer
p. 103) exomata; constrictionibus supra-dichotomialibus asymmetricis. Stipitis filamenta ramellis
lateralibus longipedicellatis, superne bis vel ter dichotomis, deinde breviter et irregulariter divisis
et bullas apicales numerosas^ perbreves obtuse rotundatas gerentibus, instructa. [I-igs. 18, 22a,
22 l>. 63—65].

p. 130. Udotea Wilsoni Gepp et Howe n. sp.

//o/>. in oceano atlantico ad ins. "An-uilla", leg. 1'. Wilson !

Planta circa 10 cm. alta, satis calcareo-incrustata, stipitata ; stipite usque ad 4 cm.

umque 1 — 1.5 cm.) longo, simplice vel superne ramosa, ramis brevissimis liberis vel con-

glutinatis. Frons e prolificationum flabelliformium numerosarum congerie laminata constituta ;

|)nilificationes altera ex alterius superficie et plerumque e situ, qui propinquus et parallelus axi

- centrali (quasi sti|>iti sursum ]>rolongato) est, ortae. Frondis lamina quaeque vulgo e

mi-cordata semirotundata vel semiflabellata, integra vel lobata, striata, interdum zonata,

cineraceo-viridis, margine juvenili flavescente, adultiore cinerascente ; superficie minutissime

a vel granulosa. Frondis filamenta 40 — 50 u crassa, subparallela et ramis flexuosis

intricatis commixta, pluriseriata, parce dichotoma, sine constrictionibus supra-dichotomialibus,

145

ramellis lateralibus brevibus simplicibus vel furcatis obtusissimis crebre instructa. Ramelli laterales
plerumque ordinibus duplicibus duobus qui alter ad frondis frontem et alter ad dorsum diriguntur,
dispositi, circa 25 — 40 rj. longis, in frondis parte superiori ; ramelli in frondis parte inferiori minus
regulariter dispositi, plerumque distiche secundi et hic illic interrupti, quoad longitudinem valde
inaequales, 25 — 120 ij. longi. Stipitis filamenta ramellis lateralibus semel vel saepius dichotome
divisis et apices obtusos gerentibus instructa. [Figs. 66 — 68].

p. 135. Codium petaloideum n. sp.

Hab. in oceano indico ad ins. Sabangkatan prope Borneo, leg. "Siboga Expedition"!

Planta pusilla, laete viridis, 10 — 12 mm. alta, 5 — 7 mm. lata, complanata, obovata,

subsessilis. Strati exterioris utriculi subpyriformes, superne obtuse rotundati, sed saepe parum

impressi, parvi, 180 — 240 <j. longi, 115 — 180 ij. lata, apice nullis membranae augmentis con-
spicue muniti. [Figs. 193, 194].

p. 136. Codium divaricatum n. sp.

Hab. in oceano indico ad "Elat", ins. Kei major et ad "Kwandang Bay", ins. Celebes, leg. "Siboga
Expedition" !

Planta procumbens, repens, rhizoidibus hic illic adfixa, caespitem circa 8 cm. latum
efformans, valde et divaricato-dichotome ramosa, ubique gracilis, in statu sicco 1.5 — 0.5 mm.
crassa, ramis laxe intricatis. Strati exterioris utriculi obovato-clavati vel subpyriformes, parvi,
■500 — 360 ij. longi, 96 — 200 u. lati, ibique parietibus tenuibus. [Figs. 195 — 199].

SIBOGA-EXFEDITIE LXII. '9

INDEX.

acetabulum Dccaisne {Udotea). 117.
adhaerens Agardh (Codiuni). 134.
affinis Kützing {Coralloceplialus). 76, 78.
Agardliia Cabrera. 49.
amadelpha Gepp (Avrainvillea). 2r, 42.

forma Montagneana Gepp. 21, 42, 139.

forma submersa Gepp. 21, 42, 139.
amadelpha Montagne [Udotea). 42.
Andersonïi Murray {Rhipilia). 29.
arbuscida Kützing {Coralloceplialus). 86.
arbuscida Montagne {Penieillus). 86.
arbusculus var. minor Crouan {Penieillus). 82.
argentea Howe {Udotea). 127.
argentea Zanardini (Udotea). 110, 125.

forma typica Gepp. 125, 126, 143.

var. spumosa Gepp. 126, 144.
asarifolia Börgesen (Avrainvillea). 21, 44.
Avrainvillea Decaisne. 10, 16.
Avrainvillea sp. Börgesen. 40.

barbatus Kützing {Coralloceplialus). 82, 84.
Boodleopsis Gepp. 11, 64, 141.

caespitosa Murray et Boodle {Avrainvillea). 62.
caespitosa jf. G. Agardh {Chlorodesmis). 62.
caespitosa Gepp (Rhipidodesmis). 62.
Callipsygma J. G. Agardh. 11, 63.
canariensis Gepp (Avrainvillea). 21, 34, 138.
capitatus Lamarck (Penieillus). 76, Si.

forma typica Gepp. 83, 84.

forma elongata Gepp. 83, 84.
capitatus Murray {Penieillus). 85.
Chlorodesmis Bailey and Harvey. 10, 13.

Chloroplegma Zanardini. 18, 19.

ciliata Kützing {Udotea). 50.

Cladocephalus M. A. Howe. n, 57.

clavatiramea Gepp (Avrainvillea). 20, 33, 137.

clavatus Crouan {Penieillus). y6, 78.

Codieae. 2, 6, 12.

Codium Stackhouse. 2, 12, 134.

comosa Murray et Boodle {Avrainvillea). 14.

comosa Börgesen {Avrainvillea). 15.

comosa Bailey et Harvey (Chlorodesmis). 14.

comosa Mazé et Sckramm {C/ilorodesmis). 15.

comosus ? Crouan {Penieillus). 91, 115.

conglutinata Ellis et Solander {Corallina). 1 14.

conglutinata Lamarck {Flabellaria). 114.

conglutinata Mazé et Sckramm {Flabellaria). 117.

conglutinata Collins etc. {Udotea). 82, 84.

conglutinata Dictie {Udotea). 56, 117, 125, 128.

conglutinata Harvey {Udotea). 117.

conglutinata Lamouroux {Udotea). 109, 114.

conglutinata Okamura {Udotea). 119.

conglutinata f. infundibuliformis Gepp {Udotea). 118.

Coralliodendron Kützing. 69, 75.

Coralloceplialus Kützing. 70, 75.

cyathiformis Decaisne (Udotea). 109, 117.

cyathiformis Endlichcr {Udotea). 49.

Desfontainii Lamouroux {Flabellaria). 49.
Desfontainii Kützing {RJiipozonium). 49.
Desfontainii J. G. Agardh [Utodea). 27, 50.
Desfontainii Decaisne {Udotea). 49.
Desfontainii Frauenfeld {Udotea). 50.
Dichonema Berkeley. 17.
dichotoma Agardh {Vaucheria). 15.

,,s

irme Kiil

dumetosus Blaim

85.

rainvillea). 21, 35, [38.
■ m 136.

f )i ti lus). 82.
'/< [Penicillus). S2.
■ iepp A\ rainvillea). 20.

;o.
Uiipidonema). 29, 30.
/ Lamourou . Si , 84, 8 •

n/iorus A allocephalus). ^2. S4. 94.

Espera 7. G. . \gardh.
excentricus Gepp (Cladocephalus). 59, 61.
exp Tydemania). 1

expeditionis Weber van Bosse (Tydemania). 66.
explanata (iepp (Udotea). 109, 120, 143.

f.i>*. i pp (Chlorodesmis). 15.

iata I . A. Agardh Vaucheria). 1 5.
fimbriata Delle Chiaje [Flabellaria). 49.
fimbriata Mazè et Schramm [Flabellaria). 27.
Flabellaria Lamarck. 100, 107.
Flabellaria Lamouroux. 10, 46, 100.
I labellarieae. 2, 3, 6, 10.
flabellata Dickie [Udotea). 128.

tllata Lamouroux [Udotea). 131.
flabellata Murray [Udotea). [27.
'lliforme Agardh (Codium). 49.

• Blainville [Con 49.

flabelliformis Desfontaines [Conferva). 49.
lt f or mis Wulf en [Confei
\elliformis Blainville [Udotea). 49, 131.
////w /-.7//i- «7 Solander [Corallina). 131.
. rtoloni [Fucus). 49.
flabcllum Howe (Udotea). 110, 131.
/ ■/// i / rdotea). 60.
hauvin. 17, 19.
///.' . - adelia). 23, 27.

rainvillea). 21, 36, 141.

; • ii 18, 1 1

glaui 1 ■ ■■»'. tofuü Grunow. no.

■ . tenuior < irunow. 1 10.
.- Lamouroux [Nesec
granulosus A allocephalus).

tulosus Decaisne [Penicilli

Haligraphium Endlieher. 70.
Halipsygma Endlieher. ,
Halimeda Lamouroux. 1, 7, 12.
Halimeda Dickie [Udotea). 127.
Halimeda Küti ing. 1 / './<'/<■./ 1. 131.
Herbam anonymam etc. Zannichelli. 4S.
Hildebrandtii Gepp I hlorodesmis). 16, [37.

incrustata Chauvin [Flabellaria). 131.
indica 1 iepp l rdotea . 109, 121.
infundibulum Suhr [Codium). 117, 118.
infundibulum 7. G. Agardh [Udotea). 117.
infundibulum Hauck [Udotea). 119.

javensis Montagne [Rhipidosiphon). 1 10.
javensis Gepp . ioS, 1 10.

Kützingii De Toni [Udotea). 120.

lacerata J. G. Agardh (Avrainvillea). 21, 38.

forma typica Gepp. 21, 38, 139.

var. robustior (icpp. 21, 38, 39, 139.
lacerata Gepp [Avrainvillea). H-
lacerata Hieronymus [Avrainvillea). 42.
lacerata Ilarvev [Udotea). 38, 39.
lacinulata Frauenfeld [Utodea). 50.
lacinulata Kützing [Udotea). 49.
lacinulatum Kützing [Rhipozonium). 49.
laetevirens Crouan [Avrainvillea). 54. 56.
Lamourouxü Kützing [Corallocephalu 5, 79.

Lamourouxii Decaisne (Penicillus). 78, 97, 99.

forma typica Gepp. 79, 80.

var. gracilis Gepp. 79, 80, Si.
Lamourouxü Ma e et Scliraiiuu [Penicillus). 85.
/<-,-•« Howe [Avrainvillea). 40.
longiarticulatus Crouan [Penicilli . ~$.

longicaulis Howe [Avrainvill
longicaulis Murray et Boodle [Avrainvillea . i\.
icaulis Dickie [Rhipilia . 23.
icaulis Kützing [Rhipilia). 28, 36, 40.

149

luteo-fusca Crouan {Flabellaria). 60.

lutco-fusca Murray {Udotea). 60.

luteo-fuscus Börgesen (Cladocephalus). 59, 60.

macroloba Decaisne (Halimeda). 31.

major Zanardini (Chlorodesmis). 16.

Mauve marine Marsilli. 48.

Mazei Murray et Boodle (Avrainvillea). 20, 27.

mediterranea Decaisne {Espera). 87.

mediterraneus Thuret (Penicillus). j6, 87.

forma typica Gepp. 88.

forma perfecta Gepp. 88.
membranaceum Agardh {Codium). 49.
minima Gepp (Flabellaria). 47.
minima Ernst {Udotea). 47.

nedulosa Milne Edtuards {Nesea). 86.

Nesaea Lamonroux. 69, 75, 93.

Nesea Lamonroux. 69, 75, 93.

Nésée en buisson Blainville. 76.

Nésée pinccau Blainville. 82.

nigra Decaisne {Avrainvillea). 25.

nigricans Decaisne (Avrainvillea). 20, 23.

nigricans Mazé et Schramm {Avrainvillea). 22.

nigricans fulva Howe (Avrainvillea). 24.

nodulosa Lamonroux {Nesea). 86.

nodulosus Blainville (Penicillus). j6, 86.

oblongus Decaisne [Penicillus). 97.
oblongus Kützing (Rhipocephalus). 93, 97.
obscura C. A. Agardh {Anadynomene). 32.
obscura J. Agardh (Avrainvillea). 17, 20, 32.
occidentalis Gepp (Udotea). 1 10, 127, 144.
Oedipus Kützing {Corallocephalus). 70, 79
Olafsenia Trevisan. 51, 52.
orientalis Gepp (Rhipilia). 57, 140.
orientalis Gepp (Udotea). 109, 119, 142.
ovale Zanardini (Codium). 134.

pachypus Kjellman {Chlorodesmis). 13, 29, 32.
pacifica Gepp (Avrainvillea). 21, 37, 138.
Palmetta Kützing {Flabellaria). 120.
Palmetta Decaisne (Udotea). 109, 122.
Palmetta J. G. Agardh {Udotea). 119.
Palmetta Sonder {Udotea). 120.
papillosa Gepp (Udotea). 109, ui, 142.
subsp. subpapillata Gepp. 109, 112, 142.

papuana Murray et Boodle {Avrainvillea). 29.
papuanum Zanardini {Chloroplegma). 29, 31.
Pavonia Esper (Coralliua). 131.
Pavonia Lamarck {Flabellaria). 131.
Pavonia Decaisne {Udotea). 131.
peltata Gepp (Rhipiliopsis). 45.
peltata J. Agardh {Udotea). 45.
Penicillus Lamarck. 11, 68, 93.
Penicillus Kützing {Corallocephalus). 70, 82.
penicillus Ellis et Solander {Corallina). 68, 78, 81.
Penicillus Linné {Corallina). 68, 81.
Penicillus Lamonroux {Nesea). 81.

var. ramulis crassioribus Deslongchamps. 79.
petaloideum Gepp (Codium). 135, 145.
petiolata Trevisan (Flabellaria). 47, 48.
petiolata Turra {Ulva). 49.
Phoenix Ellis et Solander {Corallina). 93.
Phoenix Lamonroux {Nesaea). 93.
Phoenix Lamarck {Penicillus). 93.
phoenix Kützing (Rhipocephalus). 93.

forma typicus Gepp. 95.

forma brevifolius Gepp. 95.

forma longifolius Gepp. 95.
Phoenix Crouan {Udotea). 94, 96.

var. elatior Crouan. 94, 96.
Photophobe Endlicher. 51, 52.
Pinceau flabellc Lamarck. 94.
plumula Crouan {Udotea). 94, 96.
Por op sis Kützing. 75.

Pseudocodium Weber van Bosse. 3, 6, 12.
pyramidalis Kützing {Corallocephalus). 70, 79.
pyramidalis Lamonroux {Nesea). 78, 80.
pyramidalis Blainville {Penicillus). 70, 79.
pyriformis Gepp (Penicillus). 76, 85.

Rawsoni Howe (Avrainvillea). 20, 22.
Rawsoni Dickie {Rhipilia). 22.
Rhipidion Targioni-Tozzetti. 51.
Rhipidodesmis Gepp. 11, 62, 140.
Rkipidosipkon Montagne. 2, 107, 1 10.
Rhipilia Kützing. 11, 53.
Rhipiliopsis Gepp. 10, 45, 139.
Rhipocephalus Kützing. 12, 91.
Rhipozonium Kützing. 5 1 .
Ridleyi Gepp (Avrainvillea). 20, 33, 138.
robustior Gepp (Avrainvillea). 38.

mus II

! ; I.

sipfa ' ). 141.

'7-
la Mum idle Avrainvillea). 21, 35, 1 1.

40.

42, 43.

doti 1). 1 9, 1 24.
. palmettoidea Gepp. 109, 125, [43.

subunalis /K . SS.

■ Kützing (Poropsis). 88.

1 repp ( Rhipilia . 5< », 140.
tenue Kützing Codtum). [36.
textilis < ardhia). 49.

textUis Roxas-Clemente (Fucus). 49.
tomentosa Kützing (Rhipilia). 54.

forma typica Gepp. 55, 140.

forma zonata Gepp. ;;, 140.

tomentosa Murray [Udoted). 55.
toni int,' sa Vickers [(/dot
tomentosum Stackhouse (Codium). 1 ^;.
Tussilagitu </<■//' Adriatico Ginanni.
Tydemania Wetw 1 van B 1 1, 65.

Udotea Decaisne. 107.

Udotea Lamouroux. u, 99, 107.

(Jdoteae. 2, (, 7, 11.

ventaglifornu Naccari [Codio). 49.
verticiliosa Gepp (Udotea). 110, 1

'/;,; Agardh [Caulerpa). 49.
vitifolia Kützing [Chauvinia). 49.
vitifolia Trevisan [Olafsenia). 49.
vitifolia Steudel (Zonaria). 49.
vitifolius Humboldt et Bonpland (Fucus)

Wilsoni J. G. Agardh (Callipsygma). 63.
Wilsoni Gepp et Howe (Udotea). 110, 130, 144.

Zannichellia Micheli. 5 1 .

Zannichellii Zanardini 1 Flabellarid). 49.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

(N.B. Plates I — IV were prepared and printed off in 1903, and unfortunately fail to
emphazise certain points which we now hold to be of essential importance for a true appreci-
ation of the respective species. So far as possible we have endeavoured to maintain a uniformity
in the magnifications of the figures throughout each genus and in allied genera).

1'I.AÏK I.

Udotea (figs. 1—28, 36—68).

orientalis a. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Landu Bay, Rotti, reef, Siboga Expc<liti<ni i.

1 U. cyathifortnis Decaisne. Habit of plant, nat. size. tlles «les Saintes, Guadeloupe, D'AvrainvilU

in Hcrb. Mus. l'.uis. l)i-.i '.u>NE's type).

i ;. I'. glaucescens Harvey. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Fricndly Islands, Harvey. n" 82, in Herb.

Mus. Brit.). The frond consists of two lamcllae, the smaller superposed on the larger; they
both arise from the same stipes, whicfa is inconspicuously divided at its upper end.

Fig. 4. U. orientalis. Surface view of frond filaments of plant showh in fig. i( before decalcification. 20.

Fig. 5. U. glaucescens. Surface view of frond filaments of plant shown in fig. 3, before decalcification. 20.

Fig. 6. U. cyathiformis. Filaments of frond of fig. 3 after decalcification, showing sessile even constrictions
eironeously made to appear septate) above the dichotomies. • 83.

Fig. 7. U. glaucescens. Filaments of frond of fig. 3 after decalcification, showing two dichotomies and a
trichotomv; the constrictions are all more or less badly represented in this figure, especially
those of the upper dichotomy, which ought to be markedly uneven (as in fig. 47) and not
sessile. < 83.

Fig. S. ('. glaucescens. it. Lateral appendages of filaments of stipes with the apices inadequately rendered,
83; b. single apex of same, ■ 472.

Fig. 9. U. cyathiformis. Khizoids springing from a root-axis, 83; a. the same, > 2.

Fig. 10. ('. palmetta Decaisne. Habit of plant, nat. size. (DECAISNE'S type, Coll. du Petit Thouars in
Herb. Mus. Paris).

Fig. 11. U. palmetta. Filaments of frond, showing lateral appendages both simple and forked and trifid,
usually sessile (rarely shortly pedicellate), arranged along one side of the filament. As explained
in the text, the lateral appendages are borne only on the exposed portions of the filaments,
which constitute the frond, viz., along that side which formed part of the external surface of
the frond. a. and b. side view, • 178. In a there is between the appendages a bare space,
which was filled by another filament crossing it externally. <". surface view, scen from above,
178. d. 472.

Fig. 12. U spinulosa Howe. Filaments of frond showing lateral appendages, forked and spinose, occurring,
as explained under fig. 11, only on the exposed side of the filament. 83. This filament,
being situated in a thin part of the frond, emitted appendages here and there where exposed
on each surface of the frond. b. apex of filament 83. c. single lateral appendage with three
acute spines, 473. (Specimen without locality, in Herb. Chauvin).

Siboga- Expeditie. LX II. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

^

-

P. Highley del.

Ka P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE

a 11. sp. Pilaments of frond from bas. il margin, showing truncate papillae, which, like
the appendages of U. palmetta and of U. spinulosa, occur only on the exposed side of the
filaments. The supra-dichotomial constrictions are very uneven and, in nature, are much more
strongly constricted than as represented in the figure; a and /> 83; c 178.

14. U. indica. Filaments of stipes, shewing lateral appendages, 83.

15. U. argentea Zan. var. spumosa nov. var. Part of largc plant, nat. size. (Saleyer, reef. Siboga

1 xpedition).

1 16. U. verticillosa A. & E. S. Gepp. llabit of plant, nat. size. (St. Thomas, West Indies, B Challen
Expedition, 5 — 15 fathoms).

I 17. ('. papillosa n. sp. Smal! plants, or, strictly speaking, proliferations broken off from a larger

plant, nat. size, iSil)'>_;a Expedition).
18. '*. occidentalis n. sp. Surface view of frond, before decalcification, showing the sinuous lines of
demarcation between the contiguous inflated capitula of the lateral appendages, which are
borne on the filaments of the frond and form a cortical covering of the frond. In each of
the sinuous areas I are seen three or more of the "windows" described in the text.

472. \\\st [ndies, St. Thomas, " CAallenger" Expedition, in Herb. Mus. Rrit.).

Fig. 19. U. verticillosa. Surface view of frond, before decalcification, shewing encrusted spinose fila-
ment^. 20.

I 20. U. papillosa n. sp. Surface view of frond, before decalcification, seen by surface illumination.

ii. near upper margin ; /'. near base, 70.

i Si. U. argentea Zan. I'ortion of frond after decalcification, showing main filaments bearing lateral

appendages (for comparison with the lost type-specimen from Suez, figured by ZaNARDINI in
his Plant. mar. rubr. coll. tab. XII. fig. ló), 83.

Fig. 22,1 and /'. U. occidentalis. n. Filaments of frond, shewing lateral appendages of nearly equal length,
with pluri-lobulate inflated capitula. 83. b. Two of these lateral appendages shewing stalk
expanding above obconically, and dividing into two or more embossed inflated lobules, each
bearing some six <>f the "windows" described in the text. 472.
22c. U. argentea f. typica; part verging towards var. spumosa. <\ Filament of frond, showing lateral
appendages with stalked, longly obconic capitula, rounded, flattened, or depressed at apex.
simple or occasionally lobed. Other filaments of the same plant bear the lobate and embossed
lateral appendages off. typn a. 1 Karkaralong, Siboga Expedition) 83. (Fig. 22,/ is on plate III].

Siboga-ExpcJitie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae

J3a .

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE III.

Udotea argentea f. typica. Two separate lateral appendage oi fi| , •.'■ ),'-'• These are exceptional
in tlicir simple form and in their flattened apex; the normal form is lobate and usually embossed
. . The thickened rim in the upper figure is an erroneous representation.
.'?. U. verticillosa. •!■ Filament of frond, shewing numerous cl<>-( verticils of spinose lateral appen-
,cs. />. single lateral appendage, twice forked and having acute apices 472.
i --4. U. papillosa. Pilaments of frond. a. lateral view, shewing papillac in profile arranged pair-wise
front and back ■ 17S. /;. surface view ol same papillae foreshortened, being seen from above
17S. ,-. .nul ./. Papillae enlarged, mamillate <>v obtuse, 472.
1. ('. argentea var. spumosa. Filament of stipes, uith lateral appendages 83.
Fig. j;/'. and c. U. verticillosa. />. Filament of stipes with lateral appendages 83; e. lateral appendage,
wit li characteristic thick wall, 47-.
U. flabellum Huw,-. Habit ut' plant. (Guanico, Porto Rico, Herb. Hauck) nat. size.
i 27. Ditto. a. Filament of frond with digitate lateral appendages of unequal length (Grenada, Murray)

N5: /'. ultimate division of lateral appendage with bifid, truncate apices 472.
I Ditto 1. Filament of stipes with lateral appendages 83; />. ultimate divisions of a lateral

appendage with obtuse thick-walled apices 472.

Siboga- Expeditie. LX II. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

///

P. Highley del.

Kn 1'. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE IV.

Flabellti' also figs. 123 — 125 on plate XV).

; Flabellaria petiolata ["revisan. Habit of plant. Several pi. mts arising from a common root-mass,

attached to Poseidonia Melos, Herb. Chauvin), nat. size. The fronds are really faintly and
narrowly zonate, a feature which this figun fails to show.
50. Ditto. </. Filaments of frond shewing lateral appendages of unequal length 83; b. pari

single lateral appendage consisting of .1 stalk and part of its botryoidally lobulati terminal
expansion 472.
Ditto. Filament of stipes with lateral app <>. 178; b. ultimate divisions of lateral

appendage with blunt apices (thick-walled in reality 4;'-'.

'adocephalus (see also figs. 137 [40 on plate XVI and XVII).

i iocephalus luteofuscus Börgesen. Fïabil of plant (Guadeloup 11". 1904, in Herb. Mus.

Brit. nat. size.

Fig. $3. Ditto. </. and b. Branches of main filaments of front of the same, densely ramified at apex 83;
c. terminal ramification 178; d. ultimate ramelli 472. These terminal ramifications com-
bine to form the felt-work, which covers the main filaments.
Ditl I ilaments of frond (Herb. Chauvin) shewing terminal ramification of branches 83;

b. ultimate ramelli 472.

i j Ditti 1. I ilaments of stipes Guadeloupe, Mazê n". 19041 shewing ramification of branches

b. ultimate ramelli of same thickwalled in reality 472.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

Il

SO a

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap im]

PLATE V

;s. i _\s on plate I lil

\ & | S. Gepp. a. Ilal.it of plant, nat. size. (Maumeri, Sep. 1888, n°. 1037.
. Planl (Sankapura, Bawean Expedition), consisting ol

nous stipcs and monostromatic frond, 22. c. Base ol frond [Sankapura) with
iphonous stipes and hyaline rootlets 30.

1 n. sp. Habit -'t" plant Noimini Bay, Siboga Expedition). This consists ol a
fla| frond arising by ramification from a short 1 erect parallel papillati

which themselves arise by dichotomy from the api I the primary axis. Th»

primary axis 1- concealed by the numerous rhizoids which spring from it. ■ .S.
Ditto. Portion of dichotomous filament from tion, showing whorls of obtuse

or truncate papillae. (Sankapura, Bawean. Siboga Expedition). 178.

/ papillosa subspec. subpapillata. Habit "f plant nat. size), showii nee <>f -tip

East coast Timor, Si l >. •;_;.! Expedition . \Udotea subpapillata will probably prove to be a proper
spei
Ditto. Base of plant, showing primary filament surrounded by a loosi m of branching rhi-

zoids which issue from it at different levels. The primary filament divides above into a
fascicle of a few erect branches, which constitute a very short compound stipes; this bears a
Aabelliform frond produced by the further ramification of the aforesaid branches in one plane.
Only the extreme base of the frond 1- shown in the drawing. In the portion here called
--talk" the rhizoids are seen to be reduced and soon replaced above by long papillae or
fibulae. 1'lnse fibulae occur also on the lowermost part of the frond, luit above are replaced
by inconspicuous papillae. 20.
• i. Ditto. Portion ol -hort branched filament from base ol frond viz. from upper part of preceding
re, fig. 83. It bears Ion. papillae, which correspond to the fibulae of U. oriënt alis

and I '. conglutinata.
Ditto. Apical portion of a few frond-filaments from upper part of frond 83. The papillae,
never cons] are sometimes absent.

. 4V UdoUa glaucescens Harvey. Base of a plant 20 Lirung, Sib< a 1 xpedition), showing the
developing condition of the stipes; the starting-point (st. p. probably was at about the place
indicated, where the uppermost rhizoids appeai to originate; these rhizoids spring from a
primary descending filament or rhizoid which may easily be traced [p. f.) to the lowest point
of the figure. Above the starting-point (st. p. a fascicle of filaments branching off from the
primary filament, ascends young ind stipes); and tin filaments, dividing at inter-

val-. -"•!! spread out -o as to form the flabell >nd. rhe basal filaments below the frond

bear fibulae (short lateral branchlets of the same diameter as their own), which later, increasing
atly in number and dividing dichotomously, become approximated .u\<\ combined into the
the pseudo-cortex of the mature stipes. A few of these original fibulae are shown at the top
of the figure. Thcy are also found upon the base of the frond and form a tomentum tl
The mature stipes, extending downwards, would gradually enco'mpass and envelope the upper
rh' lown in the figure.

. ;. Udotea conglutinata Lamouroux. Habit of plant. nat. size. (Bahamas, Htrwe n". \i\o).
.--. Ditto. filaments of frond of same plant, shewing frequent dichotomies and even supradicho-
tomial constrictions,

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

V

P. Highley del.

Fa P.W. M.Trapimpr.

PLATE \ I.

I lutinata. Filament of sti] ame plant, showing lateral appendages dichotomously

divided and terminated by dactyline apice . 83.
! .talis n. sp. Filaments of frond, showing uneven supra-dichotomial constrictions. (Landu

Baj . Rotti, reef. Sil pedition). 83.

and b. Ditto. Filaments of stipes from same plant, showing lateral appendages dichotomously
divided and terminated by short obtuse apices, 83.
i explanata 11. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (( elebes. Siboga Expeditii

Ditto. I ilaments of frond, showing even constrictions, 83.
51. Ditto. Filaments of stipes showing lateral appendages; </ 83; b 420.
i 52 Udotea nuln-a n. sp. o. and b. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Kurrachee, Murray in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
I 53. Ditto. Portion of frond of same in surface view, showing distribution of papillae; these are
formed on the outer surface only of the superficial filaments of the frond. Three filaments are
raised and turned back to show the absence of papillae elsewhere, and at the same time
reveal the oblique crossing of the (ilaments which constitute the frond. On the right of the
figure is a loosened filament bare ol papillae here and there, where it lias been overlain by
other filaments. (Kurrachee, Murray). 83.
14. Udotea palmetta 1' caisne. Filaments of stipes showing lateral appendages; n 83; b 1
55 l'i/o/ra spinulosa Howe. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Bahamas, Howe n". 3272 pro parte). Copy of
photograph reproduced in Buil. Torrey Bot. Club vol. XXXVI. [909. pi. 4. fig. 2.

■ra spinulosa f. palmettoidea n. f. Filaments of frond. showing even supra-dichotomial con-
strictions and secund lateral appendagi 83. (St. Thomas, " Challenger" Expedition, in Herb.
Kew.). ii. apices of a filament from upper part of frond; above anti below the dichotomy art
a üw incipient lateral appendages, b. filament from base of frond with a few stalked lateral
appendages; being an interior filament it is mostly destitute of appendages, c, d, <. portions
of one and the same external filament from base of frond.

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

VI

,-,,/::,: '..

P. Highley del.

Ka P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE Vil

ntea Forma typica. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Cargados Carajos, -/. S. Gar diner.
47 fathoins .

Ditto. Filament of frond, shewing uneven supradichotomial constrictions and capitate lateral
appendages of equal length. <i. capitula botryoid i n idos Carajos, J. s. Gardiner) ■ 83;
b. capitula flattened and lobed (Lirung, Siboga Expedition) 83. .. Filament shewing apex
and more crowded lateral appendag* . (I argados ( arajos, •/. S. Gardiner) ■ S3.
Ditto. Lateral appendages of fig. 58a (( argados), shewing the pedicel with submedian con-
striction and inflated lobulate head, embossed with a few low prominences. 472.
■. Ditto. Lateral appendage of fig. 58$ (Lirung), showing the pedicel with submedian constriction

aml the head complanately flattened, expanded and lobulate 472.
1. Udotea argentea var. spumosa var. nov. Filament from lower part of frond, showing uneven
dichotomial constrictions and simple, inflated, capitate, lateral appendages of equal length.
baleyer, reef, Siboga Expedition.)
i '-'. I (itto. Lateral appendage of the same, showing the rounded apex 472. In the uppei part of

the frond the apices of the appendages are flattened or depressed.
Udotea occidentalis n. sp. Habil of type-plant, nat. size. (West Indies, St. Thomas, * Challenger"
Expedition, in Herb. Mus. Brit.). This, the type specimen, is incomplete, being destitute
. stipes.
Ditto. Habit of plant, nat. size. (West Indies. St. Jan, B'órgesen, in herb. suo) complete plant

with stipes.
Ditto. Filaments of stipes showing lateral appendages, a 125; b portion 375. (West In
St. Jan. B'órgesen n°. 1906 pro pari
.'tii Wilsoni n. sp. Habit of plant. n.i\. size. (Bahamas, Howe, n". 7968).

Siboga-Expeditie. I.XII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

Vil

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE VIII.

. Wilsoni. Frond-filaments of same, showing very obtuse later. il appendages 83. </. I
ment of same b. Apices of same >\v

Ditto. Filaments of stipes of same 83. </. Portion of same 375.

Chlor odesmis.

Chlorodesmis comosa Bail. and Harvey. Plant showing creeping nodulose base, from which spring
th< ling filaments. rhese are torulose for a short distance above their origin from the

creeping base, and then become cylindrical and branch dichotomously. The lowest supra-
dichotomial constrictions are even [a), the upper ones are very uneven (/'). 8. (Saleh Bay,
Siboga Expedition).

70. Ditto. Creeping basal filament from lig. 69, enlarged, showing toruloid constrictions. I rom it

arise tluee torulose ascending filaments (as in fig. 69). The other branchlets are young stolons
and rhizoids. 4e). (Saleh Bay, Siboga Expedition).

71. Ditto. Dichotomy with even constrictions, situated at «/ in fig. 69. 40. (Saleh Ba) .

72. Ditto. Dichotomy with very uneven constrictions, situated at 6 in fig. 69. 40. (Saleh Bay).
Fig. 73. Ditto. (/. Portions of plant showing on right) basal stolons and (on left) upper filaments with

ven constrictions (Friendly [slands, Harvey n". 90) ■ 8; b. dichotomy with uneven con-
strictions, 40; c. rhizoid, torulose base and lowest dichotomy of an ascending filament, 40.

74. Chlorodesmis Hildebrandtii n. sp. a. ('reeping basal portion of hl. munt. showing stolons and

rhizoids, 8 (Comoro, Hildebrandt n". 591 ; b. upper filaments 8; c. dichotomy with even
constrictions, \ I "tnoro).

;;,/. c. Ditto. <i. Portion of plant (Saleyer, Siboga Expedition' showing stolons and ascending fila-
ments, S; c, dichotomy from upper portion of same plant, showing even constrictions. 40.
[Fig. 75/' is on plate IX. I

. Xvrainvillea.

I 76. Avrainvillea Rawsoni Howe. Habit of plant. nat. size. (Barbados, Rawsori). This species has no
flabelliform frond.

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

/7//

P. Highley del.

Fa P. \V. M. Trap impr.

PLATE IX.

( 'hlorodesmis.

Usmis Hildebrandtii. Portion of fig. ;?<i 40, w»th tw" ascending filaments marked /.
1 : are on plate VIII].

Avrainvillea.

jj. Avrainvillea Rawsom Howe. Filaments of thallus in fig. 76 ioü. In this species the filaments
are thin-walled, mostly torulose and pallid.
I -s. Avrainvillea nigricans Decaisne. Habit of type plant, nat. size. (Guadeloupe, D'Avrainville, in
Herb. Mus. Paris). This species usually attains inuch larger dimensions.
. Frond-filaments of same plant 100. They are distinctly moniliform.
Fig. 80. Ditto. Frond-filaments of another plant 100 (St. Thomas, West Indies. " Challenger" Expedition
81 "ii plate X.

in Herb. Mus. Brit.). 1'lu- ultimate ramuli are divaricate and taper to their apices.

Fig. 82. Avrainvillea Mazei Murray and B Ile. Frond-filaments of plant shown in fig. 81 in plate X. 100.

They are cvlindrical, not beaded, not tapering, are strongly constricted above dichotomy and
often are deep orange-brown in colour.
Fig. 83. Ditto. Frond-filaments >nd type plant 100 (Guadeloupe, Mazé, n". 1234 in Herb.

Mus. Bril
84. Avrainvillea erecta nov. comb. Habit of plant. nat. size. (Philippines, Cuming, n". 2234 in Herb.
is. Brit., hem- part of CüMlNG's original gathering).
Ditto. Frond-filaments of type plant [Dichonema erectum Berk.) 100 (Philippines, Cuming

n". 2234 in Herb. Keu . [n A. erecta the filaments are cylindric, not tapering, are strongly
constricted above dichotomy, and are yellow to intensely fulvous.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

IX

~^)

85

84.

33.

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE \.

I Si. Avrairtvillea Mazei Murray and Boodle. Habit of type plant, nat. size. (Guadeloupe, Ma,.

n°. rie in Herb. Mus. Brit.). [See also fig. 82 on platc IX. |

ta. Outline of type plant of Chloroplegma papuanum Zan. nat. size. (New Guinea,

Sorong, Beccari). [Comp
! Frond-filaments of authentic specimen of C. papuanum Zan. 100. (New Guinea, Sorong,

in Herb. Mus. Brit. ex Herb. Beccari).
i Ditto. Frond-filaments of a spirit specimen ioo. (Saleh Bay, Siboga Expedition 8 — lófathoms).

The laments is greater than in the type.

1 Ditto. Sporangia, empty, terminal on exserted filaments of the frond too. (Madras, Thurston,

in Herb. Mus. Brit. ; a. stopper at base of sporangiophore 200.
Fig. ijoa and /'. Avrainvillea obscura J. Ag. Outline of type plants, nat. size. ifrom Dr. O. NORDSTEDT's

sketch of ('. A. AGARDH's types in Herb. Lund).
I I > 1 1 1 « > , Frond-filaments of same 100 (from Dr. NORDSTEDT's sketches),

i 1 and />. Avrainvillea clavatiramea n. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Port Phillip, Corio Bay,

■J. Bracebridge Wilson in Herb. Mus. Brit.).

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

X

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XI.

i Avrai villea clavatiramea. Frond-filaments of same ■ 100. They are often torulose, dense green

or orange, clavate at apices.
Avrainvillea Ridleyi n. sp. Habit of plant. nat. size, spirit specimen. (Christmas Island, Flying

Fish Cove, C. W. Andrews in Herb: Mus. Brit.). No flabellate frund «>f this species has vet

heen seen bv lis.
I ••'. Filaments of same ioo. They are torulose or sometimes cylindric, with pale brown

contents, sometimes subclavate at apices.
I Ditto. Frond-filaments of type (dried plant] • ioo. (Christmas Island. Flying Fish Cove, //. .V.

Ridley. n". 224).
I illea canariensis n. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Gran Canaria, Las Palmas, Mad

Vickers, in Herb. Weber van Bo
Ditl 1. I rond-filaments of same uw. They are torulose here and there, not tapering, nor clavate,

are -reen to fulvous brown. hut often collapsed and- colourle--s.
i Ai'rainvilUa Elliottii n. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Grenada, U'. A'. Elliott, spirit specimens in

Herb. Mus. Brit.). [See also fig. 99^ on plate XII.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XI

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XII.

villea Elliottii. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Grenada, II'. R. Elliott, spirit specimens in
lliih. Mus. Brit. . [See also fig. 99 on plate XI].

I [oo. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same 100. They are cylindrical, sometimes slightly torulose, colourless
or brown.

! rainvillea Gardineri \. & E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant, '/_, nat. size (Cargados Carajos, 30

fathom-. 7. S. Garditu
102. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same 100. They are markedly torulose, not tapering, are faintly
chlorophyllose, sometimes pale brown; apices slightly tortuous, free.

I 103. AvrainvilUa pacifica n. sp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Fualopa, Funafuti Expedition, spirit spe-
cimen in II al'. Mus. Brit.).

Fig. 104. Frond-filaments of same 100. They are markedly torulose, tapering, faintly chlorophyllose,
sometimes pale brown; apices tortuous or hooked.

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XII

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE Xlll.

i villea lacerata J. Ag. forma typica. Ilabit of plant, nat. size. (Friendly Islands, Harvey,

n . sr,. in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
Ditto. Frond-filaments of same 100. a. supra-dichotomial constrictions of sami 420. The
filaments are cylindrical, tapering, with apices often slightly torulosc, generalij- not tortuous ;
the filaments of the interior are often yellowish-brown.
Ditto. Ilabit of plant, nat. size. (Beo, Karakelang, reef, Siboga Expedition).
10S. Ditto. var. robustior n. var. Habit of plant, nat. si/. apore, Ridley; spirit specimen in

Herb. Mus. Brit. .
109. Frond-filaments of same 100. a. supra-dichotomial constrictions of samc, more long-necked

than in the type. 420.
il. Avrainvillea sordida Murray and Boodle. Ilabit of type-plant, nat. size. Guadeloupe, Mazi n". 30,

:. in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
111. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same 100. They are cylindrical, tapering, liere and there torulose,
rarely submoniliform, not <>r very slightly tortuous at apic

SibogarExpeditie. I.XII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XIII

107

II

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XIV.

I / amadelpha \. & E. S. Gepp. Habil of MONTAGNE's type of Udotea amadelpha,

nat. Galega, /.<■ Duc. in Herb. Mus. Paris).

113. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same 100. The interior filaments are often slightly torulose, and
become more torulosi towards their apices; the apices are very tortuous, bram hi d, irregularly
swollen, hooked and felted together into a pseudo-cortex. But the peripheral ramification of
the frond filaments in MONl u.xr's type is for the must part denuded away bj 1 xposure to
the action of the surf.
1 11 (. Ditto. forma submersa. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Saya de Malha, 29 fathoms. ./'. S. Gardiner).
115. Ditto. f. submersa. Frond-filaments of same 100. The filaments appear thinner than in fig. 113.
This is due to the more prolific and mme slènder ramification in f. submersa.
I Avrainviüea asarifolia !'■ n n. Habit "f type plant, nat. size. (Danish West Indies. F. Borgesen).

After B n in Vid. Medd. nat. Foren. Kjöbnhavn. 1908. tab. 111).

117. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same ioo; <i >mt\ b, cylindric interior filaments, too. The filaments
taper somewhat and are torulose towards their apices; apices very tortuous, branched, irregularly
swollen, felted 1 into a pseudo-cortex.

Rhipiliopsis.

i n8a and /'. Rhipiliopsis peltata n. gen. et n. comb. Ilabit of plant, peltate specimens, nat. size.

(Port Phillip Heads, .7. Bracebridge Wilson in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
I 119. Ditto. Frond-filaments of same. showing at ps. c. some instances of the pseudo-conjugation of

two short latend prominences arising from neighbouring filaments. 40.
I [20. Ditto. Part of same 200.
i 121. Ditto. Portion of same showing how frequent are the pseudo-conjugations near the apices of

the filaments. At x are two prominences which have been disconnected 200.

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XIV

P. Highley del.

Ka P. W. M. Trapimpr.

PLATE XV.

Portion ol margin of frond showing young dichotomies in course of forma-
dien little branchi ometimes very abundant and doubtless represent what

lRDH (lo described .is the cortex. 200.

Flabellaria (see also figs. 29 31 on plate IV

I 'aria minima Gepp (= Udotea minima Ernst). Habit of plant, showing creepin ilarly

branched, colourless basal filament, emitting a few dichotomously branched, green, ascendin
free filaments. 8. [after lunst in Beih. z. Bot. Centralbl. XVI. 1904. Tab. VII. fig. 6).

124. Ditto. Young plant showing the simplicity of str.ucture that characterises the stipes and frond

in F. minima. Some twenty ascending filaments have associated themselves together into
.1 non-corticated stipes, and, branching above almost in one plane, have expanded into a
Habellum. A free filament is shown alongside. 8. Aftei Ernst loc. cit. Tab. VII. fig.

125. Ditto. Portion of well-grown Habellum near its margin, showing the main filaments held together

by the production of .1 few lateral branchlets which spread obliquely across them and hete
and there are interwoven with them. These lateral branchlets are developed only at the time
of vigorous growth. 90. aftei Ernst loc. cit. Tab. VIII. fig.

Rhipilia.

'■ : . Rhipilia tomentosa Kut/. f. typica. Habit '>t' plant, nat. size. (Antilles, Herb. Kutzing in Herb

Weber van I Ihc original of fig. a in Kützing's Tab. Phyc. VIII. tab. 2N. 1 1.

: \2~. l)itt<>. Erond-filatnents ame, showing p teral branchlets terminated by a 2 — 6-fid

tcnaculum of 2 or more short pi 4°-

I • l)itt.>. 1'art of s.mie enlarged. a lateral branchlets. showing tenacula applied to neighbouring

branchlets. -•<><>. /' dichotomy in thicker main filament, showing annular ingrowths or
200.
,. Rlupiha tomentosa f. zonata forma nov. Habit of plant, nat. size (St. Jan. B'órgesen n". 22
I [30. Rlupilia tenaculosa n. sp. Habit of plant (an explanate flabelliform example), nat. size. Ofl

Barra Grande, 30 fathoms, mar Pernambuco 'enger" Expedition in Herb. Mus. Brit.).

131. Ditto. Another plant of the same gathering, an infundibuliformly peltate example. nat. sjzc.
■ Ditto. Frond-filaments beset with numerous si ral branchlets or tenacula, and bearing a

few pseudo-lateral branchlets of dichotomial origin, 40.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XV

J*

/"Vr\

O-- /

126

124.

122

12S.

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XVI.

i i n. sp. Portions of same. ./ Filament with short lateral tenacula. b Apical

filament with pseudo-lateral branchlets terminating in tenacula. c Single tenaculuro of
in. All 200.
, , . .; . . Rhipilia orientalis a. sp. Habit of plants; subpeltate and flabelliform examples of the
same gathering nat. si/e. Fau. Aug. 11. [899. Siboga Expedition. Alcohol specimen).

135. Ditto. Frond-filament of same, showing pseudo-lateral bra terminated by tenacula. At

ime "f them are seen attached to neighbouring filaments. 40.

136. Ditto. Portion Qf same at margin, seen in surface view, showing the very loose texture ofthallus,

and the reciprocal linking of the main filaments by means of the tenacula on the pseudo-
lateral branchli 100. <i. />. c tenacula 200. </ supradichotomial constrictions of a mam
filament. This character is rarely found in Rhipilia). 200.

Cladocephalus (see also figs. 32—35 on plate IV).

[37. Cladocephalus scoparius Howe. Plant showing scopulaeform habit. nat. size. Bahamas, Howe

n". 4079 in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
[38. Ditto. Frond-filament of same, dichotomously branched; the smaller branch on the left is

repeatedly and densely divaricato-dichotomously subdivided into ramelli, which are intrii

together to form 1 ortex. Dried specimen. 178.

(For C. luteo-fuscus see figs. 32 — 35 on plate lYi.

'l [39. Cladocephalus excentricus. Plant showing peltate habit, with frond concave above, nat. size.

rgados Carajos, J. S. Gardiner in Herb. Mus. Brit.).
i; . Dittn. ,i Frond-filament of same, dichotomously branched: one branch is shown repeatedly
dichotomously subdivided int<> terminal ramelli which form a pseudo-cortex. 178. /> 1 erminal
ramification of a similar branch, 178. {a and b were taken from a dried specimen.) c External
view of natura! surface of frond showing how the branched terminal ramelli are normally
interwoven into a pseudo-cortex. • 280. Alcohol specimen.)

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XVI

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE Wil.

I rond filament dichotomously branched, one of the branches 1
mbdivided uu> > terminal ramelli. 17.S. [Fig. [40a, b, . are on plat» XVI].

Rhipidodesmis.

caespitosa Gepp. Plant showing tufted habit, nat. sizc. (Ceylon, Ferguson, n°. no
in llcrh. Mus. Brit. .

i 142. Ditto. A plant consisting of a decumbent, irregularly branched, colourless filament, and spring-
ing from it nding filament, much ramified with dichotomies distant below, but
approximated above. 8.

I [43. Ditto. Apical ramification of a filament of the >ame, showing approximated complanate fasti-
giate mode of branching. The apices show intensely coloured, dense contents. 40. (Whether
the ramification lias been flattened in drying we do not km

( 'allipsygma.

i 144. Callipsygma Wilsom J. Ag. 1 labit of plant, nat. size. (Australia, Port Phillip Heads, 7. Brace-

bridge Wihori). a original in Lund Herbarium; b, branch of same in the British Museum.
Fig. 14;. Ditto. Portion of same showing peripheral ramification 8.

14'.. IHtt". Apical portion of same. 40. (Drawn from dried matcrial soaked in water; but n
nted as being more turgid than is justified by the preparation).

dleopsis.

147. Boodleopsis siphonacea n. sp. Habit of plant, showing the comparatively simple main axis (m.a.)
and the multitude of intricated ramelli which arise from its few branches. 8. (Muaras reef,
Siboga Expeditii

[48. Ditto. Upper part of same main axis, showing the uneven outline, the thick walls and di
tonuuiN branching. 40.
. .. Ditto. Lower portion of same showing thick walls. faint striae, and lax reticulate markings. 200.

[50. Ditto. Upper part of main axis with two branches, which are copiously divided into the cha-
racteristic ramification of the plant, by divaricate alternating dichotomies at short intervals
or frequently by trichotomy or rarely by verticils [v). A few rhizoids are shown r

151. Ditto. Verticillate node of same (fig. 150, v). ■ 500.

152a and /'. Ditto. Terminal ramelli of same, showing dichotomy .\.nd trichotomy. 200.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XVII

mm m

I

146

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XVIII.

Tydemania.

1 , , nania expeditionis Webei van Bosse. Habit of glomuliferous plant, nat. size. (Spirit

imen. Saleh Bay, 8 — 16 fathoms, Siboga Expedition). a) Filament from a glomerulus of

same showing dichotomous branching in alternate planes. 16.
I 154, Ditto. Portion of plant neai base showing main axis with four nodes; around the axis at the

upper node is situated a glomerulus, from the three lower nodes spring shortly stalked

flabella. 8. (Kabala dua, Siboga Expedition).
1 iemania Gardineri n. sp. Portion of plant showing habit, • 8 (Amirante, ./'. Stanley Gardiner).

The main axis, ,/, if traced, is seen to possess two nodes from which arise moniliform branch-

systems which after 4 6 dichotomies terminate in flabella; other branches are cylindric and

bear rhizoids.
.in plate XIX.

/ \ nicillus.

1 157. Penicillus dumetosus Decne. Habit of LAMOUROl X's type (badly figured in his Hist. Polyp. Corall.

Flex. tab. VÏII. fig. 3), nat. size. (Antilies, sub nom. ^Nesaea dumetosa" in Herb. Lamouroux).

Ditto. a. Comal filament of Decaisne's plant ("Antilles. Voyage <\u Cap. Baudin") in Herb. Mus.

Paris, ifter decalcification). b. dichotomy about 30. [Fig. 158*: and d on plate XIX. j

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XVII 1

153

^F

t5.r

P. Highley del.

Ka P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XIX,

Mus dumetosus Decne. Habit of plant, nat. size. Florida, Howe n"
m plate XVIII.
Ditto. c. Coma! filament i men in Herb. D ; (aftei decalcification (Antilles,

sub nom. -.\,sc,i pyramidalis Lrax." sec p. jï>\-. d. dichotomy about 30. [Fig. [580 and b
are on plate XVIII].
; ■ 1 > 1 1 1 < ■. ./. Surface view of papillose cortex of stipes before decalcification, 83. Florida, Howe

n". 2952 filament of stipes of same with lateral app otomously divided and

terminated by blunt dactyline apices (= papil lae of ti; ter decalcification, 83.

Penicillus Lamourouxü Decne. Habit of plant. nat. size. (Banc de Bahama, sub nom. -..
dumetosd" in Herb. Lamouroux-, the best of the type specimens cited by Decaisni
[61. Ditto. Comal filament of same (calcified), ;.
I [62. Ditto. var. gracilis A. & E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant. nat. si/r (Key West, Florida, Howe
n". 14.12 b). Half the capitulum lias been cut away, and the stipes split epen to show its
bollowness, its thin wall, and its short penetration into the capitulum.
;r ■;. Ditto. a. surface view of cortex of stipes before decalcification, 83 (Florida, Howe n". 14

b filament of stipes of same with lateral app ni a dichotomously divided and terminated
by short truncate apices (compare fig. a), after decalcification. 83.
.. Penicillus capitatus Lamarck. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Coll. de Lamarck in Herb. .Mus. Paris;
labelled in 1 »E< AISNE's MS.).
Ditto. Portion of a comal filament of same (after decalcification), a 5; /' 1;.
I Ditto. forma elongata. (Banc de Bahama, sub nom. "■Nesea Penicillus var." in Herb. Lamouroux.

i 1 > 1 1 1 < • . Comal filament of same (after decalcification), a 5 showing at base a few of the lateral

- which contribute to the formation of the stipes-cortex) ; c. dichotomy ■ about 60.
b is on plate XX .

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XIX

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

l'LATK XX.

iitatus Lamarck forma elongata. Comal filament pari of fig. i6ja) ■ 15. I
and 1 are on plate XIX ,

'atus Lamarck. <t. surface view of cortex of stipes before decalcification,

n". 14U'. b. the same 225. c. Filament of stipes <>t' same with lateral
appendages dichotomously divided and terminated by very small short truncate apii
pai .iitcr decalcification, 83.

illus pyriforntis A. & E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Bahamas, Howi n". ^ïi§).
1 Ditto. Comal filament of same (calcified), ;.

171. Ditto. ,1. surface view of papillose cortex "t stipes before decalcification, 83 (Bahamas, Howe

n". 3236). b. filament of stipes of same with lateral appendages dichotomously divided and
terminated by tapering, acute, dactyline apices = papillae of fig. a) after decalcification, 83.

172. Penicillus nodulosus Blainville. Habit of plant, nat. size. (Ile Toud, D'Urville, sul» nom. Peni-

cillus arbuscula Montag.; labelled in MoNTAGNE's MS..
Fig. 173. Ditto. Comal filament of specimen in Herb. Lamouroux, 5 labelled by Lamouroux: "28
Freycinet Nesea nodulosa"; als'o *Nesea granulosa. Freycinel. Baie des Chiens marins").

The right hand branch shows how the dichotomies lie in alternating planes. </. dichotomy
about 25.

174. Ditto. Comal filament of one of Harvey's specimens. 5 (Fremantle, West Australia. Harvey

Alg. exsicc. n' . 564). a. dichotomy about 25.
i 175. Ditto. a surface view of cortex of stipes before decalcification, tS^ (West Australia. Clifton,

n". 204 in Herb. Mus. Brit.). />. Filament of stipes of same with lateral appendages dichoto-
mously divided and terminated by short capitate or rounded apii 1 fig. •/ . after
■il 83.
176 Penicillus mediterraneus Thuret. Halm o! DECAISNE's type-plant of Espera mediterranea, nat.
size (Villefranche. Risso in Herb. Mus. Paris). An abnormally large specimen.
1 177. Ditto. \.scending filan ilcified) of another specimen (Cannes, ex Herb. Thuret in Herb.
Mus. Hnt. ,1 5; />, dichotomy 15.

175. Ditto. forma perfecta, nat. size. Antibes, ex Herb. Thuret, n". 4209 in Herb. Mus. Brit.).

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XX

P. Highley del.

Ka P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE XXI.

1 , ineus Thuret. Coma] filaments (calcified) ol same, ./ 5; b, dichotomy 15.

! Ditto. •'. surface view of cortex of stipes before d ition, 83 (Antibes, ex Ilcrb. Thuret

the same 225. c. filament of stipi ol ame with lateral app dichoto-

mously divided and terminated by very small short truncate apices (compare fig. a), after
decalcification, 83.
181, 181a. Penicillus Sibogae n. sp. Habit of plant, 8. (Noimini Bay, Timor, Siboga Ex]

It resembles the Espera form of /'. mediterratieus, but has its filaments smaller, frequently
beaded, often trichotomous. At x is shown a lateral cohesion between two adjacent ramuli,
probably fortuitous.
Ditto. Apex of a filament of same, showing porose calcareous sheath, 1 10.

Rhipocephalus.

Rhipocephalus phoenix Kütz. f. typica A. and E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant, nat. size. Copied

from ELLIS and SOLANDER's plate (loc. cit.).
[84. Ditto. f. brevifolia A. & E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant (spirit specimen), nat. size (Bahamas,

Bemini Harbour, Howe n". 3239).
[85. Ditto. Calcified flabellule of same in". 3239) [5. The filaments arise by repeated dichotomies

in the same plane and are laterally connate. The articuli in this form remain very short.

The base ha- been torn out ut" the rhachis and retains the stumps of -ix lateral appem

of the oTtex.
1 > 1 t t . ■ ; surface view ol cortex '>t' stipes before decalcification. 83 | Bahamas, Howe, n°. 3239.

b. the same 225. c. filament of stipes •<( same with lateral appendages dichotomously

divided and terminated by very narrow, crowded, truncate apices (compare fig. a), after

decalcification. 83. </ apical ends of same 420.
187. Ditto. t". longifolia A. & E. S. Gepp. Habit of plant, nat. size (Key West, Florida, Howe n". [612 .
188 Ditto. Abnormally large plant of same. nat. size. (Florida, Rugel, in Herb. Mus. 1
189. Rhipocephalus oblongus Kutz. Habit of plant, pressed specimen, nat. size. (Bahamas, in Herb.

Mus. Paris, sub nom. ^Penicillus Lamourouxii Dne.", but probably Dei m-m 's type of his

Penicillus oblongus, see ]). •

Siboga-Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XXI

180 "b

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

PLATE Wil.

talus oblongus Kut/. Part ol ibellum of the same; ./. ;. />. 15. The

seen to be all in one plane; but the filaments are free (not laterally coni
rhe four lower tiers of articuli are short and of nearly equal length.
i i .1 Ditto. Habit of unpressed plant (spirit specimen), nat. si/c. (Bahamas, lloict n ". 5235). The
al hollow is indicated, but is botter shown in a (represented as seen from above; nat.
where the young apical (labellules are ctearly revealed.
Dittó. a. surface view tex of stipes before decalcification 83 (Bahamas, Howe, n". ■

b. the same 225. (•. filament of stipes of same with lateral appendages dichotomously
divided and terminated by narrow, more <>r less dactyline obtuse apices (compare fig. a),
at'ter decalcification,

Codiuvi.

taloideum n. sp. Habit of plant nat. size. (Borneo bank, Sabangkatan, reef. Siboga

Expedition . </. surface view; />. profile.
Pittn. Utricles of same, 83. They are subpyriform, obtusely rounded above, or often impn

varicatutn n. sp. Habit of plant, nat. si/e. (Elat Kei Island, reef. Siboga Expedition).
Ditto. Smal! plant (spirit specimen), closely applied to a stone, being attached here and there

by rhizoids, nat. size. (Kwandang W.iy. <m Galaxaura lapidescens, S ; xpedition).

! ;;•'. Utricles of same, 83.
Ditto Rhizoids, of medullary origin, passing between the utricles on their way out <>f the

thallus, 83.
Ditti Apical p<>int of attachment, 425.

Siboga- Expeditie. LXII. A. & E. S. Gepp. Codiaceae.

XXII

190V

-<s

I

»7

. Abp

196

107.

P. Highley del.

Fa P. W. M. Trap impr.

Lirr. LYL

RESULTATS DES EXPLORATIONS
ZOOLOGigUES. BOTANIQUES, OCÉANOGRAPHIQUES ET GÉOLOGIQUES

ENTREPEISKS AUX
rNDES NÉERI.ANDAISE3 ORIENTALE3 en 1899 — 1900,

a

bord du

SOUS LE COMMANDEMENT DE

G. F. TYDEMAN

8IBOGA

PUBLIÉS PAR
MA.X WEBER

Chef de 1'espédition.

• I.

•JU.

IV.

•IVAü.

V.

*V1.

VII.

• VIII.
*IX.

*x.

• XI.
• XII.

*XIII.

XIV.

*.\v.

• XVI.
XVII.

XVIII.

XIX.

•XX.

•XXI.

XXII.

XXIII.

XXI Vi.

XX IV 2.

«XXV.

•XXVI.

•XXVWm.

XXVII.

XXVIII.

• XXIX.

*xxx.

•XXXI.

XXXII.

XXX1I1.

* XXX IV.

XXXV.

•XXXVI.

* XXXVII.
XXXVIII.

* XXXIX.

*XL.

XLI.

•XLII.

• XLIII.
*XLIV.

• XLV.
XLVI.

•XLVII.

•XLVIII.

•XLIX'.

*XLL\A

*L.

*LI.

*LII.

LUI.

*LIV.

LV.

*LVI.

LV1I.

LVIII.

LIX.

*LX.

*LXI.

*LX1I.

LXIII.

LXIV.

LXV.

LX VI.

Introduction et description de 1'cxpédition, Max Weber.
Le bateau et sou équipement scieutifique, G. F. Tyde'.nan.
Re'sultats hydrographiques, G. F. Tydeman.
Foramiuifcra, F. W. Winter.
Xeuophyophora, F. E. Sc huize.
Radiolaria, M. Hartmann.
Porifera, G. C. J. Vosmner et I. Ijima ').
Ilydropolypi, A. Billard.

Stylasteriua, S. J. Hickson et MHe H. M. England.
Siphonophora, Miles Len9 et van Riemsdijk.
Hydroniedusae, O. Maas.
Scyphomcdnsae, O. Maas.
Ctenophora, M'lo F. Mo se r.

Gorgonidae, Alcyouidae, J. Versluys, S. J. Hickson,
[C. C. Nutting et J. A. Thomson ').
Pennatulidae, S. .T. Hickson.
Actiniaria, P. Mc Murrich').
Madreporaria, A. Alcock et L. Döderlein ').
Antipatharia, A. J. van Pesch.

Turbellaria, L. von Gr af f et It. R. von St timmer.
Cestodes, J. W. Spengel.
Nematomorpha, H. F. Nierstrasz.
Chaetognatha, G. H. F o wier.
Nemertini, A. A. W. Hubreeht.
Myzostomidae, R. R. von S turn me r.
Polychacta crrautia, R. Horst.

Polycbaeta sedeutaria, M. Caullery et F. Mesuil.
Gcphyrea, C. Ph. Sluiter.
Enteropuensta, J. W. Spengel.
Ttci obrancbia, S. F. H a r m e r.
Hraehiopoda, J. F. van Bemmelen.
Polyzoa, S. F. Harmer.
Copepoda, A. Scott1).
Ostracoda, G. W. Muller.
Cirrhipedia, P. P. C. Hoek').
Isopoda, H. F. Nierstrasz.
Amphipoda, Ch. Pérez.
Caprellidae, P. May er.
Stomatopoda, II. J. Hansen.
Cumacea, W. T. Cal man.
Schizopoda, H. J. Hansen.
Scnrestidae, H. J. Hansen.
Dccapoda, J. G. de Man et J. E. W. Ihle ').
Pantopoda, J. C. C. Loman.
Halobatidae, J. Th. Ondemans.
Crinoidea, L. Döderlein et C. Vaney ').
Echinoidea, J. C. H. de Me ij e re.
Holothurioidea, C. Ph. Sluiter.
Ophiuroidea, R. Kohier.
Asteroidea, L. Döderlein.
Soleuogastres, H. F. Nierstrasz.
Chitonidae, H. F. Nierstrasz.
Prosobranchia, M. M. Schep man ').
Prosobranchia parasitica, H. F. Nierstrasz et'M. M.
Opisthobranchia, R. Bergh. [Schepman.

Heteropoda, J. J. Tesch.
Pteropoda, J. J. Tesch.

Lamellibranchiata. P. Pelseneer et Ph. Dantzenberg.
Scaphopoda, M"» M. Boissevain.
Cephalopoda, L. J o u b i n.
Tunicata, C. Ph. Sluiter et J. E. W. Ihle.
Pisccs, Max Weber.
Cetacea, Max Weber.
Liste des aUues, Mme A. Weber.
Halimeda, MUe E. S. Barton. (M'uc E. S. Gepp).
Corallinaceae, Muie A. Weber et M. F os 1 ie.
Codiaceae, A. et Mme E. S. Gepp.
Dinoflagellata. Coccosphaeridae, J. P. Lotsy. '

Diatomaceae, 3. P. Lotsy.
Deposita marina, O. B. Böggild.
Résultats ge'ologiques, A. Wichmann.

Siboga-Expeditie

Ü

THE

CODIACEAE OF THE SIBOGA EXPEDITÏON

including a Monograph óf FLABELLARIEAE and UDOTEAE

3Ü

•ff?

BY

A. & E. S. GEPP

London
With 22 plates

Monographie LXII of:

yy *

UITKOMSTEN OP ZOOLOGISCH,
BOTANISCH, OCEANOGRAPHISGH EN GEOLOGISCH GEBIED

verzameld in Neder landsch Oost-Indië 1899 — 1900

aan boord H. M. Siboga onder commando van
Luitenant ter zee ie ld. G. F. TYDEMAN

UITGEGEVEN DOOR

Dr. MAX WEBER

Prof. in Amsterdam, Leider der Expeditie

m

(met medewerking van de Maatschappij ter bevordering van het Natuurkundig
Onderzoek der Nederlandsche Koloniën)

3££

BOEKHANDEL EN DRUKKERIJ

VOQKUKIX

E. J. BRILL

LEIDEN

m^m

Publié Février 1911

* Les numéros avec un astérique ont déja paru; ceux marqués 1) seulement en partie

Voor de uitgave van de resultaten <l^r Siboga-Expediü'e hebben
bijdragen beschikbaar gesteld:

ij ter bevordering van het Natuurkundig Onderzoek der Nederlandsche
Koloni

Ministerie van Koloniën.

v.m Binnenlandsche Zaken.
Koninklijk Zoolo<risch Genootschap » Natura Artis Magistra" te Amsterdam.

«

lostersche Handel en Reederij" te Amsterdam.
De Heer B. H de Waai. Oud-Consul-Gencraal der Nederlanden te Kaapstad.
M. B. te Amsterdam.
The EHzabeth Thompson Science lüind.

CONDITIONS GENERALES DE VENTE.

i°. L'ouvragc du „Siboga" se composera d'une série de monographies.

monographies paraitront au fur et a mesure qu'elles seront prêtes.

3°. Le prix de chaque monographie sera différent, mais nous avons adopté comme base générale du prix de
te: pour une feuille d'imprèssion sans fig. flor. 0.15; pour une feuille avec fig. flor. 0.20 a 0.25;
11 une planche noire flor. 0.25; pour une planche coloriée flor. 0.40; pour une photogravure flor. 0.60.

4°. 11 y aura deux modes de souscription :

■ uscription a 1'ouvrage complet.
La souscription a des monographies aéparées en nombre rcstreint.
: rnier cas, le prix des monographies sera majoré de 25 °/0.

réuni en volumes avec titres et index. Les souscripteurs ;i 1'ouvrage complet recevront
i index, au fur et a mesure que chaque volume sera complet.

Déia. D3.ru i Prix:

J X"^ * Souscription Monographies

al'ouvrage complet séparées

ie Livr. (Monogr. XLIV) C. Ph. Sluiter. Die Holothurien der Siboga-Expedition. Mit 10 Tafeln. ƒ 6. — / 7.50

2e Livr. (Monogr. LX) K. S. Barton. The genus Halimeda. With 4 plates „ 1.80 „ 2.40

3e Livr. (Monogr. I) Max Weber. Introduction et description de 1'expédition. Avec Liste des

Stations et 2 cartes „ 6.75 v 9. —

4e Livr. (Monogr. II) G. F. Tydeman. Description of the ship and appliances used for scientific

exploration. With 3 plates and illustrations „ 2. — v 2.50

5e Livr. (Monogr. XLVII) H. F. Nierstrasz. The Solenogastres of the Siboga-Exp. With 6 plates. „ 3.90 „ 4.90

6e Livr. (Monogr. XIII) J. Versluys. Die Gorgoniden der Siboga-Expedition.

I. Die Chrysogorgiidae. Mit 170 Figuren im Text „ 3. — „ 3.75

7e Livr. (Monogr. XVI a) A. Alcock. Report on the Deep-Sea Madreporaria of the Siboga-
Expedition. With 5 plates „ 4.60 „ 5.75

8« Livr. (Monogr. XXV) C. Ph. Sluiter. Die Sipunculiden und Echiuriden der Siboga-Exp.

Mit 4 Tafeln und 3 Figuren im Text „ 3. — „ 3.75

9e Livr. (Monogr. VI«) G. C. J. Vosmaer and J. H. Vemhout. The Porifera of the Siboga-
Expedition. I. The genus Placospongia. With 5 plates „ 2.40 „ 3. —

ioe Livr. (Monogr. XI) Otto Maas. Die Scyphomedusen der Siboga-Expedition. Mit 12 Tafeln. „ 7.50 „ 9.50

ne Livr. (Monogr. XII) Fanny Moser. Die Ctenophoren der Siboga-Expedition. Mit 4 Tafeln. „ 2.80 „ 3.50

12e Livr. (Monogr. XXXIV) P. Mayer. Die Caprellidae der Siboga-Expedition. Mit 10 Tafeln. „ 7.80 „ 9.75

13e Livr. (Monogr. III) G. F. Tydeman. Hydrographic results of the Siboga-Expedition. With

24 charts and plans and 3 charts of depths „ 9. — , 11.25

14e Livr. (Monogr. XLIII) J. C. H. de Meijere. Die Echinoidea der Siboga-Exp. Mit 23 Tafeln. „ 15. — , 18.75

15e Livr. (Monogr. XLVa) René Koehler. Ophiures de 1'Expédition du Siboga.

i«_Partie. Ophiures de Mer profonde. Avec 36 Planches „ 16.50 „ 20.50

i6« Livr. (Monogr. Lil) J. J. Tesch. The Thecosomata and Gymnosomata of the Siboga-
Expedition. With 6 plates „ 3.75 „ 4.70

17e Livr. (Monogr. LVla) C. Ph. Sluiter. Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Expedition.

I. Abteilung. Die socialen und holosomen Ascidien. Mit 15 Tafeln „ 6.75 „ 9. —

18e Livr. (Monogr. LXI) A. Weber— van Bosse and M. Foslie. The Corallinaceae of the Siboga-
Expedition. With 16 plates and 34 textfigures „ 12.50 „ 1 5.50

19e Livr. (Monogr. VIII) Sydney J. Hickson and Helen M. England. The Stylasterina of

the Siboga Expedition. With 3 plates: n 1.50 „ 1.90

20e Livr. (Monogr. XLVIII) H. F. Nierstrasz. Die Chitonen der Siboga-Exp. Mit 8 Tafeln. „ 5. — „ 6.25

2 ie Livr. (Monogr. XLV£) René Koehler. Ophiures de 1'Expédition du Siboga.

2e Partie. Ophiures littorales. Avec 18 Planches „ 10.25 » I2-75

22e Livr. (Monogr. XXV leis) Sidney F. Harmer. The Pterobranchia of the Siboga-Expedition,

with an account of other species. With 14 plates and 2 text-figures „ 6.75 „ 9. —

23e Livr. (Monogr. XXXVI) W. T. Calman. The Cumacea of the Siboga Expedition. With

2 plates and 4 text-figures . . „ 1.80 , 2.40

24e Livr. (Monogr. LVIrt) C. Ph. Sluiter. Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Expedition.

Supplement zu der I. Abteilung. Die socialen und holosomen Ascidien. Mit 1 Tafel. „ — .75 „ 1. —

25e Livr. (Monogr. L) Rud. Bergh. Die Opisthobranchiata der Siboga-Exped. Mit 20 Tafeln. „ 11.25 „ 14.10

26e Livr. (Monogr. X) Otto Maas. Die Craspedoten Medusen der Siboga-Exp. Mit 14 Tafeln. „ 9.25 „ 12.50

27e Livr. (Monogr. XIII a) J. Versluys. Die Gorgoniden der Siboga-Expedition.

II. Die Primnoidae. Mit 10 Tafeln, 178 Figuren im Text und einer Karte . . . n 12.50 B 16.75

XXI G. Herbert Fowler itha <>f the Sibo dition.

/ 4-2° ƒ

J. J. Tf Expedition. Mit 14 Tafeln. . 6.75 „ 9.—

G. W. Muil der Siboga-Exped. Mr in. , 3.50 , 4.40

Kranz Eilhard Schulze. Die Xenophyophoren der Siboga-Exped.

» 2.40 , 3.—

LIV Maria Boissevain. The Sêaphopoda "f the Siboga Expedition.

Wil <, 4-iSo * 6\—

I. W. Spengel. Studiën über die Enteropneusten der Siboga-Exp.

ui rext , 14. „ 17.50

H. F. Nierstrasz. Di< tomorpha der' Siboga-Exp. Mit 3 Tafeln. , 2.S0 , 3.50

Sydney J. Hickspn und J. Versluys. i He Alcyonidcn der Siboga-

onus Hicksoni. Mit 3 l.ikln und 16 Figuren im rext. , 2.20 , 2.75

P. P. C. Hoek. The Cirripedia of the Siboga Expedition.
dia pedunculata. With io plates ' n 5.40 n ^.75

. i • L. Döderlein. Die gestielten Crinoiden der Siboga-Expedition. Mit
in und 12 Figuren im rext „ 8. — , 10. —

Albertine D. Lens and Thea van Riemsdijk. The Siphonophores

idition. With 24 plates and 52 texttigures , '3-5Q „ 16.75

'I :. igr. XI. IX1..' M. M. Schepman. The Prosobranchia of the Siboga Expedition.
1'art I. Rhipidi ind Docoglossa, with an Appendix by Trof. R. BERGH.

With 9 plates and 3 textfigures „ 4.80 „ 6. —

40« I.nr XI. J. C. C. Loman. Die Pantopoden der Siboga-Expedition. Mit 15

'.n und 4 Figuren im Text. „ 6.25 „ 7.80

LV] J. E. W. Ihle. I'ie Appendicularien der Siboga-Kxpedition. Mit 4
In und 10 Figuren im Text , 4.S0 „ 6. —

M. M. Schepman rind H. F. Nierstrasz. Parasitiscjie Pro
branchier ei a-Expedition. Mit 2 Tafeln n 1.20 , 1.50

Livr. M XI. 1X7' M. M. Schepman. The Prosobranchia of the Siboga Expedition.

P-art II. Taenioglossa and Ptenoglossa. With 7 plates , 4.50 „ 5.60

' ivr. Monogr. XXIXa Andrew Scott. The Copepoda of the Siboga Expedition.

Part I. Free-swimming, Littoral and Semi-parasitic Copepoda. With 69 plates. . „ 26. — „ 32.50

45e Livr. Monogr. IAT/- C. Ph. Sluiter. Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Kxpedition.

II. Abteilung. Die Merosomen Ascidien. Mit 8 Tafeln und 2 Figuren im Text. „ 5.75 B 7.25

40* Livi .1. XI. IX', M. M. Schepman. The Prosobranchia of the Siboga Expedition.

rt III. Gymn With 1 plate „ — .80 „ 1. —

Livr. (Monogr. XIII ^ C. C. Nutting. The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition.

III. The Muriceidae. With 22 plates. .' ' „ 8.50 ,10.75

Livr. (Monogr. XIII'''1 C. C. Nutting. The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition.

IV'. The Plexauridse. With 4 plates „ 1.60 , 2.—

J. E. W. Ihle. Die Thaliaceen (einschliesslich Pyrosomcn) der
Sib m. Mit 1 Tafel und 6 Figuren im Text , 1.75 g 2.20

i C. C. Nutting. The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition.
V.' rh Isidae. With 6 plates , 2.25 „ 3.—

XXXVII H. J. Hansen. The Schizopoda of the Siboga Expedition. With

d 3 te". , I2.75 , l6. —

'II C. C. Nutting. The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition.

With 1 1 plates „ 4. — „ 5- —

XV 1 J. Playfair Mc Murrich. The Actiniaria of the Siboga Expedition.

intharia. With 1 plate and 14 text figures , 2.20 „ 2.75

C. C. Nutting. The Gorgonacea of the Siboga Expedition.
midas. With 3 plates „ 1.20 , 1.50

J. G. de Man. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition.

in; Pei „ 2.60 , 3.25

\ & E. S. Gepp. The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition including

. With 22 plates , 12.50 , 15.50

= I sh. 8 d. = frs 2.12 en chilTres nrrondies.